S PA re dake ke Fg hte PN at SAM S SR Leet PER AME COT tether men eet BARS tir th sion 5 Tins tee i ew tees eo Pw e : eat oe oa Teg he Sn a Se et ete Septet en tnerenre mae mneunes eh eit - = o> er =i oer on eee a : : —_ = a ug de * LEER 5 SR emihinn, 0m © eae TRE wien an a Leb BG AE tt Les EME amis me SES ERAS SS Ti ea useumM of oo - Nay 1Q7 fo} 2 1869 THE LIBRARY i» i. Wate AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL EDITED BY MARY CYNTHIA DICKERSON VOLUME XVI, 1916 NEW YORK CITY Published from October to June, by THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY 1916 An illustrated magazine devoted to the advancement of Natural His- tory, the recording of scientific research, exploration and discovery, and the development of museum exhibition and museum influence in education. Contributors are men eminent in these fields, including the scientific staff, explorers and members of the American Museum PREE TO; MEMBERS OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY PRINTED BY THE COSMOS PRESS CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVI JANUARY UN ay@y TEVey zeta at aN =A Shop ae) RELY EA OT fee each mrsceie ese tay tere ec SIGN EPs i cae OiitL chlerich OEE RCE Chere erode near Freperic A. Lucas meVicnmOmunbe Olde Stone rbot se a. eae eeters in puadeuct ie Pomorie aes uenimahenevane, conte Criark WISSLER SUOCLGMMPAIMICrI CAT sc MAILS tay ta ec ce ein cee ee ued einer ce Miva aa caneetees, eller ates evar LEE GARNETT Day Reproductions in Duotone of South American Photographs......:.............-.-..0- opposite nee a VWVOlreOLshe war uPlise ene ee cre ses ten ti cemn oltre Peareye eae are ems ices mas W. D. MarrHEew The Pawnee Human Sacrifice to the Morningstar..CLark Wisster and Hersert J. SpINDEN LiSTINRNTA. ANY TENE OTS e) al ake ee eS Ch CEOR Io HED a aae cet ie cen aren Sem ey Fiat ke eas (aera C.-E. A. WinsLow FSO TEUO MEG OFC eae fo No hits coc Rall Aue oe So MAN GHGIR Se oe ve soho hI ae eSB eeu uate esac Henry E. Crampron Navunalvbistory: Museums and thewbibrary,......2-5..s2..5..0e0..seeen GerorGce H. SHerwoop FEBRUARY nesOldest Lown in. America and ts People... 3... Ment cen cee cee wee eee A. L. KroesBer inestooted Animals of the Yellowstone... 222... 52+. .0s..-s.0++e+0s405 420M, P) Skinner EreCIenloneOn OMMatienViarlatlONG. sims... Se Giese dete ee eee: Ex.itsworth Huntinaton The Asiatic Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History... Roy CHapmMan ANDREWS eEpLOuUUGHONS IneywoOsone Of Asiaticuehotographss «a. 6.1226 ce. se eee dae canes dee ceo MEMO eae UI SCSHL Oba TOMEI Sis Surrey ters ctece ces octteuss alle) aeayer aoe ners.o) cltle) «be ediouo en seats eis L. P. Gratacarp lonnewe rockers wand seaLoy, ivane Mike Hsquimo? sci «sco. soe de ee ebnues se nae ecu enaauns The Work of Ignaz Matausch and Its Significance to the Museum.............. Roy W. MINER Hasueanrica— Game Garden of the World): .2. 225. 0.020 ees oe ee ee ees C. Harr Merriam Eon CormEnoOjornapiiye am -AXTiGd cy -'s.4.0 sxe cites ie ec oeaievees Ghoncte leLcue) ee aneotee ey Naan sua James L. Cuark PMG nOteTaphs by Mir. Carl aAikeleygic - 2 si. siete re clslh =) tos ests Oop ones, beh s nla series naan Sloe eropmecs!—— Ae Drama/OL HiVOlUtIOM .c1.06 < s citaie eh © albu ete caertiies, seh auel onsen oe T. D. A. CockERELL ihemireabment Of Snake: Bite oars. «icine Se Sieh costalisenltbscope seeuet cle takes CLARENCE R. Hatter ihineuaceasian Index to Ancient Kinships... .2a.5 10.0 .sssess+05e8 sence Puiny E. Gopparp AromO UTM Ind Se eCCLeasin oO WN Greasine aris ci. calor aiceicse) ceeieiore e aratucee aeieeietee Henry Oupys PUN Om eAlicad eomlMbers LALO meal estonke tole ccutioteiociel so ctor ae heer Ace) he Seed hue a DOE Ree ene Ei Eee Ree nae Bs APRIL SHOE ates Heh amine Orand) TUS YOUN Siac: gri. Sites cdoneeiean cc Ooeeee te Eten alee ww wie oe ba opposite Miva hom wion tne: (De VAltiGh <4 25. dinates mts om Mune Ak Ss ieuewaus Bue tpetece whe os Russevt J. Cores TRISH @GIiNG inGl “Sihep co eee oe eee are nes DER eee ae, etn eee ne ome ree eee Frank E. Lurz Colorelate- Assyrian and. Babyloniam Seals: <.2 2.2.0... «2 se «als eedets «se on cose era a ba oe ce opposite ener Viaciconuewelsiand Charms’). 6c. jac deco. Soule ec Sees ale ees Herpert J. SprinpENn The Wihite Rat and Sleeping Sickmess..:..........:..4.0:-.-> R. W. Tower and C. F. Herm PAMBECETO CULL CMMP ACL OM AU Usman sent eters Ricic eae ci ayeiny scat wcvsmeie aero wae oreen Ale ounie vac CPA ede W. D. MarruErw eM eGR SHCA HMONG ac cca. choos coe etarenaniiacetanters wae! nanepects: fe: Conocsee ei Ge ee Geena ace T. GILBERT PEarson SLOMOSEOtES OLlO Admeri GAM MS IRCS) a5 sya:tos.00«.¢ mscsie aaansisl 2 A ceeolela a malt oleae enone ee, GrorGe K. CHERRIEP May Dheskums of Ancient Petra............-- venga Ler Garnerr Day and JoserpH Woop, Jr HEpLOUUGHOnNSInNi@oloromwArabiam Phovtosraphsi. == a. ctersee je aciee © ce cast casmie ne ete eens Mhreceeolar Hxpeditions, LOIB—VOWGE . 2. 2s Ec che a we eee oe eke sow od Hersert L. BripaMan PNM UGC LIMO le GO CLIMAS Mi ewes aes shee laceuautie dnccheser saeadee, £6 th nits, a aulnar ake ROME ACL Peale ReCR: C.-E. A. Winstow Meconative VialieloL Amerncam Indian wAtrt. 1 ace 20s amici ses ces cence o eraaicaae EstHer A. Coster MOCcASINeH ais aoe Oana es cianeeee ptTes aw s:OlnspeCiess HOLMIN Ge. sens. ad ei sis so sad - ep Een einer '....Davip Starr Jorpan bes roonmnwhesNews WOrlGion. 2.0.8 so: cont! obese: nites bas cho tae on ae VED a CL@Rawmorp PAT CLOTNE MELE FAUNA NTAM ONO GIN Sige gies vanes sat Rec eo a ROT letra le, BEET crew Clee Ean ae, ae >. W. Mean Lea SS ATTA S POSING SY sc talses oe aves oueMeafaw Soa sre Gpe Same ove Deg: Gr euthcnane eh ee renee Ne metal pe T. GILBERT PEARSON Engine DOSSHOl Me AMCICHILSi0.00).2) sors ch scce Senbiepens ah pe heck pareiaeeete nee mee: CuHartes R. Eastman NOVEMBER IDesea, cuavel Crolkoyeiiny AaerGmy A ACS oe cod go wea ee eon bcos sec ongousoncone M. D. C. Crawrorp ies hin eine SMG yee Ha GMOS 4 wtepeeccusecettyse ons oe cae Sel eaenees ie dean oe eee Gerorcre H. SHerwoop Coloradovay MMO MMMCALSEA CO}, sarc liege. < ous cate aestona ean ection aan, ccna ee a T. D. A. CockERELL LH ewWihaleyEVOUSeEKO sabi: Wil Mceay tsi: ea cussel seciey soo xt Sues ei eaecc bese eeoii cues eek nausea Grorce T. Emmons RepLoduchnonsHinuColomoh Noruawesbsln diam): © arvilinesps see ae ante un ns nope A SHOTS MASH SIO OVE (OOS CASS Beeen ae are ceed ais & oa qe atsicn dime a betes, On Ciuark WISSLER hes S course Ofuhersantay VMlonica se MUO Umit lls visi erence ness nena enn ee W. D. Matrruznw Wihive) OcsnuhevEVveamt BCabi. c's cre cia f eeo ns eee is acha ee Bae enh R. W. Tower and C. F. Herm DecEMBER Kunz on Ivory and the Elephant American Indian Saddles The Gulf Stream off Our Shores Color Plate, Some Fishes of Tropical Waters The Problem of Bright-colored Fishes A Perplexing Phenomenon — Mirage Insects — A Subject for Recreation and Research Reproductions in Duotone of Insect Studies Common-sense Law in Game Protection The American Museum and College Zodlogy Migration of Birds in Africa W. OD. Martruew 485 CuarRK WISsSLER 497 ALFRED GOLDSBOROUGH MayeER 501 te eee eee ee DPB Nae BAe eo Chey hcl es io: SOD opposite 507 JoHN TREADWELL NicHots 507 Jeg Doe RED oe ketal ae. te ie re a ree A TED to. Omc CuesteR A. Reeps 513 SER RE Pat ny RAP oor orebii Frank E. Lutz 525 eee ee ee Rr ee SES BS RAMS or Pc, ive, Anon tro ec 529 ey SR na RR SOE Soh Seo tic aie cit: Joun B. BurRnHAam 533 A Dae a EERO Merino) alee c J. H. McGrecor 537 JAMES P. CHaPiIn 541 ILLUSTRATIONS African, native, cover, (March) African, photographs, reproductions in duotone of, 167-182 Amulets and charms, 244-248 Amur River tribes, designs from, 425 Antiquities of Mexico, illustrations from, 381, 382 Asiatic Zodlogical Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History, 104-114 Assyrian and Babylonian Seals, color plate opp. p. 243 Bacteria, 295-298 Barnacle covered rocks, cover, (Oct.) Beach drift, 377 Bear group, 477 Birds, migration of, in Africa, 544, 545 Bird reservations, 394-402 Brazil, Vital, portrait of, 192 Bugula turrita, 378 Cats, vagrant, and their work, 326-328 Children, in the Museum, cover, (May) Chilkat, art objects, 459, 461-464; country of, 453; houses, 455; 456, 457; Indian chiefs, 452 Climatic variations, maps illustrating, 96, 103 Cobra de capello, 194 Copperhead snake, 133 Coral reef group, 216 Crabs, 367, 369, 374, 375 Cranes, whooping, 210 Cypresses, cover, (April) Dance, sacred Tlahewe, 80 Dances, Zuni Indian, 80-85 Deer, 533, 534 Devilfish, Diplodocus, restoration of, 188 Dogs, ancient hunting, 403-408 East Africa, game of, 144-153; 154-166 Elephant, evolution of, 487; ivory, 484 Farm, health on, 266 Feather hunting, 258 Fer-de-lance, 192, 195 Fishes, tropical, color plate opp. p. 507; 508, 509, 510, 511 Flamingo and young, color plate opp. p. 217 Flight, beginnings of, 6-11 Florissant fossils, 442—450 Flycatcher, nest of, 261, 264 Fossil bird, new, 475; plants, 442, 446, 447, 448, 450 Hangnests, 263 Heredity, illustrations of laws of, 228-242 Hog-nosed snake, 135 Indian, art motives, 465-467 ; moccasins, cover, (Feb.) Insects, 525 Insect studies, 529-532 Ivory, 484; carved, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495 LPL Le Fo 302-307; dress patterns, 308-313; pottery, Korean designs, 416, 426 Koryak designs, 427 Live oaks, 506 Llamas, cover, (Jan.) Loom, Navajo, 386, 387; Ojibway, 382; Peru- vian, 383, 384, 385 Mammoth, Beresovka, 488; ivory of, 484 Martha’s Vineyard, sea mussels on, 356 Matausch, Ignaz, portrait of, 56; work of, 124— MG, Mendel, Gregor, 229 Migration of birds in Africa, maps of, 544, 545 Mirage, 513-524 Moss animals of the sea, 378 Mussels, sea, 356-365 Old Stone Age, Men of, 12—20; 322, 323 Oriole nest, 262 Osborn, Henry Fairfield, portrait of, 4 Palisades Interstate Park, 202—206 Palmettos, 503, back cover (Dec.) Pawnee human sacrifice, 48-55 Periwinkles, 376, 377 Peruvian cloths, 388-392, 418, 419, 421, 422, 424, 428 Petra, ruins of, 272—290 Pheasants, 535, 536 Porto Rico, 58-70 Pottery making, Indian, cover (Feb.) Pteranodon, 251 Rattlesnake, 129, 131, 132, 133, 195 Roosevelt, Theodore, 192. Saddles, American Indian, 498, 499 Sand beach, 372; waves, 376 Sea anemone, 370 Sharks, 340-355 Shells, ornamental, 116-119 Snake hunting, 128-135) Snakes, poisonous, 192-195 South American bird nests, 260-264; trails, 22-44 South Carolina, 506 Spinetail, nest of, 260 Starfish, 371, 373 St. Augustine, Florida, 500 Sunfish, 212 Tapa cloth designs, 430 Tide rows, 368 Tie dyeing, 428, 429, 431 Tiger, sabre-tooth, 468, 472 Tilefishing, 432-440 Toomey, John, 196 Travois, Indian, 500 Trypanosome, 249, 250 Vertebrates, primitive, 184 Weaving, techniques, 420, 423 Wolf, extinct, of the tar pits, 46, 47 Yellowstone, hoofed animals of, 86-94 Zuni Indian dances, 80-85; Indian women, cover, (Feb.); pottery, cover, (Feb.) _ «A INDEX OF VOLUME XVI Names of contributors are set in small capitals Accessions Anthropology, 139. 479, 480 Archeology, 336, 480. Entomology, 211, 411. Herpetology, 336 Ichthyology, 138, 212, 335, Library, 209, 267, 475 Mammalogy, 139, 211, 212, 268, 475, 478 Mineralogy, 140 Ornithology, 137, 211 Paleontology, 212, 476 Africa, Pioneer Photography in, 155-166 Akeley, Carl E., 211, 268, 335, 478, 479 Albino Deer, 211 Allen, J. A., 137 American Association for Advancement of Science, 76, 268, 474, 547, 548 American Chemical Society, 475 American Game Protective and Propagation As- sociation, 410 American Indian Saddles, 497—500 American Museum and College 537—539 American Scenic and Historic Preservation So- ciety, 76, 201, 411 Anprews, Roy Cuarpman, The Asiatic Zodlogical Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History, 105-106 Andrews, Roy Chapman, 334, 411 Annual Report, 334 : Anthony, H. E., 476, 479 Ape, Fossil, 212 Appointments, 136, 334, 411 Argentine Society Natural Science, 548 Armor, Primitive, 479 Asiatic Zodlogical Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History, 105-106, 208, 411 Azande Chief, 480 Aztec Ruins, 265 480 Zoology, The, Balearic Islands, 139 Bat, Brown, 412 Bate, Dorothea, 139 Bear, American, 476 Beebe, William C., 73 Bird, Protective Laws and their Enforcement, 329-333 Birds, Are They Decreasing or Increasing, 199— 200: Fossil, 475; Guide leafiet, 411; Migra- tion of, in Africa, 541-545; of Shakespeare, 268; Uncle Sam's, 395—402 Blaschke, Frederick, 479 Bondy, Emil C., 336 Boyle, Howarth, 547 Brineman, Hersert L., Three Polar Expeditions, 1913-1916, 291—294 Brown, Barnum, 74, 139, 209, 412 Bruce Fund, 140 Burnham, John B., Common-sense Law in Game Protection, 533-536 Butler, A. E., 137 Cats, Vagrant in the United States, 326-328 Ceratops, 74 Cuapin, James P., The Migration of Birds in Africa, 541-545 Chapin, James P., 140 Chapman, Frank M., 76, 211, 267, 480, 547 Cuerrif, Greorce K., Stories of South American Birds, 259-264 Cherrie, George K., 140, 267, 547 Chilkat, The Whale House of the, 451—460 Chillingham Bull, 268 Clark, B. Preston, 409, 459 Cuark, James L., Pioneer Photography in Africa, 155-166 Clark, James L., 211, 335, 479 Climatic Variations, Predictions of, 97-103 Cocxrrett, T. D. A., Colorado a Million Years Ago, 443-450; Progress, A Drama of Evolu- tion, 183-191 Coleoptera, C. H. Roberts Collection of, 211 Coues, Russeuu J., My Fight with the Devilfish, 217-227 Coles, Russell J., 138 Colobus, 479 Colorado a Million Years Ago, 443-450 Congress, Nineteenth International, of American- ists, 74 Contents, Table of, 3, 79, 143, 215, 271, 339, 415, 483 Coral Reef Group, 267 Coster, Estuer A., Decorative Value of Ameri- ean Indian Art, 301-307 Costumes, A Suggested Study of, 465-467 Crampton, Henry E., Porto Rico, 59-70 Cranes, Whooping, 211 Crawrorp, M. D.-C., Design and Color in Ancient Fabrics, 417-431; The Loom in the New World, 381-387 Crawford, M. D. C., 409, 411 Crocker Land Expedition, 135, 208, 268, 291, 292, 333, 409, 475; Party, Life of, 121-123 Davis, Leonard M., 212 Davison, Henry P., 136 Dawson, Charles, 412 Day, Ler Garnett, South American Trails, 23— 32: The Ruins of Ancient Petra, 273-286 Dean, Bashford, 137, 140, 335, 480 Denslow, H. C., 76 Design, American, 409 Design and Color in Ancient Fabrics, 417-431 Devilfish, My Fight with, 217-227 Dickerson, M. C., 267, 336 Dinichthys, 140 Dinosaur Hall, 139 Dinosaurs, Cretaceous, 209 Dogs, Hunting, of the Ancients, 403—408 Dyer, F. M., 480 East Africa — Game Garden of the World, 145- 153 Eastman, Cuaruies R., Hunting Dogs of the Ancients, 403-408 Eastman, Charles R., 335 Eegrets, American, 479 Elaphurus davidianus, 478 Elephant, 485-495 Elliott, Daniel Giraud, 73 Emmons, Grorcs T., The Whale House of the Chilkat, 451-460 Evolution, Drama of, 183-191 Exhibitions, 76, 137, 139, 140, 212, 268, 291, 309, 412, 475, 479, 547 Expeditions, 74, 75, 76, 105, 135, 208, 209, 265, 267, 268, 333, 334, 335, 409, 410, 411, 412, 475, 476, 479, 480, 547 Fabbri, Alessandro and Ernesto G., 548 Fairchild, E. W., 409 Falkenback, Charles, 209 Feathers, The Traffic in, 253-258 Federal Treaty for Bird Protection, 410 550 Friewip, Irvine A., A Community of Sea Mussels, 357-366 Fisher, Hon. F. M. B., 73 Fishes, Bibliography of, 137; Bright-colored, The Problem of, 507-511; Sunfish, 212. Flight, Beginnings of, 5-11 Florissant fossils, 443—450 Forestry, New York State College of, 410 Ford, Henry, 547 Fossil Bird, New, 475; Plants, 443-450 Fuertes Louis Agassiz, 211 Game Protection, Common-sense Law in, 533-536 Gavial, Florida, 480 Germs, A Garden of, 295-300 Gifts, 73, 136, 137, 209, 211, 267, 268, 333, 335, 336, 411, 475, 480 Gittam, ArtHuR L., A Few Observations on Snakes in the Field, 129-135 Gillam, Arthur L., 336 Gopparp, Puiny E., Language as an Index to Ancient Kinships, 197-198 Goddard, Pliny E., 74, 76, 336, 411 Granger, Walter, 211, 412, 474 Gratacap, L. P., Ornamental Uses of Shells, 115— 120 Gregory, William K., 334, 335 Guggenheim, Harry F., 479 Guide Book of Museums of Greater New York, 546 Gulf Stream, The, Off Our Shores, 501—506 Hale, Lectures, 208 Hauter, CLARENCE R., The Treatment of Snake Bite, 193-196 Halter, Clarence R., 335, 411 Hare, Varying, 137 Harper, Francis, 138 Harriman, Mrs. E. H., 547 Harrison, Archibald, 211 Heller, Edmund, 208, 334, 411 Heredity and Sex, 229-242 Herm, C. F., The White Rat and Sleeping Sick- ness, 249-250; Why Does the Heart Beat? 473-474 Horses, Celtic, 475; Fossil, 476 Horticultural Society of New York, 412 Hovey, E. O., 135, 208, 268, 333, 409 Human Sacrifice, Pawnee, 49-55 Hountineton, Evutsworts, Prediction of Climatic Variation, 97-103 Hussakof, Louis H., 137 Indian Art, Decorative Value of, 301-307 Indians, Chilkat, 451-460 Insects, 525-528 Ivory, 485-495 JoRDAN, Davip Starr, The Laws of Species Forming, 379-380 Kellogg, L. D., 336 Knight, C. R., 547 Kunz, George F., 243 Kunz on Ivory and the Elephant, 485-495 Kroeser, A. L., The Oldest Town in America and its People, 81—85 Kroeber, A. L., 74, 139 Lang, Herbert, 140, 479, 480 Language as an Index to Ancient Kinships, 197— 198 Lanier, Charles, 136 Latham, Roy, 335 INDEX OF VOLUME XVI Lectures, 74, 140, 208, 268, 411, 479, 480 Lepus, 137 Longley, George C., 336 Longman, Beatrice, 335 Loom, in the New World, The, 381-387 Low, Seth, 409, 546, Lowie, Robert H., 74, 476 Lucas, Freperic A., The Beginnings of Flight, 5-11; Sea Cows, Past and Present, 315-318 Lutz, Franx E., Insects, 525-528; Heredity and Sex, 229-242 Lutz, Frank E., 76, 409 McGrecor, J. H., The American Museum and College Zodlogy, 537-539 McGregor,-J. H., 335 Magic of Jewels and Charms, 243-248 Mammals, Synoptic Series of, 412; Fossil, 476 Mammoth, 485-495 Mannhardt, L. Alfred, 335, 411 Manziga, Chief of the Azande, 480 Matausch, Ignaz, Contributions to Hall of Public Health of, 57; Work of, and Its Significance to the Museum, 125-127 c Marruew, W. D., A Reptilian Aéronaut, 251— 252; Kunz on Ivory and the Elephant, 485- 495; Scourge of the Santa Monica Moun- tains, 469-472; The Grim Wolf of the Tar Pits, 45-47 Matthew, W. D., 335, 412 Mawson, Sir Douglas, 268 Mayer, ALFRED GOLDSBOROUGH, Stream Off Our Shores, 501—506 Meap, C. W., Ancient Peruvian Cloths, 389-393 Mead, Charles W., 74 Meetings, 136, 140, 201, 268, 547 Megatherium, 480 Members, 73, 135, 136, 137, 208, 265, 333, 409, 474, 546 Men of the Old Stone Age, Review of, 13-21; Review of, 319-325 Men of the Old Stone Age, 137 Merriam, ©. Hart, East Africa — Game Garden of the World, 145-153 Migration of Birds in Africa, 541-545 Miller, Leo, 547 Mills, Ogden, 136, 209, 267, 475 Miner, Roy W., The Work of Ignaz Matausch and Its Significance to the Museum, 125-127 Miner, Roy W., 410 Minerals, 140 Mirage — A Perplexing Phenomenon, 513-524 Moccasin Exhibit in the American Museum, 309— 314 Monell, Ambrose, 212 Monkeys, African, 479 Monoclonius, 75 Morgan, J. P., 265 Morgan, Memorial Tablet, 335 Morris, Earl H., 76, 265, 409 Muir, John, 547 Museum Groups, 137, 211, 412, 477, 479 Museum Notes, 73-76; 135-140; 208-212; 265- 268; 333-336; 409-412; 474-480; 546-548 Mussels, A Community of Sea, 357-366 Myotis lucifugus, 412 Myotragus, 139 The Gulf National Association of Audubon Societies, 410 National Education Association, 336 Natural History Museums and the Library, 71-72 Nelson, N. C., 74, 75, 76, 265, 409 New York ZoGlogical Society, 73 Nicaragua Expedition, 335, 411 INDEX OF VOLUME XVI Nichols, Hobart, 211 Nicuouts, JoHN TREADWELL, The Problem of Bright-colored Fishes, 507—511 Norton, G. F., 476 Oldest Town in America and Its People, The, 81— 85 Old Stone Age, Men of, 13-21, 137, 319, 325 Oupys, Henry, Are Our Birds Decreasing or In- creasing? 199-200 Oliver, R. W. B., 410 Operti, Albert, 184-188, 476, 547 Osborn, Henry Fairfield, 137, 208, 334, 335, 336, 412, 475, 547 Palisades Interstate Park, 201—207 Pan-American Scientific Congress, 74, 75, 76 Pawnee Human Sacrifice to the Morningstar, 49— 55 Pearson, T. Giupert, Bird Protective Laws and Their Enforcement, 329-333; The Traffic in Feathers, 253-258; Uncle Sam’s Birds, 395—402 Pére David's Deer, 478 Perkins, George W., 201 Permian reptiles, 139 Peruvian Cloths, Ancient, 389-393 Petra, The Ruins of Ancient, 273—286 Pietro, S. C., 547 Pilgrim, Guy, 212 Piltdown Skull, 412 Pindar, George N., 547 Pliohippus, 476 Photography, Color, 139 Polar Expeditions, Three, 1913-1916, 291-294 Porto Rico, 59-70, 139, 476 Porto Rico, Fossils of, 476 Pottery, Indian, 139, 479, 480 Pratt, George D., 138 Pritchard, Z. H., 212 Prodelphinus plagiodon, 138 Progress, A Drama of Evolution, 183-191 Pteranodon, 251 Public Health, Contributions to Hall of, by Ignaz Matausch, 57 Public Health Exhibits, 139 Pueblo, Pottery, 479, 480; Ruins, 75, 76, 265, 409 Rancho-la-Brea, Extinet Wolf from Asphalt Deposits of, 45-47 Rasmussen, Knud, 135, 208 Red Deer River, Fossils from, 75 Reeps, Cuester A., A Perplexing Phenomenon — Mirage, 513-524 Reeds, C. A., 74 Reptile Group, Florida, 267, 336 Reptilian AGronaut, A, 251-252 Rhinelander, Charles E., 335 Rogers, Charles H., 268 Sage, Mrs. Russell, 333 Santa Monica Mountains, Scourge of, 469-472 Sargent, C. S., 547 Sea Cows, Past and Present, 315-318 Seismograph, 410 Shakespeare, Birds of, 268 Shark, White, 480 Sharks — Man-eaters and Others, 341-355 Shells, Ornamental Uses of, 115-120 SHERWOOD, GrorcE H., Natural History Mu- seums and the Library, 71-72; Tilefishing in Fifty Fathoms, 433-441 Sherwood, George H., 140 Shiras, Hon. George, 3d., 479 Shoskee, George, 268 551 Sivapithecus indicus, 212 Skinner, Alanson, 74, 139 Skinner, M. P., The Hoofed Animals of the Yel- lowstone, 87—95 Skinner, M. P., 136 Sleeping Sickness, The White Rat and, 249-250 SmiryH, G. Evuiot, Men of the Old Stone Age, 319- 325 Snake Bite, Treatment of, 193-196 Snakes in the Field, A Few Observations on, 129-- 135 South American Birds, Stories of, 259-264 South American Trails, 23-32 Southwick, Edward B., 411 SmitrH, Hueco M., Sharks— Man-eaters and Others, 341-355 Species Forming, The Laws of, 379-380 Spier, Leslie, 74, 265, 411, 479 Sphenodon, 73, 410 SprinpDEN, Hersert J., The Magic of Jewels and Charms, Review of, 243-248; The Pawnee Human Sacrifice to the Morningstar, 49-55 Spinden, H. J., 74, 76, 334, 411 Stamp Album of Museum Exhibits, 547 Stein, William, 475 Stenoderma rufum, 476 Stephanosaurus, 75 Stokes, F. W., 76 Sullivan, Louis R., 411 Sunfish, ‘‘Elephant-eared,’’ 212 Tanquary, Maurice C., 291, 410 Teachers’ Handbook, 336 Thomas, Ann E., 74, 336 Thomson, Albert, 211, 412 Thorne, Jonathan, Memorial Fund, 74 Tiger, Siberian, 139; Sabre-tooth, 469--472 Tilefishing in Fifty Fathoms, 433—441 Tillotherium, 474 Tomistoma americana, 480 Tower, R. W., The White Rat and Sleeping Sickness, 249-250; Why Does the Heart Beat? 473-474 Trachodon, 75 Trustees, 136 Tuatara, 73 Ursus americanus, 476 Venezuela, Archeology of, 334 Why Does the Heart Beat? 473-474 Williams, J. Leon, Collection, 137 Winans, Walter, 137, 268 Winstow, C.-E. A., Ignaz Matausch, His Contri- butions to the Hall of Public Health, 57; A Garden of Germs, 295-300 WIssLER, CuarKk, American Indian Saddles, 497— 500; A Suggested Study of Costumes, 465— 467; Men of the Old Stone Age — A Review, 13-21; Moccasin Exhibit in the American Museum, 309-314; The Pawnee Human Sacrifice to the Morningstar, 49-55 Wissler, Clark, 74, 409, 411 Wood, Joseph, Jr., The Ruins of Ancient Petra, 273-286 Wolf, The Grim, of the Tar Pits, 45—47 Yellowstone, Hoofed Animals of the, 87-95, 136 Zuni Pottery, 479 Zuni, The Oldest Town in America and Its People, 81-85 POPULAR PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY HANDBOOKS These deal with subjects illustrated by the collections rather than with the objects themselves. INDIANS OF THE SOUTHWEST. By Puiny EarLte Gopparp, Ph.D. Paper 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS OF THE PLAINS. By Cuarxk WissueR, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. ANIMALS OF THE PAST. A popular account of some of the creatures of the Ancient World. By Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D. Paper, 35 cents. DINOSAURS. By W. D. Matruew, Ph.D. Price, 25 cents. ILLUSTRATED GUIDE LEAFLETS These describe some exhibit, or series of exhibits, of special interest or importance, or may deal with the contents of an entire hall. THE EVOLUTION OF THE HORSE. By W. D. Marttuew, Ph.D. Price, 20 cents. MAMMOTHS AND MASTODONS. By W. D. Mattruew, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. NORTH AMERICAN RUMINANTS. By J. A. Auten, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. THE BATRACHIANS OF THE VICINITY OF NEW YORK CITY. By Raymonp L. Dirmars. Price, 15 cents. THE HABITAT GROUPS OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. By Frank M. CHapman, Se.D. Price, 25 cents. HOW TO COLLECT AND PRESERVE INSECTS. By Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. THE INSECT GALLS OF THE VICINITY OF NEW YORK CITY. By Witi1am BEUTENMULLER. Price, 15 cents. OUR COMMON BUTTERFLIES. By Franx EH. Lutz, Ph.D., and F. E. Watson. Price, 15 cents: PLANT FORMS IN WAX. By E. C.B. Fassett. Price, 10 cents. THE BIG TREE AND ITS STORY. Price, 10 cents. TREES AND FORESTRY. By Mary Cynruia DickErson, B.S. A new edition in course of prepa- ration. THE ANCIENT BASKET MAKERS OF SOUTHEASTERN UTAH. By Gerorcr H. P3EppEr. Price, 10 cents. THE INDIANS OF MANHATTAN ISLAND AND VICINITY. By Auanson SKINNER. Price, 20 cents. THE MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS OF THE INCAS. By Cuartes W. Merap. Price, 10 cents. PERUVIAN MUMMIES. By Cuartes W. MeEap. Price, 10 cents. THE METEORITES IN THE FOYER OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS-— TORY. By Epmunp O7m1s Hovey, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. THE COLLECTION OF MINERALS. By Louis P. Gratacap, A.M. Price, 5 cents. THE SAGINAW VALLEY COLLECTION. By Haruan I. SmitH. Price, 10 cents. REPRINTS Important Articles from the American Museum Journal THE STORY OF MUSEUM GROUPS. By Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D. Price, 10 cents. THE GROUND SLOTH GROUP. By W.D. Martruew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. THE NEW AFRICAN HALL. By Cart EB. Axketry. Price, 5 cents. THE ANCESTRY OF THE EDENTATES. By W. D. Martruew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. THE SEA WORM GROUP. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. Price, 10 cents. THE WHARF PILE GROUP. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. Price, 5 cents. HEREDITY AND SEX. By Franx E. Lutz, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO THE COLLECTIONS New Edition issued August, 1916, 136 pages, 75 illustrations, many full page. Price 25 cents. KEY TO BUILDING AND COLLECTIONS. Price 5 cents. on or bo PAVE Rs SRV A i | aia, he i NE ee eh ces THE AMERICAN MUSEUM ee JOURNAL A YEAR 20 CENTS A CC The American Museum of Natural History BOARD OF TRUSTEES President Henry FAIRFIELD OsBORN First Vice-President CLEVELAND H. DopGE Treasurer CHARLES LANIER Second Vice-President J. P. Morcan Secretary ADRIAN ISELIN, JR. Joun Purroy MircHenr, Mayor oF THE City oF NEW YORK Wiui1am A. PRENDERGAST, COMPTROLLER OF THE City oF NEW YORK Casot WarD, PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS GerorGE F. BAKER FREDERICK F. BREWSTER JosePpH H. CHOATE R. Fuuton Curtrine Tuomas DreWtrr CuyLEeR James DowuGuLas Henry C. Frick MapiIson GRANT Anson W. Harp ArcHEerR M. HuntTINGTOoNn ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES Water B. JAMES Sera Low OGpEN MILLS Prrcy R. PYNE Joun B. TREVOR Fevix M. WarBuRG GeorRGE W. WICKERSHAM A. D. JUILLIARD ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Director Freperic A. Lucas Assistant Treasurer Tue UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY Assistant Secretary GerorGe H. SHERWOOD or New YorxkK SCIENTIFIC STAFF FreperRic A. Lucas, Sc.D., Director Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology EpmuNp Oris Hovey, Ph.D., Curator CuesterR A. ReEEps, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Mineralogy L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Georce F. Kunz, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Gems Woods and Forestry Mary Cyntuta Dickerson, B.S., Curator Invertebrate Zodlogy Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Asst. Curator Frank KE. Lutz, Ph.D., Asst. Curator L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Mollusca A. J. Mutcutuer, Assistant Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant W. M. WaeeEter, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Social Insects A. L. Treapwe tu, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Annulata Cuarves W. Lena, B.S., Hon. Curator Coleoptera Ichthyology and Herpetology Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Curator Emeritus Louis Hussaxkor, Ph.D., Curator Ichthyology Joun T. Nicuots, A.B., Asst. Cur. Recent Fishes Mary Cyntuia Dickerson, B.S., Assoc. Curator Herpetology Mammalogy and Ornithology J. A. ALLEN, Ph.D., Curator Frank M. Cuapman, Sc.D., Curator Ornithology Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Asst. Cur. Mammalogy W. DeW. Miter, Asst. Curator Ornithology H. E. Antuony, B.S., Assistant Mammalogy Hersert Lana, Assistant Mammalogy James P. Cuapin, Assistant Ornithology Vertebrate Paleontology Henry FarirFieELD Ossorn, LL.D., D.Se., Curator Emeritus W.D. Marruew, Ph.D., Curator WALTER GRANGER, Assoc. Curator [Mammals] Barnum Brown, A.B., Assoc. Curator [Reptiles] Wi.tiiam K. Grecory, Ph.D., Assoc. in Palzon- tology Cuar.tes R. Eastman, Ph.D., Research Associate Anthropology Criark WissteER, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator Ethnology Rosert H. Lowiez, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator HersBert J. SpinpEN, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Nets C. Netson, M.L., Asst. Curator Cuarues W. Meap, Asst. Curator Haruan I. Smiru, Hon. Curator Archeology M. D. C. Crawrorp, Research Associate in Tex- tiles i Gro. Birp GrinNEtL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Ethnology Anatomy and Physiology Ratpeu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Public Health CHARLES-EpwaRp A. Winstow, M.S., Curator IsrRaEL J. Kiicuer, Ph.D., Assistant Public Education Georce H. SHerwoop, A.M., Curator G. Cuype& FisHer, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Ann E. Tuomas, Ph.B., Assistant Books and Publications Raxrpeu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa RicHarpson Hoop, A.B., Asst. Librarian {igi AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL DEVOTED TO NATURAL HISTORY, EXPLORATION AND THE DEVELOPMENE*OF PUBLIC EDUCATION THROUGH THE MUSEUM January, 1916 VOLUME XVI,- NUMBER I PUBLISHED MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER TO JUNE BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK CITY: TERMS: ONE DOLLAR AND A HALF PER YEAR, TWENTY CENTS GPERe CORY: ENTERED AS SECOND GLASS MATTER JANUARY 127 1907, Al THE POST-OFFICE AT BOSTON, MASS., ACT OF CON- GRESs, JULY 16, 1894; CONTENTS FOR JANUARY Frontispiece, Portrait of Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn. .............-.... 4 Author of Men of the Old Stone Age, a new book on the ancestors of man, published by Charles Scribner’s Sons Seeemnecenmnes of Plight. .5.. 2.22 ph ia. eae Vee ees Freperic A. Lucas 5 Discussion of the origin of flying, in the light of the recent discovery of feathers on the hind legs of young birds, which may have served the purpose of wings in ancestral birds Pemmeerne FOld StONe GAGE... 5.8). Sous hog ele eee, 5 CLARK WISSLER 13 Review of a recent book by Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn concerning the types of the extinct ancestors of man in Western Europe, originally dispersed from some center in Asia Illustrations from restorations by Dr. J. H. McGregor PREM IGeTIGHMe TANS. <2. .0. 62 GE so ae ooh Cee es LEE GARNETT Day 2 The story of the Collins-Day Expedition across South America, with especial reference to experiences with mule train on the trails of the high Andes Illustrations from photographs by the members of the expedition Reproductions in duotone of South American Photographs.................. 33 Giving glimpses of travel and life in the high Andes Pictures taken by members of the Collins-Day South American Expedition Miho Grime vVWolieot- thes lar Pits)... oo. use see ee ee W. D. MatrHew 45 The great extinct wolf of the asphalt deposits at Rancho La Brea The Pawnee Human Sacrifice to the Morningstar CLARK WISSLER and HERBERT J. SPINDEN 49 Discussion of a possible connection between human sacrifice ceremonials among the Pawnee and the Mexi- cans IOAN EI ojos Oot ua Se Ay Brac ci Sean ae ea ee C.-E. A. Winstow 57 An appreciation, with reference to the work he accomplished for the hall of public health in the American Museum RRM A mh oo Se koh eth oa oe tae EN Henry E. Crampton 59 A description of the island, where the New York Academy of Sciences, with the support of the Insular Government, is making a prolonged and comprehensive survey Natural History Museums and the Library.......... GrEORGE H. SHERWOOD 71 With a description of the method of codperation between the American Museum of Natural History and the New York City libraries OS SSSETER, “GSR Aa ear ICAI it ag Sn AER fi: Mary Cynruta Dickerson, Edilor Subscriptions should be addressed to the AMERICAN Museum JouRNAL, 77th St. and Central Park West, New York City. The Jourral is sent free to all members of the American Museum. Photo by Fowler, Evanston PRCFESSOR HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN Jen of the Old Slone Age, published by Charles Curator Emeritus of vertebrate palzon- Author of a recent book on the extinct ancestors of man, J ta professor of zodlogy in Columbia University, Trustees in the American Museum of Natural History — See ‘Men of the Old Stone Age’ — A Review,’’ page 15 Scribner's Sons; Da Co tology and President of the Board of Tue American Museum JouRNAL VoutumMe XVI JANUARY, 1916 NUMBER Il The Beginnings of Flight By FREDERIC ~‘ HE recent recognition by Mr. C. William Beebe, curator of birds at the New York Zodélogical Park, of certain feathers on the hind legs of the young of modern birds,' which according to his view may have served the purpose of wings in ancestral birds, brings up anew that ever fascinating problem, “ How did flight begin? ”’ and this in turn is Inseparably connected with that other problem, ‘“ How did birds begin?’’? The answer to this latter query is seemingly as far off as it was fifty-four years ago when the first Archewopteryx came to light in the famous quarries of Solenhofen. We are pretty sure that birds branched off from reptiles, fairly sure that they must have started as far back as in the Trias or even Permian, when the curious anomodonts faintly foreshadowed the mammals. But just what form gave rise to birds we know not; we have not even any coming 1**The Tetrapteryx Stage in the Ancestry of Birds,” by C. William Beebe, curator of birds, the New York Zodlogical Park. Published in Zoologica, Vol. II, No. 2, 1915. 2 Fifteen million years ago, in the middle of the Paleozoic or second great period of the earth’s history, the Age of Fishes was just drawing to a close. The only vertebrate animals that could live upon land were the primitive, froglike batrachians, and even these were probably much more at home in the water. * We have no record of the myriad different types of creatures that succeeded these first dwellers on the land, except their fossil remains found buried in the rocks of the various geologic ages, and this record is far from complete. Hence, although we believe that the higher vertebrates — reptiles, birds and mammals — are derived from the slow-crawling, cold-blooded, small-brained primitive batrachian, it is not possible to trace the successive stages of the descent. Le OM Gwe) living bird that shows such strong traces of reptilian origin as do the monotremes among mammals. Like Mr. W. P. Pyeraft, Mr. W. DeW. Miller and the writer, there are some even so heterodox as to believe more or less firmly that possibly birds had not one, but two points of origin, and to feel that if we could follow back their lines of descent we should find that the ostriches came from one, and the birds of flight from another. And why not? Is it any more strange that Nature should have repeated herself once than that all our birds should have been de- rived from one pair of ancestors? Such heretic is merely one who differs from the major- ity — such heretics as believe in this heretics and a so-called “diphylletic” origin of birds cannot help propounding the queries, “ Is the ostrich big because he doesn’t fly?”’ or “ Doesn’t he fly because he is big?”’ or “Did he never fly at all?” Those who bring forward the ever-ready fact that the embryology of the ostriches seems to indicate that they are de- seended from forms that flew, are re- minded that embryology is not regarded as so decisive in its testimony as it was fifty years ago. We are all familiar with the ready argument that such extraordinary struc- tures as feathers could not have been developed twice, but this is not a whit more strange than that they should have o 9 Aepo} sjeurmeu suoue joisimbs Suk] oy} Seop se sees] W013 SurmedjoA Jo uMOp Suiduml Aq ssyj0 oy ‘dn surdunl Aq ynoqe yYsNoIq SVM 41 784} CUO ‘qyS1g JO UIZIIO BY} 07 Se SatI09Yy} [edioulsd OM} O7e OJ], ‘“SPIlq UsJopour Jo Sunok oy} ur pue cAvajdowyoup ul siajOeeYO UO paseq SI Spsitq JO Asjse0uB 9Y} UT ade}s XAJO}deI{aT, 94} JO SuIMeVIpP STY T, SGYIGd NYSGOW 4O HOLSAONV 41dE1ISSOd V A}P190g v9160)007 yx4LOX Mary ay} fo Asajunooa Ag THE BEGINNINGS OF FLIGHT By courlesy of the New York Zoélogical Society White-winged dove four days old, with wing and leg extended, the latter to show the feathers of the “pelvic wing” been developed at all, and we are as much in the dark as ever regarding the manner of this. C / Seo), | COE Frets Sty >» Co elven »> Co > The bird as we know it today, with no trace of the ‘‘nelvic wing’? except in the very young bird. Dia- grams reproduced through courtesy of the New York Zodblogical Society BERLIN SPECIMEN OF FOSSIL ARCH/EOPTERYX, THE EARLIEST BIRD KNOWN The feathers on wings and tail are observed at once but those on the hind leg are not noticeable unless attention called to them. Authorities in the past have thought that these leg feathers functioned little in flight THE BEGINNINGS OF FLIGHT 11 tissue. Little by little the line of feath- ers and their coverts sank into insigni- ficance and became lost among the body plumage. It affords an excellent ex- ample of what Professor Henry F. Osborn would call the phylogenetic acceleration of a character, followed by its gradual reduction. Millions of years after they were of use, the feathers of the pelvic wing are still reproduced in embryo and nestling. And for some unknown reason, Nature makes each squab pass through this Tetrapteryx stage. The line of feathers along the leg of the young bird repro- duces in this diminutive, useless way the glory that once was theirs. No fossil bird of the ages prior to Archwopteryx may come to light, but the memory of Tetrapteryx lingers in every dove-cote.”’ Thus were scaly, creeping reptiles, transformed into feathered, flying birds, the more marked stages in the process being indicated in the accompanying diagrammatic figures which, with the eut of Tetrapteryx have been kindly loaned to the JouRNAL by the New York Zodlogical Society. Restoration of Archzopteryx After W. P. Pycrafl Reproduced through the courtesy of Charles Scribner's Sons CRO-MAGNON MEN OF WESTERN EUROPE In the cavern of Font-de-Gaume, Dordogne. Prehistoric men restored in the act of drawing the outlines of one of the bisons on the wall of the Galerie des Fresques Drawn by Mr. Charles R. Knight, under the direction of the author ™. mu “. ETEUTONIC=-LONG-HEAD= (= =FAIR Reproduced through the courtesy of Charles Scribner's Sons Distribution of three principal cranial types of man in Western Europe today; also location of the supposed descendants of the disharmonic type of the Cr6-Magnons [Fig. 268, p. 499, Men of the Old Stone Age] “Men of the Old Stone Age’—A Review By CLARK WISSLER HIS new book! by Professor Ae Henry Fairfield Osborn gives us the essential facts needed to comprehend the natural history of Europe in its relation to man. Such a coordination of the leading sciences can- not fail to be stimulating from every angle and forms a book which everyone can take up with the assurance of full 1 MeN oF THE Otp Stone Acer, Their Environ- ment, Life and Art. By Henry Fairfield Osborn. 8vo., pp. XX VI + 545, 8 plates, 268 figs. and map of Paleolithic tour. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, 1915. Each specialist could write a review of its contents from his own vantage ground without fear of tres- passing upon others, but we shall in this instance direct our attention to prehis- toric man himself. Europe being for most of us the ancestral home, the phrase “Men of the Old Stone Age” at once raises the question as to their relation to us. Knowing that our culture is the accumulation of ages, can it after all be that we have some heritage from this Perhaps the following 13 return. remote age? 14 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL striking paragraph from William James is literally true: “Bone of our bone, and flesh of our flesh, are these half-brutish prehistoric brothers. Girdled about with the im- mense darkness of this mysterious uni- verse even as we are, they were born and died, suffered and_ struggled. over Given to fearful crime and _ passion, plunged in the blackest ignorance, preyed upon by hideous and grotesque delusions, yet steadfastly serving the profoundest of ideals in their fixed faith that existence in any form is better than non-existence, they ever rescued triumphantly from the jaws of ever-imminent destruction the torch of life which, thanks to them, now PALAOLITHIC . . * SS SSS —5 Extingetion——», 6X — \ ey 0 LOWER PALAOLITHIC z ao ive fan) if fs) = Wy oO = uJ — Oo = op) a i S uw oF Zp) ud Oo <= fa es =< Piltdoww sue occ ttt a=. “=. RON x. PRE-HUMAN RACES Reproduced through the"courtesy of Charles Scribner’s Sons To show the assumed zodlogical relations of the known types of early man (Fig. 262, p. 491, Men of the Old Stone Age] Races bal onging (=e) of Extinct and Existing Spectes of Man lights the world for us. How small, indeed, seem individual distinctions when we look back on these overwhelm- ing numbers of human beings panting and straining under the pressure of that vital want! And how inessential in the eyes of God must be the small surplus of the individual’s merit, swamped as it is in the vast ocean of the common merit of mankind, dumbly and undauntedly doing the fundamental duty, and living the heroic life! We grow humble and reverent as we contemplate the prodi- gious spectacle.” As to what manner of men these were, we are no longer entirely in the dark and Professor Osborn’s book sums up the case for us in a plain untechnical way. returning to the village he an- nounced his oppo- sition to the con- tinuance of the ceremony. As_ he was already a dis- tinguished — warrior and the son of the chief’s sister, which according to the Pawnee system, gave him the hereditary right to sueceed his uncle, many strong men rose in_ his favor and_ pledged their future support. The name of this man was Petahlay- shahrho. In 1821 he visited Washing- ton, =D. Cs “anda medal was presented to him by the ladies of that city in recog- nition of his humane deed. Nevertheless, the ritual of the sac- rifice was still regu- larly performed as a formal matter and many conservative individuals looked forward to a revival of the sacrifice itself. In anticipation of this, vows to furnish the accessories were still made. Thus it was that a man by the name of White-horse, while the tribe was still in Nebraska, made a vow that if he were fortunate during the year he would give the thongs for the next Morningstar sacrifice. Things came his way and he did as he had promised, but the thongs did not serve the purpose intended because the sacrifice had been discontinued. He was bound to pre- serve them however, and at his death passed them on to his family and thence to the keeping of the American Museum. To the serious-minded reader this human sacrifice ceremony of the Pawnee presents some interesting problems. So far as we know there was nothing like it among the other Plains tribes, nor any- where else in the United States and Can- ada, except possibly in Arizona and New Mexico; but in ancient Mexico we find some curious parallels. The Pawnee captive was tied upon a_ rectangular frame, which according to descriptions consisted of two upright poles and five cross pieces. Four of these cross pieces were in the nature of steps, to the top one of which the feet were bound, and the arms were made fast to the fifth cross piece. Scaffolds of this kind are pictured in Mexican codices. The idea in the Pawnee sacrifice was to offer the victim’s blood and to cut out the heart, which was also the Mexican idea. Again, the Pawnee ritual required that the captive should be induced to do everything of her own free will, even to mounting the scaffold; this also has its Mexican counterpart. The Pawnee captive was shot full of arrows; the Mexican codex sketches show many ar- rows sticking into the sacrifices. Finally, there was an astronomical idea involved, and there is reason to believe that this also was characteristic of the Mexican Thongs used by the Pawnee Indians to tie the hair of the maiden to be sacrificed. They are made of buffalo hide, painted red as a sign of blood, and small deer-hoof rattles are attached to the ends. Underneath the beadwork decoration a small quan- tity of buffalo hair is tied for obscure ceremonial reasons THE PAWNEE HUMAN SACRIFICE dl rites. All this suggests an_ historical connection between the Pawnee and Aztec cultures, and since the Pawnee Is a small group compared with the latter, the probabilities favor the Mexican origin of the ceremony. Let us now turn our attention to the question on its Mexican side. The seaf- fold sacrifice may have been invented by Moctezuma II in 1506, or more likely, it may have been taken over into Aztec ritual at that time from some tribe in southern Mexico. The early Spanish interpreter of the Codex Telleriano-Re- mensis, writes under the year One Rab- bit (1506): “In this year Moctezuma shot with arrows a man in this fashion [refer- ring to the illustration], say the old men, because for two hundred years there had always been hunger upon the year One Rabbit.” ! the Indians, Fray Bernardino de Saha- The unexcelled historian of gun, refers to the same year (in which Zozullan had been captured) in these words: “The Mexicans killed many of those from Zozullan which they took in war, and placing them as a windmill’s wings between two poles they shot them, and each year they made this fiesta.” In addition to the representation of this sac- rifice in the historical portion of the Co- dex Telleriano-Remensis (and its copy, the Codex Rios), there are other represen- tations in the Codex Nuttall, the Manu- serit du Cacique and the Codex Porfirio Diaz. before or just after the coming of the All of these are native books made Spaniards. The scaffold sacrifice was evidently associated by the Aztecs with the feast of the month Tlacaxipehualiztli. This feast was sacred to Xipe Totec, the Lord of the Flayed, a war god whose appalling cult had spread far and wide over Mex- ico and Central America. The feature 1 According to the Aztec system the year One Rabbit recurs every fifty-two years. of Xipe worship which at- tracted most at- tention was the has wearing by war- rior priests of the of flayed victims and the skins holding of a mock battle in this grue- some attire. 8 {It may be added that the earliest reference toscalp- ing is In connec- tion with the cult of Xipe. Anoth- er ceremony per- this feast was a sort of formed at gladiatorial con- test in which a captive, bound by a rope to the cen- ter of a _ great stone disk and armed with a short wooden club, was com- pelled to fight fourwarriors fully armed, two wear- jaguar-hide costumes and two ing dressed to repre- sent eagles. In the drawing from the Manuscrit du Cacique the cere- the stone disk is indi- cated at the left. The rope passes monial of from the victim’s waist to the cen- ter of the stone. The handicapped 52 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL gladiator wears the characteristic blood- red dress of the god Xipe Totec. Before a temple at the right is the scaffold, the cross bars of which are tied with ropes. To this seaffold a victim, also wearing the costume of Xipe Totec, is bound. A priest, whose body is painted black, has pierced the sacrifice with several arrows and the blood is streaming down. In the Codex Nuttall the contest on the stone disk is more fully represented and that on the scaffold is somewhat a 8 with four cross beams at the bottom and one at the top. The victim is stretched across the open space and his body is pierced by arrows. In one picture we see a priest in the act of shooting. Behind the temple is a pole with some sort of framework at the top and with arope hanging to the ground. Various indi- viduals are also shown, each with his name hieroglyph above his head. There is nothing to indicate that the scaffold sacrifice is here connected with the feast The Mexican feast to Xipe Totec, the Lord of the Flayed, representation from the Manuscrit du Cacique. A temple is depicted at the right, before which a captive taken in war is being sacrificed on a scaffold. garbed in black is throwing arrows at the victim with an allatl, or throwing stick. of the stone disk, in which another captive fights four armed warriors. and head-dress of Xipe Totec abbreviated. There is a remarkable uniformity however, in essential details. The day Six House is recorded in both pictures and there are also figured eight sacrificial knives. Under the sacrifice on the scaffold is an object which may represent the sacred bowl used to catch the blood. Two human sacrifices on scaffolds are drawn in a somewhat more realistic fashion in the Codex Porfirio Diaz. In ach picture we see a temple (drawn out of scale as always) and before it a scaffold A priest At the left is shown the contest Both victims wear the blood-red costume of Tlacaxipehualiztl. Above the upper cross bar in one case there is a heart, which may indicate that this vital organ was offered to the divinity in whose honor the ceremony was celebrated; in the other case there is a disk-shaped object which doubtless represents the sun or some other heavenly body. There is good reason to believe that the scaffold sacrifice originated in southern Mexico and that it was connected primarily with the sun or some important planet and secondarily with war. Most of the 9oyIOes pjoyeos oy} UMOYS SI qj] 947 FV soko sity WIOIJ UNI Seay, ‘srensel se (9Aoqe UMOYS SoU 943) OM} pur so]Seva se pesseIp OM} ‘SIOLI -ieM pourse Ay[NJ Moy syWFy ‘sqnjo Uepoom yyIM AyTUO peuse puUe YsIp ey JO J0}UV9 OY} OF qsteM 90y} punos odor & kq pouoysey ‘107 eIpE]s OAIded oY, “poyososdos Ajreao a19q SI ysIp EUOJS OY} JO 1S9}UOS TeLIOJLIPe]S VY, “OOTXOTAY TAGS ‘BORXR() JO 9721G 9Y} JO eqs} OUIOS 07 poytpo100e A][eJOUS SI pue “0}9 “SeTOUTEIGO ‘sysanbuoo spiooad 41 ‘uaeI0s gsourde ¢ ® OY] popjoy pue urys-saap UO Ua} “S}dOsNueUT OATJeU 9} [TE Jo podsosoid AypnyyNeeq ysour ey} Aqeqosd st smpy, °7/P/)/NAJ Lapor 9yy Ur povo1dep se 9930, edry jo yseoy J0IsSINOVS NVWNH JO GHOOSY LNAIONV 54 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL native records of this sacrifice refer to southern Mexico and are largely con- cerned with astronomy. From these pictures alone we should be unable to obtain more than an ob- jective similarity to the human sacrifice among the Pawnee. But Sahagun and other early writers give us intimate studies of acts and thoughts of the Mexi- cans that could hardly be expressed in drawings. Many ceremonies are de- scribed; some occurring at fixed times OSS wet oe om ee we, apecbebadet 1s One of two drawings in the Codex Porfirio Diaz representing a scaffold sacrifice. in the National Museum in Mexico City and is accredited to the Ciucatecan tribe of the State of Guerrero. The victim was often regarded as a personification of a god and as such he was féted, clothed in fine garments, and given every honor. Efforts were made to cause him to go willingly to his death, uplifted by a truly ecstasy. It look the spiritual ones. was considered unlucky that he should grieve or falter. religious To give an example: On the last day of the month Toxcatl there was sacrificed a young man chosen from captured chieftains for his beauty and accom- This manuscript is preserved Before a crude drawing of a temple, a priest shoots arrows at the victim before the eyes Of onlookers who sit and watch in the year, others at a time regulated by the Tonalamatl, or book of days, or by The psychological attitude toward human the rising of some star or planet. sacrifice comes out clearly in many of these accounts. Ceremonialism was intensely devel- oped in Mexico and the dramatic quality of many Aztec rites of human sacrifice We are apt to think only of the gruesome has probably never been equalled. features of human sacrifice and to over- For an entire year this attired plishments. intended victim, gayly and accompanied by a retinue of pages, had been granted the freedom of the city. When the month of Toxeatl entered he was given brides whose names were those of goddesses, and in his honor was held a On the last day there was a parade of canoes across Lake Texcoco, and when a certain succession of brilliant festivals. piece of desert land was reached the brides and courtiers bade farewell to the THE PAWNEE HUMAN SACRIFICE victim. by a little-used trail to the base of an Here he was His pages accompanied him apparently ruined temple. A leader in the Pawnee ceremony of human sacrifice On S stripped of his splendid garments and of the jewels that were symbols of divin- ity. With only a necklace of flutes he mounted the steps of the pyramid. At each step he broke one of the flutes and finally arrived at the summit, where the priests, knife in hand, awaited the naked man whose heart was to be offered to the This ceremony is given only as an example, but it illustrates two characteristics found in fices — namely: the paying of homage and honor to the person chosen for very god he had impersonated. several other Mexican sacri- death; and secondly, the necessity of keeping the victim in good spirits and of inducing him to act voluntarily through the ritual. Where cerned deception was used, but with men women were Con- an attempt to inspire a religious exalta- tion, triumphing completely over the weaknesses of the flesh, appears to have been practised. If a real connection between the con- cept of human sacrifice among the Pawnee and among the Mexicans should be proved by these facts, we must re- member that the extension to the north must have taken place before 1519 — when the arrival of the Spaniards cut off abruptly the ancient religious rites of the Mexicans — and that it probably took place only shortly before this date since the Aztecs themselves seem to have acquired the rite no earlier than 1506. 4 ' t : Photo by Mr. Julius Kirschner IGNAZ MATAUSCH His recent death is an almost irreparable loss to the Museum’s technical constructive work. Mr. Matausch’s work of many years has been done under the supervision of the department of invertebrate zodlogy, which will tell in the next issue of the Journat the story of his connection with the department and of his many masterpieces of work in wax modeling for the Darwin hall. [This photograph was taken for the JourNAL but a fortnight before his death] 56 Ignaz Matausch HIS CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HALL OF PUBLIC HEALTH By C.-E. A. WINSLOW HE most striking feature of the hall of public health is the case of monster models of insect car- riers of disease. These models, which include the four stages in the life history of the fly; the flea (carrier of bubonic plague); and the egg and adult of the body louse (carrier of typhus fever), rep- resent the last contributions of Ignaz Matausch to the American Museum. No one who has not watched the pro- cess can guess the almost infinite detail involved in the preparation of these won- derful models. Days of patient work are first needed in studying the habits of the insect and in breeding it so that abundant living material in all stages may be obtained. Then every part, every tiny hair, every minute sculptur- ing must be worked out and to scale, each observation being checked up, by the examination of a series of individuals to eliminate abnormal variations, and by comparison with living specimens to avoid the distortion due to death changes. Each part of the model is then modeled and cast and finished and fitted together, the proportions being studied and compared with life at every stage. I suppose Mr. Matausch has said to me a hundred times, “ You see, this must be right in the eatreme.”’ When the model has been put to- gether and the hairs and scales have one by one been prepared and _ fitted exactly in place, when the coloring has been completed with the same exhaus- tive care, it is no wonder that such a model as the fly took a year of solid work on the part of its tireless creator. The model of the flea was prepared by Mr. Matausch largely outside of regu- lar Museum hours, which were taken The model of the louse was made entirely up with other preparation work. in this way and was presented to the Museum as the gift of Mr. Matausch. It is a satisfaction to me to remember that some of the last weeks of his life were made happy by his election to life membership in the Museum as a recog- nition of this generous gift. Mr. Matausch worked before hours and after hours, on Sundays and _ holi- days, for the Museum and its officers, for his loyalty was fervent and intense. Above all however he worked for the love of his work, which absorbed and consumed him with a power such as I He said to me once, “I love this work so. The only hard time in the day is the morn- ing hour in the subway — for then I am so anxious to get to work.” Watching him, one had visions of monks bending over their task of pious illumination, of Renaissance artists decorating some chapel ceiling. Ignaz Matausch worked in a different medium but he was in spirit a brother to every one who has ever labored with utter self-abandon for an ideal of perfect work. The model of the Aedes mosquito, carrier of yellow fever, upon which Mr. Matausch was engaged for the six months before his death with consuming enthusiasm and which he rightly believed would have been most beautiful of all his contributions, was left unfinished. The models already completed however, will long stand as a monument to a great Museum artist; and the memory of his ardent and tireless personality and of his complete devotion to the attainment of the perfect result will remain a living influence with all of us who knew him. 57 have never seen equalled. 8¢ uns 94} jo sXe SSUO}U! 00} BY} PUL S}oasuT WOIy Wot]} paeN3 oj ‘suorjezUL]d 947 JoAO peoads s! YJOjooseayr) “sOI Jo} UT Ot} JO s{[IY ot} JoAO puL sAoTPeA OY} YFNOIY} peosds oo9eqQ0} Jo sppey yee15 Ga0ndOud SI AdVOSGNV1 IWNSNNN LSOW V ‘..O00VEOL MOGVHS,, DNIMOHYD NI On entering the harbor of San Juan, the ship passes close to El Morro (‘The Castle’), an old fortress at. the western end of the city Porto By HENRY E. HE island of Porto Rico undoubt- edly surpasses all other regions of equal size — certainly of the New World —in the variety and num- ber of its features that arouse vivid interest. The extent of the island is not great, for its irregular oblong mass is only one hundred miles in length and about thirty-five miles in breadth, or approximately three times as large as Long Island; yet its inhabitants number more than 1,200,000, thus making it more thickly populated than any other equivalent area in the Western Hemi- sphere, excepting certain portions of New England. Its place in history is a large one, for since its discovery by Columbus in 1493, it has served as the battle ground of Spanish, Dutch, and English, and as a haven for the buc- caneers who operated throughout the Spanish Main. Even in purely scien- tific respects it commands the interest of many a department of investigation, Rico CR AU VIER ON because its different portions display un- usually varied geological and topographi- eal characters. They also support well diversified forms of plant and animal life, whose study is especially important on account of the island’s value as a link in the Antillean chains that connect North and South America with each other and with Mexico. Hence the prob- lems of evolution, distribution and mi- gration, of human beings as well as of organic forms in general, are particularly well defined and engaging in the case of Porto Rico.! 1 For these and other reasons, the New York Academy of Sciences has undertaken a prolonged and compre- hensive survey of the island, for which it has gained the support of the Insular Government and active participation on the part of the New York Botanical Gardens, the American Museum of Natural History, and other institutions. More than a score of investi- gators have already taken the field for work in anthro- pology, botany, geology, paleontology, and zodlogy As one of these, I have twice visited Porto Rico, and have become somewhat familiar with the delightful scenes with which the present brief article is concerned. — Tue AuTHOoR. 59 For the most part, the shores are long even stretches of sandy beach, but toward the northwest the high ground ends in a series of abrupt headlands The tide pools and boulders constitute the homes and holding-ground of varied forms of animals and plants; they are surpassed only by the coral reefs in the richness of their flora and fauna 60 Porto. Rico is only one hundred miles long and about thirty- five miles wide, yet its inhabitants number more .. than 1; 300 000. & Some 50, 000, are crowded into the small area of San Juan, and everywhere over the island — on the open plain, in a valley near the coast, or in remote and unlikely hollows of the hills are small towns of some 15,000 each the On the southern side of the central range the land drops more rapidly to the plains of the island’s periphery. Here irrigation is necessary in order that sugar cane may be grown, for the moisture of the trade winds condenses on the northern slopes. The land becomes a desert bearing several species of cactus 61 ssei3 pue’ soysnq yuo! SULA] ‘jong 10J' AyUreU ‘UMOP 4nd Tee BABY’ S901} OY} OIOYMOSTO ‘S}YFIoY OY} UO svare [JeUUS 0} poqJoIIjse1 Aepo}y st 18010} [BAOUALId AY, | - ~ - « 5 a " oe LS3YO4 IWAAWIYd S.OOIY OLYOd AO 1447 SI AINO LYVd TIVWS V 69 SUMO} O5IE] OY} U9aajod WONBOTUNUIMIOD JO SOUL] YUNI} oY} 93NI1}sU0S yey} Sp¥os joojiod oYy SuojE pue spjey oy? yNoge pueLys suT[ed [eXou oy} oIOYMAIOAW ‘oaNyjnoUe JoJ ao1qeyMs OU St punoss oq} “JoOlezUT oy} Jo suTeyUNOU oy} UT “ureyd [eysvoo s,pueys! oy} 0} A[Ueppns yeyMouros dosp simds passes}{nq ‘asueI UTeyUNOUMT OAISSeUT SITY) WOIY OOIY OLYOd 4O HOIYSLNI AHL NI M3IA The valleys are beautiful wide basins surrounded by triangular white hills of limestone. splendid roads and many natural beauties, will always be attractive to the casual visitor — as well as to the inves- tigator of its scientific resources : As the approaching steamer nears the northern shore of Porto Rico, where the capital city of San Juan is situated, the huge bulk of the island emerges from the haze of the horizon, and displays the jagged profile of the massive mountain range that forms the interior highland more than three thousand feet in alti- tude. From this great backbone the buttressed spurs drop somewhat sud- denly, and irregularly for the most part, to the coastal plain of greater or less 64 Porto Rico with its the deep clefts of the upland valleys disappear, and one may judge how rapidly the swift mountain rivers must change to slow, winding inland extent; streams upon the flat land of the island’s margin. Coming nearer, San Juan and its buildings become visible and soon a point at its eastern end detaches it- self from the rest to stand out as the ‘ape surmounted by El Morro (“The Castle’”’), which guards the entrance to Not until the fort is the harbor. PORTO RICO 65 rounded does the city itself become fully visible, for it is built on the landward side of the sandstone ridge which bounds the bay on the north. Elsewhere, for the most part, ships must lie in open road- steads; only at Guanica, Guayanilla, with the mainland; there are plazas and open spaces, but these seem only to accentuate the concentration of living quarters. As one travels about, the same feature becomes more prominent, for on the open plain, in a valley near In the limestone regions, hundreds of large and small caverns have been excavated by underground streams. This cave mouth near Corozal is reached by a forty-foot climb up the face of the cliff. Once it is gained, the down- ward view is a striking and characteristic panorama of hill and field and stream and one or two other places is there anything that approaches a protected harbor like that of San Juan. At first view, the city is impressive by its extent, the close construction of its ancient and modern buildings, and by the delicate pastel shades of its tinted whitewashed walls. More than fifty thousand people are crowded in dense areas, on the narrow rock mass that extends eastward from El Morro for two and a half miles to its connection the coast, or in remote and_ unlikely hollows of the hills, one encounters town after town of more than ten thousand or fifteen thousand inhabitants. Natur- ally the problems of public health are of the highest importance, and of neces- sity they received the immediate atten- tion of the Americans when they came into control of Porto Rico in 1898. Old methods of water distribution by casks have been extensively replaced by a sys- tem which brings water through lines of 99 AAVO IWZOHOO 3HL 4O HLNOW SHL WOYS M3IA Seis _* stale it od. PORTO RICO 67 pipes from the upland streams; and everywhere measures have been taken to reduce the severity of epidemics or to stamp them out, sometimes at the cost of buildings whose dynamited ruins show how frequent in some areas were the abodes of domestic animals that trans- mitted disease. On the whole, Porto Rico of today is a healthful island, with lord iho= ward the northwest however, bold head- lands terminate in cliffs at the water’s beach grape and lupine vegetation. edge, below which there are broken boulders and tide pools that support varied forms of seaweeds and of animal life, and constitute rich fields for the collector. The peripheral portions of the island and the wide outer parts of the The way into the cave narrows until after four hundred yards or more of walking and scrambling and creep- ing, one emerges into daylight through a small hole on the other side of the hill. Relics of the ancient tribes Colum- bus found in Porto Rico have been discovered in these caves a warm climate well tempered by the trade winds, and well cultivated almost everywhere. With its splendid roads and natural beauties, it is and will al- ways be attractive to the casual trav- eler, as well as to the investigator of its scientific character and resources. The shores for the most part are even beaches of sand, with the characteristic valleys bear enormous fields of sugar cane, which is one of the great staple products. On these alluvial coastal por- tions citrus fruits also are grown exten- sively, as well as pineapples. Altogether, the impression that is early made upon the visitor is one of intense agricultural industry —an impression that deepens as one’s acquaintance grows. OS THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL In the interior valleys, plantations of The plants are cheesecloth tobacco are laid out. protected by sheets of which, with their sharply-defined bor- ders, seem like incongruous fields of snow upon the deep green of the hills. Even the steep slopes of the hills bear here and there their little patches of tobacco or of other crops, centering about a native hut perched precariously near the top, and set off by the graceful royal palms. Higher up, the character of the ground or of the gradient, may be such as to render the region unsaitable for tobacco, yet even here coffee and cocoa are grown under the shade of specially planted trees. Little remains of the larger forest, for wood becomes scarce when so many demand it daily for fires. Only on the higher peaks of the great central moun- tains are there any relics of the primeval growth that once extended so widely. On the flanks of the main east-and- west backbone of the island, composed of igneous rocks, there are broken levels and hills of limestone, full of marine fossils and other indications of their origin at the border of the ocean. Since their formation the land has risen so as to lift them hundreds of feet above their former level. Where the rivers have worn against them, they display stratified faces of especial in- terest to the geologist and palzontolo- gist. Passing the great divide from north to south, the mountains drop more rapidly to the foothills and to the coastal plains. In the southeast the ground is still suitable for sugar and cocoanut groves; but coming west, the effect of the heights in cutting off the moisture of the trades becomes more marked, and a semi-arid region with its characteristic cactus is encountered. Here the cane can be grown only by extensive irriga- tion, which the Insular Government has many Within the cave thousands of bats hide in the holes of the arched roof and there are various insects and huge Arachnida with long delicate antennze which serve them in place of their virtually useless eyes PORTO RICO 69 undertaken with great success and profit. ‘Toward the southwest, the land becomes a typical desert, and about This Interior of a cave above Ciales, Porto Rico. is a cave with many mouths and a huge vaulted chamber with many stalactites and stalagmites Lake Guanica it supports little besides the association of cactus plants. In the limestone regions, hundreds of large and small caverns have been exca- vated by underground streams. One of these, near Corozal, is well worthy of description. The valley is a beautiful wide surrounded by peculiar triangular white hills of limestone, and the cave mouth, about forty feet in height, is reached by means of creepers and ledges on the very face of the cliff. Once it is gained, the downward view is a striking and characteristic panorama of hill and field and stream. Ca the sides of the entrance there are hundreds of spider webs, each with the dried remains of its casual collection of prey. Trend- ing inward and upward, the way nar- rows until after four hundred yards or more of walking and scrambling and creeping, one emerges into daylight through a small hole on the other side of the hill. Thousands of bats hide in the holes of the arched roof, or cling to its On the walls there are peculiar insects and huge Arachnida, with long delicate antennze which serve them in place of their virtu- ally useless eyes. By way of contrast, the cave in the hills above Ciales is one with many mouths, and a huge vaulted chamber with stalactites and_ stalag- basin, rough surfaces. forms of mites above and below. On account of the dominant Spanish influence for so many centuries, the population naturally exhibits a pre- ponderance of the characters of that race. Only a small section however, has retained its purity, of which it is justly proud; for the most part the people are mixtures of Spanish, Negro and Indian characters. It is strange that so few are found with unmixed African features, although in certain settlements. they too have preserved many of the customs as well as the Ancient carvings of crude design are found on the hard dense boulders along the streams physique of their ancestors. The ab- original type has long since disappeared, save in restricted regions where now and then a countenance displays features not unlike those of Spaniard and African. Relics of the tribes Columbus found in Porto Rico are discovered in caves, shell heaps, or about dwelling places. Very striking carvings of crude design are not infrequent on the hard dense boulders along the streams, especially in the of Utuado. These carvings are somewhat similar to the pictographs of St. Vincent and other Antilles and to the curious sculptures of inland British Guiana. environs Ancient method of water distribution in Porto Rico, now replaced by a system which brings pure water from the rivers of the highlands 70 Natural History Museums and the Library By GEORGE H. SHERWOOD USEUMS and libraries are alike in M that they are both educational agents of the community — the former through their explorations, researches and exhibits: the latter through their books. The purpose of each is the diffusion of knowledge, but naturally the methods of im- parting this knowledge differ. The method of instruction in the museum is_ primarily an appeal to the eye and is based on the inherent curiosity of the individual. It is therefore elemental. The method of instruc- tion in the library is a direct appeal to the mental traits of the individual. It presup- poses previous instruction. The value of each is dependent upon the extent to which it is used. Both are faced with the same prob- lem —namely, how to arouse and maintain the interest of the community. The museum attracts the casual visitor and his natural curiosity is turned into a desire for further knowledge. He accordingly seeks the library as the means of satisfying this desire. The museum therefore is one of the natural feeders of the library. On the other hand, the desire of the reader to see in concrete form the objects about which he is reading, leads him to enter the exhibition halls of the museum. In such cases, the library becomes one of the natural feeders of the museum. There is a wide field then, for codperation between the museum and the library, and especially between the natural history museum and the library. The means of carrying out this codperation will differ considerably according to the location, char- acter and size of the institution, but the same general principles will underlie all methods. In 1907, The American Museum of Natu- ral History made its first efforts to bring its work into closer touch with the libraries of New York City, and it was felt that the best results would be obtained by working through the juvenile departments of the libraries. Conferences were held with the supervisor of the children’s libraries, and several small col- lections for exhibition in the libraries were prepared. These collections were designed to stimulate the reading of good books relat- ing to the subjects which the specimens illus- trated. The material was selected with due regard to the general character of the district in which the library was located, and the results in some instances were very striking. An Eskimo exhibit was placed in a branch library on the lower West Side, which has a cosmopolitan population. In less than four weeks the call for Arctic books increased from nothing to four hundred, and to meet the demand the librarian found it necessary to draw on Arctic books from other branches. The results warranted the continuation of this work and for several years it has been carried on in a more or less energetic way. That it has not developed still more rapidly was due in part to the absorption of the Museum’s department of education in organ- izing and carrying out other features of museum extension. Early in the current year the American Museum was in a position to give more atten- tion to this phase of museum work and the matter of codperation with the libraries was taken up as a special branch of the Museum’s department of public education, all loans being made through this channel. Libraries were visited in order better to understand their needs, and the children’s librarians came to the Museum, suggesting the type of exhibit that would appeal to their patrons. From this data, a number of special circulating col- lections were prepared for use in the children’s rooms of the libraries. Each collection was planned to be a unit in itself, to consist of rela- tively few specimens completely labeled, and to be scientifically accurate as well as interesting. If you really want a friend to read a book you do not give it to him but loan it. Our experience in providing circulating nature study collections for the publie schools of New York City had emphasized the impor- tance of making the collections ‘‘loan collec- tions,” and not leaving them for an indefinite period in the schools. This same idea was applied in connection with the library circu- lating collections, and it was decided to limit the loan period to four or to six weeks. The results of the year’s work have fully justified this decision. During the spring six collec- tions were completed and put in circulation. These were designated as follows: 1— Spring- time Collection; 2—The Eskimo; 3 — In- 71 72 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL dians of the Plains; 4— Indians of the South- west; 5— New England Birds and Nests, and 6 — Life at the Seashore. In addition to these regularly circulating sets, a few spe- cial collections were prepared to meet the needs of certain libraries. The ‘Springtime Collection” consists of small habitat groups of the common birds, such as robin, song-sparrow and goldfinch, with nests and eggs, male and female parent birds, and in addition shows peculiar habits of several other birds such as nuthatch and woodpecker. Common insects, batrachians, turtles and snakes are also represented in this collection. The ‘Eskimo Collection” consists of thirty-nine pieces which give a fair represen- tation of the life of the Eskimo. The “In- dians of the Plains Collection” consists of thirty-eight specimens, including household utensils and articles of dress and emphasizing the decorative art of the Indians as illustrated by their work. The “Indians of the South- west Collection” consists of forty pieces illustrating the weaving and pottery-making for which these Indians are especially noted. The collection illustrating life at the sea- shore comprises sea birds, shells, starfishes, sea-urchins and other marine forms that can readily be found along the seashore, the principal object of interest being a minia- ture lighthouse, about two feet in height, showing a portion of the headland and beach on which it stands. This collection was first sent to the Fort Washington Branch of the New York Public Library, and the following quotation from a letter of the librarian shows some of the results of codperation between the museum and one library: “We used the Museum collection as a basis for the stories used in the work with our older boys’ club. Sea stories were told and the ship models explained — rigging, masts, ete. Adult visitors to the room were inter- ested in the exhibit, and a member of the library who had had interesting experiences at sea, talked informally for an hour or so about ships, to a group of about thirty boys. A collection of books on aquatic animals, ad- ventures at sea, sailors’ yarns, poems deal- ing with sea life, were put with the Museum’s collection. We had approximately one hun- dred and seventy circulations from this col- lection. A bulletin of ‘Stories of the Sea’ was also posted. Kindergarten classes visiting the children’s room with teachers were shown the exhibit in detail.” Although some of the collections were not completed at once and have been in circulation but a short time, they have been seen by more than 30,000 children. The number and vari- ety of similar collections that may be prepared is almost unlimited. It would be compara- tively easy to prepare an exhibit illustrating the methods of attracting birds around our homes, such as are described in the many books for bird lovers of which Wild Bird Guests by Mr. Ernest Harold Baynes is a good example. Many groups of books on geog- raphy and travel could be given added interest through a collection from a natural history museum. The plans for the development of the work during the present winter contemplate the preparation of additional collections which will be definitely correlated with the special books in the children’s libraries and particu- larly with the story hour conducted by the librarians. Codéperation along these lines is particularly worthy of consideration for there is little doubt that it will produce results of great value to the children. The exhibits thus far planned have been de- signed primarily for children. Similar exhibits might well be prepared for adult readers. In connection with a series of books on ama- teur gardening a collection showing the injuri- ious insects which so often frustrate the ambitions of the tiller of the soil would not only stimulate interest in this group of books but also would convey much profitable information. Similarly education on problems of public health, as the campaign for the extermi- nation of mosquito and fly, can be materi- ally assisted by small exhibits from the natural history museum, while large numbers of exhibits could be prepared which would visualize and vitalize books on useful arts, fine arts, sociology, geography and travel. These are only a few of the ways in which practical and effective coéperation may be promulgated between libraries and the mu- seum. Museum Notes DanieL GirAup Exuiot, noted zodlogist and writer, died on December 22, 1915, at his home in New York City. Dr. Elliot shared with the late Professor Albert S. Bickmore the honor of being one of the two scientific founders of the American Museum of Natural History, and it was through his knowledge, gifts and purchases that the Museum was able to obtain what are now some of its most valuable collections. Dr. Elliot’s own collection of birds supplied the Museum with the group of extinct Labrador duck, one of the most valuable bird groups in the Museum, and his extensive travels enabled him to bring to the Museum many other important acquisitions. Dr. Elliot was the author of many scientific works, a traveler and collector of unusual range and experience, and he will long be re- membered as one of the most distinguished naturalists of his time In recognition of his services to the American Museum he was elected a member of the Board of Trustees in November, 1915 THe New York Zo6tocicaL Society is developing in Georgetown, British Guiana, a new zoological idea. On January 22, Mr. C. William Beebe, curator of birds in the New York Zodlogical Park, sailed for Demarara to establish there a tropical zoélogical station for the study of the evolution of birds and the life histories of important South American species. Mr. Beebe was accompanied by three assistants, Mr. G. Inness Hartley as research associate; Mr. Paul G. Howes, an expert in micro-photography and the inten- sive study of invertebrates, and Mr. Donald Carter as collector. One of the first bird species to be studied exhaustively in its native haunts will be the rather elusive hoatzin, which thus far never has been shown alive in captivity, and which even at this late day is a living challenge to ornithologists. The life histories of the vast majority of tropical birds are yet to be learned, and the new zodlogical station, equipped with expert knowledge and _ all necessary facilities, will enter and exploit a rich and extensive field. The Government of British Guiana is offer- ing the new enterprise codperation, and ter- minal facilities of great practical value. The Trinidad Steamship Company has joined in promoting the enterprise in many ways. The entire fund for the first year’s work of the new Tropical Zoélogical Station has been furnished by five members of the Board of Managers of the New York Zodlogical Society, Messrs. Cleveland H. Dodge, Mortimer L. Schiff, C. Ledyard Blair, James J. Hill, and George J. Gould. Not the least important function of the new station will be the gathering and forwarding of regular supplies of living verte- brates for the New York Zodlogical Park. Ar- rangements have also been made for collecting reptiles in alcohol for the department of rep- tiles of the American Museum, for which facilities have been provided well in advance. TuroucH the interest of the Honorable F. M. B. Fisher, of Wellington, New Zealand, the Museum has been presented by the Minister for Internal Affairs of the New Zealand Government, with two of the five live specimens of Sphenodon forming part of the New Zealand exhibit at the Panama- Pacific International Exposition. This al- most extinct lizard-like reptile is now found only on certain rocky islets in the Bay of Plenty, Northern New Zealand, and although specimens preserved in alcohol have reached this country in small numbers, no living example has before been seen here, much less studied. Great scientific interest attaches to these seemingly insignificant creatures, owing to the fact that this species (Sphenodon punctatum) is the sole surviving representative of the whole order of Prosauria, or primitive reptiles, and is thus practically a “living fossil.” The “tuatara”’ as it is locally called, is now protected by law in New Zealand, having been formerly hunted for food. Models and casts are being made from the living tuataras at the Museum by the sec- tion of reptiles, preliminary to the construction of a habitat group. Stnce the last issue of the Journat the fol- lowing persons have become members of the Museum: Life Members, Mrs. Apoutr 8S. LADENBURG and Merssrs. Roperr Woops Buss and ALPHONSE H. KUuRSHEEDT. Sustaining Members, Mrs. Tuomas A. Epison and Hon. LisPpENARD STEWART. Annual Members, Mrs. James Brite, Mrs. Moraan Drx, Mrs. T. E. Harpen- 73 74 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL BERGH, Mrs. W. K. Harrineton, Mrs. G. J. Heimer, Mrs. Jerrerson HoaGan, Mrs. Eton H. Hooxrr, Mrs. REUBEN Howes, Mrs. Artuur B. Jexyity, Mrs. DrLancey Kane, Mrs. Ernest L. Srupson, Mrs. Der Cost Situ, Mrs. E. W. Sparrow, Mrs. JOHN STemMME, Mrs. H. Grant STRAUS, Mrs. ALBERT Strauss, Mrs. Horace M. SwETLAND, Mrs. THEODORE TIEDEMANN, Misses FLORENCE GAYLEY, MARGARET Hog, and CATHLEEN VANDERBILT, REVEREND ANDREW CHALMERS WILSON, DR. 5S. A. ELLIs, Dr. JosepH S. WHEELWRIGHT, Dr. R. H. Wyvutz, and Messrs. Davin A. ANSBACHER, C. L. BausHrer, Ricwarp P. H. DuRKEE, Frep. T. FLeEITMANN, HENRY 8S. FLEMING, DupitEyY G. Gautier, Ropert L. Gerry, RosertT McM. GInuesprz, ArTtHuR G. Hic- cins, E. 8. Hurr, WituiaM R. Innis, HENRY JAMES, JR., FREDERICK KuTTrorr, WILLIAM M. Leste, OrMonD EvuGENrE Lewis, FRED. MULLER-SCHALL, CHARLES H. RUSSELL, Herman Humpouipt SuHutor, FREDERICK BouttTon Simpson, Martin StrAuss, LIONEL Sutro, Noau W. Taussic, THomas D. Van Dusen, Ernst G. Victor, C. {BLAINE Warner and A. Murray Youna. Dr. CLARK WISSLER and Dr. Ropert H. Lowie were delegates from the American Museum to the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, which convened in Washington, December 27-31, 1915. Dr. Lowie also represented the New York Acad- emy of Sciences and Dr. Pliny E. Goddard of the Museum was delegate for the American Ethnological Society. Meetings were held in affiliation with the Section of Anthropology of the Second Pan-American Scientific Con- gress and with the American Anthropological Society, the American Folk-Lore Society, the American Historical Association and the Archeological Institute of America. In the Section of Archeology Mr. Charles W. Mead read a paper on ‘‘ The Puma Motive in Ancient Peruvian Art’; Mr. Alanson Skinner on “Chronological Relations of the Coastal Algonkin Culture”; Mr. N. C. Nel- son on ‘‘Pueblo Ruins of the Galisteo Basin, New Mexico”; Dr. H. J. Spinden on “Recent Progress in the Study of Maya Art”; and Dr. Clark Wissler, Dr. C. A. Reeds and Mr. Leslie Spier on ‘Excavations on the Abbott Farm at Trenton, New Jersey.” In the Section of Ethnology papers were read by Dr. Clark Wissler on ‘Comparative Study of Pawnee and Blackfoot Rituals” (by title only); Dr. Herbert J. Spinden on “ Origin and Distribution of Agriculture in the New World”’; and Professor A. L. Kroeber on ‘‘The Pacific Coast Tribes of North America.” On Thursday evenings during January a course of four lectures on “Varieties of Culture among North American Indians,” were given by the department of anthro- pology of the American Museum. Dr. Robert H. Lowie spoke on ‘‘The Indians of the East,’ and “The Indians of the Plains,”’ and Dr. Pliny E. Goddard on ‘“‘The Indians of the Southwest,’ and “The In- dians of the Pacific Coast.” A PHASE of the work of the Museum’s department of education, which is growing faster than facilities can be provided, is the lecture and demonstration work with the blind children of Manhattan and the Bronx. Since 1910, when it was first inaugurated through the Jonathan Thorne Memorial Fund, this work has been a regular part of the education department’s activities, but during 1915 it has been possible to extend and reorganize the facilities afforded. As a result, classes of blind children from the public schools now visit the Museum from ten to fifteen times each month, as against twice a month in 19138. The aim has been to codperate as perfectly as possible with the schools and teachers in regard to time, sub- ject and treatment, and secondly to have the classes as small as possible so that each child may handle at leisure each specimen or exhibit and may ask questions about it. Talks are given upon a series of subjects, for example: “How our Furred Friends spend the Winter”; ‘‘ Native Birds and their Nests”; ‘How Men Travel’; “Cotton, Wool and Silk.” Miss Ann E. Thomas, who has charge of this work, makes a point of showing as many natural specimens as pos- sible, in addition to models. Appreciation of the work is so general and practical that twice as many classes are asked for as can be provided with the present equipment. Mr. Barnum Brown returned early in January, bringing a carload of fossil dinosaur bones, chiefly from the Belly River Cretaceous formation of Alberta. The collection com- prises two complete skeletons; one of the horned dinosaur Ceratops, of which the Mu- MUSEUM NOTES 75 seum previously possessed only skulls; the other of the helmeted dinosaur Stephano- saurus, not before represented in the Muse- um’s collections. Other notable specimens are a complete skull and jaws of the horned dinosaur Monoclonius; a skull and part of the skeleton of an armored dinosaur; and the largest skull yet discovered (five feet in length) of the duck-billed dinosaur, T’racho- don. Another very rare specimen is a com- plete lower jaw of a cretaceous marsupial mammal. In addition to the vertebrate remains, two large silicified tree trunks were secured, over forty feet in length. When these are sec- tioned it will be possible to determine the genus to which they belong. They are of especial interest because the center of the tree is silicified, while surrounding it the outer portion had carbonized, forming lig- nite. Several large slabs were also obtained on which impressions of many species of leaves are beautifully preserved. This ma- terial will be displayed to show the type of foliage contenYporaneous with the dinosaur life of Alberta. After bringing to completion the Museum’s work on the Red Deer River, which has extended over a period of six years and been productive of four and a half carloads of valuable fossils, Mr. Brown went to Northern Montana. Here he secured a large collection from the Upper Cretaceous beds on Milk River. Work was continued in this field until zero weather compelled cessation of operations. Mr. N. C. NELson returned to New York about the middle of December, having fin- ished the American Museum’s archologi- cal investigations in the Rio Grande Valley of northern New Mexico. Mr. Nelson has spent four seasons investigating the territory formerly occupied by the Tanos, which embraces approximately twelve hundred square miles, and in this area has found forty-two true pueblo ruins, composed of from one to forty-three communal houses each, besides innumerable minor sites of archeological interest. These latter consist of small houses, temporary camps, caves, rock shelters, quarries and pictographs. Of the forty-two pueblo ruins found, Mr. Nelson partly excavated the twenty-seven most important, clearing all told something over seventeen hundred ground-floor rooms. He also investigated neighboring territory on the north and on the west, in which were located about twenty-five pueblos. Three of these were tried out by excavation, and a fourth, the historic pueblo of Kotyiti, a natural stronghold in the days of the rebellion, was entirely cleared. Out of these diggings over nine thousand artifacts have been obtained, exclusive of about an equal number of frag- mentary objects, immense quantities of broken pottery, animal bones and food stuffs. Not all of the catalogued specimens however, were of such a character as to make their preservation worth while, being made up of mealing stones, hammer stones and similar common objects. Of the three hundred and thirty-five human skeletons exhumed, about seventy-five or eighty were in condition to be kept for study. By excavation in the large stratified refuse heaps belonging to some of the ruins five successive styles of pot- tery were recognized. With these different styles of ceramics as a key it has been possible to separate the forty-two Tano ruins and about an equal number of ruins in neighbor- ing territory, into five chronological groups. Although this chronological determination does not apply to the entire Pueblo area, it will assist toward an understanding of a large part of it, and marks a real step in the elucidation of Pueblo history. In the course of the summer Mr. Nelson also made an_ eight-hundred-mile recon- naissance trip by team and on foot through northwestern New Mexico and _ adjacent parts of Colorado and Arizona. The journey included the Mesa Verde district, famous for its cliff dwellings; several tributary val- leys of the San Juan where many ruins were observed; the remarkable ruins of the Chaco Cafion of which Pueblo Bonito is well known; and finally the ruins of the Zuni Valley. These four districts were somewhat distinct culture centers in prehistoric times, all but the last mentioned being apparently abandoned by the Pueblo Indians when the Spaniards first came into the country. Many of the picturesque ruins observed are in a fair state of preservation and Mr. Nelson brought back about two hundred and fifty photographs. Fragmentary pot- tery was gathered everywhere for compara- tive studies. THE MEMBERS of the Second Pan-American Scientific Congress and their friends were 76 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL tendered a reception and luncheon on Thurs- day, January 13, by the president, trustees and scientific staff of the American Museum of Natural History. The guests were re- ceived in the reptile hall on the second floor, from whence, under escort of members of the Museum staff, they undertook a tour of inspection of South and Central American and other exhibits. The Museum’s South American archeological, mineral, and fossil vertebrate collections are especially valuable; its South American study collection of mam- mals is the largest in the world and its South American study collection of birds the largest in North America. Among distinguished members of the Congress present were Dr. Ernesto Quesada and Dr. Juan B. Ambrosetti of Argentina; Antonio Carlos Simoens da Silva of Brazil; Le General Légitime, Ex-President of Haiti; Excellentissimo Sefior Federico A. Pezet and Dr. Julio Tello, of Peru, and Dr. Aristides Agramonte of Cuba. A joint archeological expedition of the American Museum and the University of Colorado, in charge of Mr. Earl H. Morris of the latter institution, closed its four months’ field operations in the San Juan district on December 20, 1915. Mr. Morris spent the early part of the summer assisting Mr. Nelson with his work in the Rio Grande Valley, and in September Mr. Nelson ac- companied Mr. Morris to the northern field. Their first joint undertaking was the excava- tion of a small seven-room cliff house on a branch of Johnson Cafion on the southern border of the Mesa Verde. This cliff house had never before been entered by a white man but the difficult undertaking was not rewarded by any finds of especial importance. Some of the very numerous small-house ruins on the adjacent mesas were tried out with better results. These ruins antedate the cliff dwellings and are often overgrown by large trees, sections of which were taken for the purpose of determining their age. The main part of the season’s work how- ever was devoted to the examination and par- tial excavation of ruins in tributary valleys of the upper San Juan including the La Plata, KXootch, Carriso, Frances and Gobernador canons. Several of the worked ruins belong to the earliest Pueblo period, while others toward the east are of a date falling within the time of the Spanish occupation and sug- gest Zuni affiliations. A considerable collec- tion of pottery and other specimens were obtained. Mr. Morris is now at the mu- seum of the University of Colorado at Boulder, working over his data. AN exhibition of paintings by Mr. F. W. Stokes of scenes in the Arctic and Antarctic is now on view in the west assembly hall of the American Museum. On February 13 to 27 an exhibition of bird pictures in water color by Mr. H. C. Denslow will occupy the same hall. Tur American Scenic and Historic Preser- vation Society held its twenty-first annual meeting on the evening of January 21,:in the American Museum of Natural History. The Honorable George W. Perkins, a vice president of the society, and president of the Palisades Inter-State Park Commission, delivered the address of the evening on the progress made in the development of the Inter-State Park and the plans for its future. With funds provided in part by the states of New York and New Jersey but more largely by private generosity, the Commission has purchased the twelve and a half miles of the Palisades between Grant’s Tomb and Nyack and has accomplished a great deal toward rendering it a convenient recreation ground. Roads have been built, beaches made, docks, boat houses and restaurants established and in 1915, upwards of a million people crossed the Hudson to walk, camp’ or picnic, while tenting privileges were enjoyed by twelve to fifteen thousand. Extensive plans for further improvement are in contemplation by the Commission. At the Second Pan-American Scientific Congress held in Washington December 27, 1915 to January 8, 1916, Dr. Frank M. Chapman and Dr. Herbert J. Spinden repre- sented the American Museum. Dr. Frank E. Lutz also attended the Congress as dele- gate of the New York Entomological Society and Dr. P. E. Goddard as delegate of the American Ethnological Society. At a special meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science held in connection with the Pan-American Congress, Dr. Frank M. Chapman delivered an address giving an account of the zodlogical survey of South America conducted for the last five years under the auspices of the American Museum. The American Museum of Natural History Seventy-seventh Street and Central Park West, New York City Open free to the public on every day in the year. The American Museum of Natural History was established in 1869 to promote the Natural Sciences and to diffuse a general knowledge of them among the people. It is dependent upon private subscriptions and the fees from members for procuring needed additions to the collections and for carrying on explorations in America and other parts of the world. The membership fees are, OMT IVLCMIDELS), . we ee $ 10 Sustaining Members (annually)... 25 “Tis dM ital of: rs 100 lw WT: Sian eaeencae ene eee eee 500 IP AGOMS F:.iattntane. eta eee rtiean es wee ere $1,000 Associate Benefactors.............. 10,000 ASSOCIabe wR OUNGErS. «5-25 ee utewee 25,000 IBenefacuOnse sn-1.sn.6 ee trots eet leit ee 50,000 Guides for Study of Exhibits are provided on request to members and teachers by the department of public education. the department for an appointment, specifying the collection to be studied. In all cases the best results are obtained with small groups classes may also be arranged for. of children. Teachers wishing to bring classes should write or telephone Lectures to The Museum Library contains more than 60,000 volumes with a good working collection of publications issued by scientific institutions and societies in this country and abroad. The library is open to the public for reference daily — Sundays and holidays excepted — from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M. The Technical Publications of the Museum comprise the Memoirs, Bulletin and Anthropological Papers, the Memoirs and Bulletin edited by J. A. Allen, the Anthropological Papers by Clark Wissler. the institution. These publications cover the field and laboratory researches of The Popular Publications of the Museum comprise the Journa, edited by Mary Cynthia Dickerson, the Handbooks, Leaflets and General Guide. The following list gives some of the popular publications; complete lists, of both technical and popular publications, may be obtained from the Librarian. POPULAR PUBLICATIONS HANDBOOKS Norty American INDIANS OF THE Prains. By Clark Wissler, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. INDIANS OF THE SouTHWeEsT. By Pliny Earle Goddard, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. ANIMALS OF THE Past. By Frederic A. Lucas, Sc.D. Paper, 38 cents. ILLUSTRATED GUIDE LEAFLETS GENERAL GUIDE TO THE CoLLEcTIONS. New edition issued December, 1914. Price, 25 cents. Tue CoLiection or Minerars. By Louis P. Grata- cap, A.M. Price, 5 cents. North American RumINANTS. Pri e, 10 cents. Tse Ancient Basket Makers or SouTHEASTERN Uran. By George H. Pepper. Price, 10 cents. Primitive Art. Price, 15 cents. Tue Birps or THe Victniry or New York Ciry. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. Price, 15 cents. Peruvian Mummies. By Charles W. Mead. Price, 10 cents. Tse Meteorites IN THE FoyYER OF THE AMERICAN MuSEUM oF Naturat History. By Edmund Otis Hovey, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. Tue Hapitat Groups or Norto AMERICAN Birps. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. Price, 15 cents. By J. A. Allen, Ph.D. THe InpIANS or Manuatran Istanp AND VICINITY. By Alanson Skinner. THE SToKes PAINTINGS REPRESENTING GREENLAND Eskimo, Out of print. Brrer History or ANTARCTIC EXPLORATIONS. 10 cents. TREES AND Forestry. By Mary Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. A new edition in course of preparation. Tue Prorection or River anD HAaRBor WATERS FROM Mounicipat Wastes. By Charles-Edward Amory Winslow, M.S. Price, 10 cents. Prant Forms 1x Wax. By E. C. B. Fassett. 10 cents. Tue EvoLution oF THE Horse. Ph.D. Price, 20 cents. Mammorns and Mastopons. By W.D. Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. Price, Price, By W.D Matthew, REPRINTS Tue Grounp StorH Group. By W. D. Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. Meruops Aanp Resutts in HERPETOLOGY. Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. Out of print. THE WHARF Pitre Group. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. Price, 5 cents. THe SEA Worm Grovp. Price, 10 cents. THE ANCESTRY OF THE EDENTATES. thew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. By Mary By Roy W. Miner, A.B. By W. D. Mat- THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY FORSGHE =PEOPEE FOR EDVCATION FOR S3C:1E N.GE VOLUME XVI Pe DINGATCH, ho lO NUMBER 2 ¥ AHS AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL » £2 4 ee” ee ee 4 ae ea PS s é ‘ ees % 4 : easel ttcacsic natn 3 oR a ae = i es. LUNI TODAY — 1 133 ‘ING ¥ YELLOWSTONE PARK He GAME. ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO CHINA. 150 A VEFAR == DMCA C_A__@ Ee _— The American Museum of Natural History BOARD OF TRUSTEES President Henry FAIRFIELD OsBoRN First Vice-President CLEVELAND H. DopGE Treasurer Henry P. Davison Second Vice-President J. P. MorcGan Secretary ADRIAN ISELIN, JR. JoHN Purroy Mircuet, Mayor or THE Cityfor New YorK Witu1am A. PRENDERGAST, COMPTROLLER OF THE City oF NEw YorRK Casot WARD, PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS GrEorGE F. BAKER FREDERICK F. BREWSTER JOSEPH H. CHOATE R. Futron Currine Tuomas DeWitr CuyLEeR JAMES DouGuas Henry C. Frick Mapison GRANT Anson W. Harp ArRcHER M. HUNTINGTON ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES Water B. JAMES SetH Low OaGpEN MILLts Percy R. Pyne JoHN B. TREVOR FeLtrx M. WarBurG GEORGE W. WICKERSHAM A. D. JuImLuiarRD ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Director Freperic A. Lucas Assistant Treasurer Tue UNITED STaTEs Trust Company Assistant Secretary GeEorGE H. SHERWOOD or New YorrK SCIENTIFIC STAFF Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D., Director Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology Epmunp Otis Hovey, Ph.D., Curator CuHeEsTER A. Reeps, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Mineralogy L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Georce F. Kunz, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Gems Woods and Forestry Mary Cyntruia Dicxerson, B.S., Curator Invertebrate Zodlogy Henry EF. Crampton, Ph.D., Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Asst. Curator Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D., Asst. Curator L. P. Graracap, A.M., Curator Mollusca A. J. Murtcuuer, Assistant Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant DaniEL M. Fisx, A.M., Assistant W. M. Wueeter, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Social Insects A. L. TreapweE Lt, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Annulata Cuar.es W. Lena, B.S., Hon. Curator Coleoptera Ichthyology and Herpetology Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Curator Emeritus Louis Hussaxor, Ph.D., Curator Ichthyology Joun T. Nicuots, A.B., Asst. Cur. Recent Fishes Mary Cynruia Dickerson, B.S., Assoc. Curator Herpetology Mammalogy and Ornithology J. A. ALLEN, Ph.D., Curator Frank M. Cuapman, Se.D., Curator Ornithology Roy C. AnpRews, A.M., Asst. Cur. Mammalogy W. DeW. Miter, Asst. Curator Ornithology H. E. Antuony, B.S., Assistant Mammalogy Herpert Lane, Assistant Mammalogy James P. Cuapin, Assistant Ornithology Vertebrate Palwontclogy Henry FairrieLp Ossorn, LL.D., D.Se., Curator Emeritus W. D. Marruew, Ph.D., Curator Watter GranGer, Assoc. Curator [Mammals] Barnum Brown, A.B., Assoc. Curator [Reptiles] Wiuuram K. Grecory, Ph.D., Assoc. in Palzeon- tology CuHarues R. Eastman, Ph.D., Research Associate Anthropology CuiarkkK WIssLER, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator Ethnology Rosert H. Lowir, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator HERBERT J. SPINDEN, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Nets C. Netson, M.L., Asst. Curator CHARLES W. Meap, Asst. Curator M. D. C. Crawrorp, Research Associate in Tex- tiles Gro. Brrp GRINNELL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Ethnology J. H. McGreecor, in Anthropology Ph.D., Research Associate Anatomy and Physiology Raupn W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Public Health CHARLES-Epwarkp A. Winstow, M.S., Curator IsraEL J. Kiicier, Ph.D., Assistant Public Education Gerorce H. SHerwoop, A.M., Curator G. Ciyp®& Fisuer, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Ann E. Tuomas, Ph.B., Assistant Books and Publications Ratpu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa Ricnarpson Hoop, A.B., Asst. Librarian ‘Te AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL DEVOTED TO NATURAL HISTORY, EXPLORATION AND Wels DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC EDUCATION THROUGH THE MUSEUM February, 1916 VOLUME XVI, NUMBER 2 PUBLISHED MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER TO JUNE BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK CIMY.”. sTERMS=: ONS DOLLAR AND: A HALF “PER YEAR, TWENEY CENTS: PER COPY. ENTERED AS SECOND- CLASS MATTER JANUARY 12, 1907, AT THE POST-OFFICE AT BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, ACT OF CONGRESS, JUEYS16; 1895, CONTENTS FOR FEBRUARY The Oldest. Town in America and its People..............: \. L. Krorser S81 An account of the prehistoric Pueblo Zuni, and of the life and culture of the Zuni Indians today as studied during a recent residence among them Illustrations from photographs by the Author The Hooted Animals of the Yellowstone.................. M. P. SKINNER 87 History and habits of the semi-wild herds of buffalo, antelope, moose, elk, sheep and deer in the Yellow- stone National Park Illustrations from photographs made by the Author during twenty years’ experience in this region Predietion of Climatic Variations................ {LLSWORTH HUNTINGTON 97 Discussion of causes of storm and drought and the possibility of predicting these far in advance with important economic results The Asiatic Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History Roy CuHapmMan ANDREWS 105 Reproductions in Duotone of Asiatic Photographs........................ 107 Showing ancient monuments of some of the world’s most ancient civilizations Photographs taken by Mr. Roy Chapman Andrews during previous expeditions to China, Japan and Korea Bien mmenuae Uses of Shells... .. < ae ah After the rattler is thus secured so that it cannot strike (forked snake safely handled in the transfer 132 which was lying in a coil and wide awake. The snake made no attempt however, either to strike or escape, but waited patiently to be bagged. Had the same accident happened with the little Connecticut rattler I am cer- tain that there would have been at least a couple of punctures in the young man’s hand. In my opinion, a rattlesnake uses its va: . 2. Mr. Charles Snyder, head keeper at the park of the New York ZoGlogical Society, showing how he handles a poisonous snake for observation of its mouth and fangs. The specimen is one of fifteen banded timber rattlers captured on a trip to Scaghticoke Mountain, Connecti- cut. The teeth of harmless snakes are solid; poison- ous snakes have two or more grooved or hollow fangs in the upper jaw, connected by a duct with a poison gland on the side of the head THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL rattles not only as an expression of nervous- ness and anger, but also as a lure to attract the curiosity and attention of its prey and bring this prey within reach of the strike — or perhaps so to bewilder the prey with fear that it will be incapable of moving until the strike can be made. Also it seems that the rattling is a mode of communication that snakes have with one another. I have been on snake ledges at various times when every- thing was still and quiet, and while in the act of bagging the one or two snakes which were then in sight, have heard one, two or three others answer the buzzing my captives were making— the replies coming from widely separated points. In one instance a reply came from another ledge about eighty yards from me. I have sometimes wrapped the rattles of newly captured specimens in damp cotton before I placed them in my bags so that their buzzmg would not confuse me in locating a stranger’s song. One fallacy which most people believe, is that a rattlesnake or copperhead can always be located by the odor. The fact is, one may handle fifty or more of either species — hold- ing them within a foot of the nose — and not observe any particular odor. Then at some other time, one or more of the lot may chance to emit its pungent secretion. If it does, the ‘‘perfume”’ is really very noticeable — some- thing of a cross between banana oil and cucumber, yet like neither. Under proper atmospheric conditions the odor might be noticed sixty yards away, although five or ten yards would be the more likely distance. Sometimes I have noticed the scent where I was unable to find any snake, in spite of careful searching. Considering the nearest retreat where a snake could have escaped my observation, I have figured that the odor must have been there ten minutes or longer before my arrival. Usually a rattlesnake or copperhead, if disturbed, will attempt to escape, but often it will remain just where it may happen to be, silently or otherwise, and refuse to budge. I'requently I have almost stepped on one, or have stepped over one before seeing it. It is far safer to let a snake crawl over your feet than to put your foot on it. When it is crawling it is thinking more of getting somewhere than of striking and if a person remains quiet, there is scant likelihood of its becoming troublesome, although it does not have to coil to strike. Mr. Bell and I Three specimens of poisonous snakes — Copperhead known locally as ‘““chunkhead” (Ancistrodon contortriz); moccasin or ‘“‘cotton-mouth” (Ancistrodon piscivorus) from Cape Canaveral, Florida; and banded timber rattler (Crotalus horridus) from the Wallkill-Hamburg Mountains, New Jersey. Of the one hundred and fifty snakes of the world whose bite could bring death to man, only seventeen are native to the United States, with seldom more than two in any given district. The only successful treatment for snake poison after it has entered the circulation, is injection of antivenomous serum. Such serum is of untold value in Brazil, South Africa and India. Snake-hunters can render themselves immune to snake bite for a few days or weeks by precautionary injections of such serum. Dr. S. Weir Mitchell was a pioneer in the United States in the study of snake venom. Experiment is still in progress toward the production of a perfect serum. This must be obtained from an animal (horse) made immune by large dosages of the mixed venom of a large number of poisonous snakes, since immunity to the bite of one species does not always insure immunity to that of others. have taken photographs of each other as we of us to stand still while the other drove the stood in the midst of four or five large rattlers snakes toward him. The one standing was —some crawling over or between our feet. merely part of the scenery according to the Yet the “stunt”? was not as dangerous as snakes’ view, and everything was serene as it might seem. It wasonly necessary forone long as we did not move while within their 133 striking distance. When a rattler or copper- head does strike however, it sometimes not only makes a simple strike with its fangs but also grips its jaws together and tries to wrestle its fangs deeper into the object struck so as to cause a better injection of its venom. On one of my trips to the Wallkill-Hamburg Mountains of New Jersey while I was stand- ing at the edge of the top of a small cliff about forty feet high, I discovered two rattlers, male and female, lying near each other at the bottom. By retracing my steps about eighty yards, I was able to work a way to THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL the foot of the cliff, then after fixing up the snake bag in nearby bushes, I advanced to where the rattlers were, meanwhile lightly beating the low berry bushes ahead of me with my stick so that I might not accidentally step on any hidden snakes. When I came up to the two snakes the yellow-phased one (female) slowly crawled away directly to the rear of the black one (male, supposedly), which went into a coil, head toward me and waited. Neither snake rattled although I was then standing within four or five feet of them; and had beaten the bushes close to Pilot or mountain black snake (Coluber obsoletus) and the more abundant common black snake or racer (Bas- canton constrictor). The pilot can be distinguished from the racer by its broad head, keeled scales and white spots on the margin of the scales as well as by its slow movement, its good nature and its great power as a constrictor The pilot is, next to the indigo and pine snakes, the largest harmless snake in the United States MUSEUM NOTES yer ~ Z them with my stick. At the time, it seemed to me as though the male was deliberately pro- tecting the retreat of the fe- male. Snakes seem to be beyond hard and fast rules of individ- ual action and the more they are studied the unex- pectedly interesting are the traits discovered. They offer an endless subject for fascinat- ing investigation. more The hog-nosed snake (Helerodon plaltyrhinus) otherwise “puff adder” and “spreading ad- der,” is a big bluffer and the ‘‘ pos- sum” among North American snakes. It is absolutely harmless in spite of its warlike posturings and _hissings and can under no conditions be induced to bite. When its threats prove vain, it simulates death. known as Even the young snakes newly hatched from the eggs hiss, spread :and flatten the head and neck and strike savagely, later playing dead. to feign death [F. W. Fitzsimmons. Snakes of South Africa] The ringhals cobra of South Africa also is reported Museum Notes Since the last issue of the JourRNAL the following persons have become members of the Museum: Life Members, Mrs. FrRepERIC DELANO Hircu, Mrs. SterpHen V. Harkness, and Messrs. Winttam FRANKLIN LuxTon Eb- WARDS, ALFRED WARREN GALE, NORMAN JAMES and FrRepERIC A. JUILLIARD; Sustaining Members, Miss EMELINE ROACH and Mrssrs. A. W. Erickson, J. PRENTICE IKkeLLoGe, and Puinie C. LINDGREN; Annual Members, Mrs. P. B. Acker, Mrs. Rosert C. Birxnaun, Mrs. Artruur C. BiaGpEN, Mrs. Cuarutes H. Brooks, Mrs. JomL FrpErR, Mrs. Henry E. Haw .ey, Mrs. E. R. Hewitt, Mrs. RopertT HUNTER, Mrs. R. G. Hurcutins, Jr.. Mrs. WiLiiam B. IsHam, Mrs. S. M. Jarvis, Mrs. Puruip B. Jenntnes, Mrs. HELEN M. KENNERLEY, Mrs. Percy H. Stewart, Mrs. A. W. Swann, Mrs. Carit~t Tucker, Misses Marian Hacur and Maraaret C. HuriBvurt, Dr. Myron P. Denton, Dr. L. Emmett Hout, Dr. Oscar H. Rocers and Messrs. T. Howarp Barnes, WELCOME W. BRADEN, Witt1am B. Dowp, Sanprorp D. Foot, GeEorRGE S. FRANKLIN, HENRY HERING, BERNHARD HOFFMANN, ARTHUR S. Hyp, JosepH A. McALEENAN, F. H. THEAKSTON, SAMUEL HINps THomas, Lewis M. TuHomp- son and Wint1aAmM TURNBULL. Aut doubt as to the probable safety of the members of the Crocker Land Expedition, and of the party sent under Dr. Hovey to bring them home, was remeved on February 6 by a letter from Mr. Knud Rasmussen, the Danish explorer, dated London, January 28. Mr. Rasmussen was in London in order to meet his ship “Kap York” which had re- cently arrived in an English port from Green- land. Captain Pedersen of the “Kap York” was In connection with the “Cluett’’ and Dr. Hovey on September 12 for about two hours and therefore had the latest news of the relief party. The ports were then full of new ice and Dr. Hovey dared not put into port from fear of becoming icebound for the winter. The “Cluett”’ was therefore waiting in Wol- stenholme Sound for the return of Mr. Rasmussen’s motor boat, which had been 136 ispatched to Etah Crocker Land party. Captain Pedersen was of opinion that if the motor boat did not return soon, it would be impossible for the ‘“‘Cluett”’ to get home in the fall of 1915. In this case however, there need be no fear for Dr. Hovey and the other members of the expedition, who would receive assistance from Mr. Freuchen, (the manager of Mr. Rasmussen’s station at North Star Bay) or could get provisions by sledge from Upernavik, where the Danes would be glad to make weleome the members of both expeditions. to bring back the Mr. M. P. SKINNER has presented to the American Museum valuable motion-picture films and photographs of animals of the Yel- lowstone Park, obtained during his twenty years’ experience in that region. Mr. Skinner is a member of the American Museum and has been working in the Museum building during the winter on a book on the birds of the Yellowstone Park. He is an authority on the animal life of the Yellowstone and has rendered much service to the United States Biological Survey in connection with a census of the park. THE animals of the Yellowstone, described in the present issue of the JouRNAL, are well represented in the North American mammal hall of the Museum by a series of unusually large and well executed group studies, showing the animals as they appear in their natural environment. Specimens of the American bison, in all stages of development, and in summer and winter coats, are shown pawing the Kansas prairie where they formerly ranged in countless herds. Several moose, with adults and young of both sexes, are shown in a_second-growth forest — their favorite feeding ground. There are three fine specimens of the elk, or wapiti, formerly so abundant in the mountains and foothills of the northern and western states and now comparatively rare; also groups of mule deer, Virginia deer, mountain sheep and pronghorn antelope. The rapidity and com- pleteness with which the advance of civiliza- tion has wiped out of existence the vast herds of these wild creatures that once owned the hills and plains of this continent, makes the sanctuary the Yellowstone affords to the surviving remnants an incalculable advantage to the cause of natural history — as well as THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL adding to the value of the groups in the Ameri- can Museum. THE annual meeting of the Board of Trustees of the American Museum of Natural History was held at the residence of Mr. Ogden Mills, on February 7, 1916. Mr. Henry P. Davison was elected a trustee in the class of 1917 to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Daniel Giraud Elliot. Messrs. Arthur Curtiss James, Walter B. James, J. P. Morgan, Perey R. Pyne and John B. Trevor, trustees in the class of 1916, were reélected in the class of 1920. The trustees were the guests at dinner of Mr. Ogden Mills. Ow1na to ill health Mr. Charles Lanier has resigned his position as treasurer of the American Museum of Natural History. At the recent meeting of the Board of Trustees of the Museum, a resolution was passed accepting his resignation with regret and expressing appreciation for the service he has rendered the institution in serving as treasurer for the past twenty-five years. Mr. Henry P. Davison was elected treasurer for the year 1916. In view of their generous contributions and genuine interest in the growth of the Museum the trustees have passed a special resolution electing Messrs. Cleveland H. Dodge, Arthur Curtiss James and Archer M. Huntington, Benefactors of the Museum; Mrs. John B. Trevor and Mr. Felix M. Warburg, Associate Founders; Dr. Bashford Dean and Messrs. James B. Ford and Henry C. Swords, Patrons; Mrs. Herbert L. Satterlee, a Fellow, and Mrs. M. Orme Wilson and Messrs. Lincoln Ellsworth and Alexander Smith Cochran, Life Members of the Museum. Ow1na to the fact that a number of higher classes of membership in the American Mu- seum have recently been created by the trustees and that many former contributors now dead would have been elected to these higher memberships had such degrees been in existence during their lives, it was resolved at the recent annual meeting of the Board of Trustees to place the names of such con- tributors in the respective classes of member- ship to which their contributions would have made them eligible. In accordance with this resolution the names of Mrs. Robert L. MUSEUM NOTES Stuart and Messrs. Morris K. Jesup, Darius Ogden Mills and William H. Vanderbilt were added to the class of Benefactors; those of Messrs. James M. Constable, Henry O. Havemeyer, Oswald Ottendorfer, Percy R. Pyne, 1st., Charles E. Tilford and Cornelius Vanderbilt, Ist., to the class of Associate Founders; those of Mrs. Martha T. Fiske and Messrs. Hugh Auchincloss, Benjamin P. Davis, William E. Dodge, 2nd., Henry Iden and William R. Sands to the class of Associate Benefactors; those of Miss 8. M. Hitchcock, Mary E. Rogers, Frederika Gade, and Messrs. Samuel D. Babcock, Joel Goldenberg, Solo- mon Loeb and Edward 8. Russ to the class of Patrons, and that of Leonidas A. Van Praag to the class of Fellows. Tae Museum is now publishing Professor Bashford Dean’s bibliography of fishes. This is a compilation which aims to be of constant use to all who seek to learn what is known of a large and important series of the backboned animals. It is the more neces- sary since the literature of this subject has become so vast and is so widely scattered that even specialists remain in ignorance of important papers which concern their work. To give an idea of the scope of the present bibliography we need only mention that it refers to about 50,000 books and scattered papers in all languages, and deals with the entire subject of fishes, fossil as well as living, —their distribution, structure, physiology, development, their parasites and diseases and their evolution. In this sense, it is believed to be the most complete bibliography which has hitherto been attempted of any major group of animals. The present work has been in preparation off and on for twenty-five years, and repre- sents a large amount of detailed research. From 1910 to 1913, Dr. Louis H. Hussakof coéperated in the work; since that time it has been enlarged and edited by Dr. C. R. Eastman and during the past few years numerous authors have given their time generously in revising their special bibli- ographies. It should also be recorded that the National Museum generously con- tributed a manuscript on the bibliography of fishes — mainly dealing with the kinds of fishes and fisheries — which the death of Professor G. Brown Goode left unfinished. The volume now in press gives the names of authors who have written upon fishes, 137 listing their works in chronological order. It includes all references dating from the middle of the eighteenth century down to the year 1914. Earlier literature of the fishes will be published as an appendix to Volume I. Volume II, which will probably be in press in 1917, will provide an elaborate index for Volume I, digesting all titles, and telling the reader what books or papers he should consult for any particular subject. Tue J. Leon Williams collection, and other exhibits illustrating fossil man and _ his ancestry, were exhibited during 1915 at the Panama-Pacific International Exposition. They have now been returned to the Museum and are installed in the hall of the age of man. This collection should be studied in connection with Men of the Old Stone Age, the recent book, by Professor Henry Fair- field Osborn. Four cock pheasants, illustrating partial al- binism to a complete degree of albinism, have been presented to the American Museum by Mr. Walter Winans of Surrenden Park, England. These, with two normal pheasants also presented by Mr. Winans, are being mounted for a group showing gradations from the normal to the albino bird. A RECENT addition to the exhibits in the North American mammal hall of the Museum is a group illustrating the seasonal change in color of the varying hare (Lepus americanus virginianus). Like the ermine and some other northern mammals, this animal changes its coat, being brown in summer and pure white in winter —a good example of protec- tive adaptation. For many years it was supposed that the actual hair of this animal changed color, but it has been conclusively demonstrated by Dr. J. A. Allen, curator of mammalogy at the American Museum, by examination of many series of specimens in all stages of the change, that there occurs an actual shedding of the darker hairs and a new growth of white ones. This process is gradual, usually occupying several weeks. The specimens in the group show a few of the stages passed through by the hare in changing from the brown of summer to the white of winter. The group has been ar- ranged by Mr. A. E. Butler in the Museum’s taxidermy studio, 138 Mr. Russet J. Cotes, whose contribu- tions to the Museum’s department of fishes are well known, secured a fine specimen of the spotted porpoise, Prodelphinus plagiodon (Cope), during the past summer off the coast of North Carolina. At the time of the cap- ture a rough sea made getting possession of the specimen after it had been harpooned a task of difficulty and danger, and a less persistent man than Mr. Coles would un- doubtedly have cut the animal loose. After his efforts were rewarded by getting the animal ashore, he made a plaster mold and took a complete series of photographs and measurements; the flesh was then cut away from the skeleton which was sent to the Museum. The spotted porpoise is rela- tively rare along the coast of our Southern States, and the Museum has not previously possessed even one skeleton representing its genus. ComMISSIONER GroRGE D. Pratt, of the New York Conservation Commission, has secured the services of Mr. Francis Harper THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL of New York City to make a detailed study of the fishing waters of Oneida County, New York, as a basis for scientific working plans for fish stocking and protection. The ap- pointment is in furtherance of Commis- sioner Pratt’s plan for seeing that the product of the State fish hatcheries is followed to its ultimate destination, and that the proper planting and protection of the millions of fish annually produced in the State hatcheries are assured. When completed in Oneida County the work will be extended to other parts of the State. Mr. Harper was formerly engaged in private research work in the department of ichthyology of the American Museum. THE JOURNAL has been in receipt for some time past of a small but steady stream of new subscriptions from persons who have come upon it quite fortuitously and to whom it was hitherto unknown. In view of this and of the fact that practically every subscriber renews his subscription annually, an effort is being made to bring the JourNAL to the Two views of the spotted porpoise (Prodelphinus plagiodon), which was taken during the summer of 1915 by Mr. Russell J. Coles and presented to the American Museum, together with many photographs and a plaster mold made from the fresh specimen immediately after capture MUSEUM NOTES attention of some of the many thousands unconnected with the Museum who are nevertheless interested in natural science. The cost of publishng the JouRNAL is considerable, and the same expenditure might easily benefit a much larger circle of readers. The collaboration of present friends is asked in making it known. A sprins of color pictures, taken by Messrs. Henry Berger, Jr., and Frank Ives Jones, showing the Columbia Highway, Rainier Park, and mountain scenery of the Northwest, will be shown in the auditorium of the Ameri- can Museum on Thursday evening, Febru- ary 24, at 8.15 o’clock. The pictures have been taken by the new Paget process of direct color photography. Mr. ALANSON SKINNER has resigned his position as assistant curator in the depart- ment of anthropology of the American Mu- seum, to accept a position where he will con- tinue in similar work. Mr. Skinner has been connected with the Museum since 1902, when as a boy, he accompanied local field parties engaged in archeological work. THe Zuni Indian collection, made for the American Museum last summer by Pro- fessor A. L. Kroeber, is now on exhibition in the hall of the Indians of the Southwest. THE recent death of the Siberian tiger in the zodlogical collection at Bronx Park has provided the Museum with a splendid skin formounting. This will be used in construct- ing a group for the Asiatic hall when the hoped-for new wing of the Museum shall have become an actuality. CONSIDERABLE improvements are being made in the exhibits on the south side of the dinosaur hall of the Museum. The prepara- tion of new exhibits has for some time inter- fered with the opening of this part of the hall, which contains the various kinds of fossil rep- tiles other than dinosaurs. The fine series of ancient Permian reptiles from Texas and South Africa has now been rearranged with important additions and the fossil turtles are being partly rearranged so as to provide more space for new exhibits. For several years past Miss Dorothea Bate has been engaged in systematic and very 139 successful explorations for fossil vertebrates in the caves of the Mediterranean Islands. One of her recent discoveries is an interesting extinet type of antelope found in caves of the Balearic Islands a few years ago and named Myotragus. It is a relative of the chamois but is distinguished by enlarged lower front teeth like the incisors of rodents and had very short legs and feet. Miss Bate has sent to the Museum a series of specimens of this animal — incomplete skulls, jaws, limb and foot bones, which are on exhibition in a table case in the hall of the age of mammals. Explorations for fossil vertebrates in caves and other localities im the West Indian islands are yielding results no less remarkable than those obtained by Miss Bate from the islands of the Mediterranean and of especial interest to Americans. The explorations of Professor de la Torre and Mr. Barnum Brown in Cuba have already been noticed in the Journat. More recently the zodlogical survey of Porto Rico, conducted by the New York Academy of Sciences, has secured remains of several new and remarkable extinct animals from that island. It seems certain that systematic and thorough explora- tions in all the Antilles would yield results of great scientific value, which would go far toward settling the much disputed questions as to their geologic history and connections with one another and with the mainland. TWENTY-FIVE ancient pottery vessels ex- hibiting unusually fantastic and_ effective decorative designs and obtained in the Mimbres Valley, New Mexico, have recently been purchased by the Museum from Mr. Kk. D. Osborn. Also a varied collection of specimens obtained in the neighborhood of Oldtown, Maine, and representing the culture of the Penobscot, Passamaquoddy, Malecite and Miemae Indians, has been purchased from Mr. G. A. Paul. TuHeERE will shortly be installed in the hall of public health of the American Museum an exhibit illustrating the comparative food values of a number of common articles of diet. The exhibit consists of a series of one- hundred-calorie portions of various raw foods; the percentage of heat-giving, energy-pro- ducing and muscle-building elements they contain being indicated beside each. In this series perishable foods will be shown by means of models, the less perishable, as rice or oat- 140 meal, being represented by the actual sub- stance. RECENTLY the exhibition corridors and halls of the American Museum have presented, even to the casual observer, a very practical demonstration of the coédperation of the American Museum with the high schools of the city. Regent’s week at the schools recurs twice a year and as only about one-half of the pupils can take the examination at one time, excursions are arranged to the Museum for lectures and laboratory work in biology. Upwards of five thousand pupils visited the Museum during the week. Each class at- tended at least one lecture, besides doing the laboratory work planned for. Lectures, illus- trated with colored lantern slides and motion pictures, were given at intervals during the week by Mr. George H. Sherwood, curator of public education, Dr. G. Clyde Fisher and Mr. Paul B. Mann. A course of lectures open to school children will be given at the American Museum on Monday afternoons at four o’clock, beginning March 6 and lasting through April 10; on Wednesday afternoons, begmning March 8 and las ting through April 12; Thursday after- noons, beginning March 9 and lasting through April 13, and Friday afternoons, beginning March 10 and lasting through April 14. Mr. Georce K. CHERRIE will lecture on Friday evening, March 17, to the adult blind of Greater New York on ‘‘With Colonel Roosevelt on the River of Doubt.” Mr. Cherrie was the naturalist detailed by the American Museum to accompany Colonel Roosevelt on the South American trip which resulted in the discovery of the River “Duvida,’”’ now named River Roosevelt. Tue first annual meeting of a society for the study of fish and reptiles will be held in the Museum on March 8 at 9.30 a.m. Papers are scheduled to be presented by Professor Ulric Dahlgren of Princeton Uni- versity; Dr. Thomas Barbour of the Agassiz Museum, Cambridge, and Mr. Henry W. Fowler of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Messrs. Lang and Chapin of the American Museum staff will show slides of some of the interesting fishes and reptiles of the Congo region. ‘This society has been formed with the object of bringing THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL ichthyologists and herpetologists into closer touch with one another for purposes of study and the advancement of science, and the mect- ing is open to any person interested in fishes, batrachians or reptiles. Professor Bashford Dean, curator emeritus of the Museum’s department of ichthyology and herpetology, will be the first president of the society. TuHeERE has been prepared in the taxidermy laboratory of the American Museum of Nat- ural History a life-size model of the extinct fishlike animal Dinichthys. This creature lived about twenty million years ago in the sea that existed on the site of the present state of Ohio. Dinichthys was one of the most ferocious animals that ever lived in the sea. Although like a fish in appearance it is regarded by scientists as belonging to a lower, more primitive order. Its head and the front half of the body were protected by heavy plates of bone, so that it swam about like an armored fish-cruiser. It was quite safe against attack by the other dinichthyids and by the sharks that lived in the same habi- tat. It had tremendously powerful jaws, with “fangs” in front, and behind these, knifelike cutters which chopped against each other. Five or six species of Dinichthys, ranging from two to fifteen feet in length, lived side by side in the Ohio sea. The species mounted (Dinichthys intermedius) reached a length of about eight feet. Amona the more important additions made to the collection of minerals, largely through the expenditure of the income from the Bruce Fund, are the following: a superb crystal of rubellite, (tourmaline), showing a parallel intergrowth of two individual crys- tals; a very showy, blue-green smithsonite, relieved by a white surface of crystallized calcite, from New Mexico; a plumose mi- caceous aurichalcite covering scalenohedral calcite, also from New Mexico; vivid yellow autunite in platy crystals, from South Australia; an opalized stem from Nevada of white opal with fiery foci distributed over it; curved, pink tourmalines in crystallized lepidolite from California; a unique speci- men of amblygonite showing crystal faces; two remarkable specimens of mammillary or botryoidal cassiterite from Mexico; the rare parahopeite from South Africa and the minerals new to the collection, epidesmine, fizelyite, jezekite, barthite and bavenite. The American Museum of Natural History Seventy-seventh Street and Central Park West, New York City Open free to the public on every day in the year. The American Museum of Natural History was established in 1869 to promote the Natural Sciences and to diffuse a general knowledge of them among the people. It is dependent upon private subscriptions and the fees from members for procuring needed additions to the collections and for carrying on explorations in America and other parts of the world. The membership fees are, Amnualiviembers..............- $ 10 PAGrONS .Aite coo eis areieaee aot sel ote cee ees $1,000 Sustaining Members (annually)... 25 Associate Benefactors.............. 10,000 Likes Ait 3 Sg ee 100 Associates HOUNGErss.cce co asa ae oe 25,000 LP ELLIS... 22.65 Gre Cae IRE ee 500 IRenelactOrstirs sees eee ea eee 50,000 Guides for Study of Exhibits are provided on request to members and teachers by the department of public education. Teachers wishing to bring classes should write or telephone the department for an appointment, specifying the collection to be studied. Lectures to classes may also be arranged for. In all cases the best results are obtained with small groups of children. The Museum Library contains more than 60,000 volumes with a good working collection of publications issued by scientific institutions and societies in this country and abroad. The library is open to the public for reference daily — Sundays and holidays excepted — from 9 A.M. to5 P.M. The Technical Publications of the Museum comprise the Memoirs, Bulletin and Anthropological Papers, the Memoirs and Bulletin edited by J. A. Allen, the Anthropological Papers by Clark Wissler. These publications cover the field and laboratory researches of the institution. The Popular Publications of the Museum comprise the JourNAL, edited by Mary Cynthia Dickerson, the Handbooks, Leaflets and General Guide. The following list gives some of the popular publications; complete lists, of both technical and popular publications, may be obtained from the Librarian. POPULAR PUBLICATIONS Tue INpIANS OF MANHATTAN ISLAND AND VICINITY. By Alanson Skinner. Price, 20 cents. HANDBOOKS NortH AMERICAN INDIANS OF THE Piains. By Clark Wissler, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. INDIANS OF THE SOUTHWEST. By Pliny Earle Goddard, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. ANIMALS OF THE Past. By Frederic A. Lucas, Sc.D. Paper, 38 cents. ILLUSTRATED GUIDE LEAFLETS GENERAL GUIDE TO THE CoLLEcTIONS. New edition issued December, 1914. Price, 25 cents. THE CoLiecTION or Minerats. By Louis P. Grata- cap, A.M. Price, 5 cents. Norru AMERICAN RUMINANTS. Price, 10 cents. Tue ANCIENT BaskET MAKERS OF SOUTHEASTERN Uran. By George H. Pepper. Price, 10 cents. Primitive Art. Price, 15 cents. Tue Birps oF THE Vicinity oF New York City. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. Price, 15 cents. PreruviAN Mummies. By Charles W. Mead. 10 cents. Tue METEORITES IN THE FOYER OF THE AMERICAN Museum or Natura History. By Edmund Otis Hovey, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. Tue Hasirat Groupes oF NortH AMERICAN Birps. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. New edition in course of preparation. By J. A. Allen, Ph.D. Price, Tue Stokes PAINTINGS REPRESENTING GREENLAND Eskimo. Oul of print. Brrer History of ANTARCTIC EXPLORATIONS. 10 cents. TREES AND Forestry. By Mary Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. A new edition in course of preparation. Tue Prorection oF RivER AND HARBOR WATERS FROM Mounicipat Wastes. By Charles-Edward Amory Price, Winslow, M.S. Price, 10 cents. PLANT Forms 1n Wax. By E. C. B. Fassett. Price, 10 cents. Tue Evo.uTion oF THE Horse. By W.D Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 20 cents. Mammorns AnD Mastopons. By W.D. Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. REPRINTS THE Grounp SitoTtrH Group. By W. D. Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. MetuHops AND RESULTS IN HERPETOLOGY. Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. Out of print. Tue Wuarr PitE Group. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. Price, 5 cents. Tue SEA Worm Group. Price, 10 cents. THE ANCESTRY OF THE EDENTATES, thew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. By Mary By Roy W. Miner, A.B. By W. D. Mat- Datitnaiead E ee : Sys 7 £ - - ‘i “ PONE TREE Ud BE Re SS a ey ren Sens Oa eee ee He has borrowed from the American his shirt and his overalls, but two centuries of contact with the white man and the white man’s religion have not influenced the inward spirit of the Zuni The cover of this JournnaL is from a photograph showing preparations for firing a piece of pottery in accordance with the primitive but effective method of the Zuni Indian of New Mexico VOLUME XVI NUMBER ae is ' io. =" The American Museum of Natural History BOARD Of TRUSTEES President Henry FairFieLtpD OsBoRN First Vice-President CLEVELAND H. DopGE Treasurer Henry P. Davison Second Vice-President J. P. MorGan Secretary ADRIAN ISELIN, JR. JoHN Purroy Mircuet, Mayor or THE City:or New York Wiuu1am A. PRENDERGAST, COMPTROLLER OF THE CiTy oF NEw YORK Casot WarpD, PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS GerorGE F. BakER FREDERICK F. BREWSTER JosePpH H. CHOATE R. Futton Curtine Tuomas DeWttrr CuyYLER JAMES DoUuUGLAS Henry C. Frick MapIson GRANT Anson W. Harp ARCHER M. HUNTINGTON ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES WALTER B. JAMES SerH Low OGDEN MILLS Percy R. Pyne Joun B. Trevor FeLtrx M. WaARBuURG GEORGE W. WICKERSHAM A. D. JUILLIARD ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Director Freperic A. Lucas Assistant Treasurer Tue UNITED States Trust COoMPaNny Assistant Secretary GerorceE H. SHERWOOD or New Yorke SCIENTIFIC STAFF Freperic A. Lucas, Se.D., Director Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology Epmunp Otis Hovey, Ph.D., Curator CuesterR A. Reeps, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Mineralogy L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Georce F. Kunz, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Gems Woods and Forestry Mary Cynruia Dickerson, B.S., Curator Invertebrate Zodlogy Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Asst. Curator Frank E. Lurz, Ph.D., Asst. Curator L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Mollusca A. J. Mutcuuer, Assistant Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant DaniEut M. Fisx, A.M., Assistant W. M. Wueeter, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Social Insects A. L. TreapweE.Lu, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Annulata CuaRLeEs W. Lena, B.S., Hon. Curator Coleoptera Ichthyology and Herpetology Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Curator Emeritus Lovis Hussaxkor, Ph.D., Curator Ichthyology Joun T. Nicuo.ts, A.B., Asst. Cur. Recent Fishes Mary Cynruaia Dickerson, B.S., Assoc. Curator Herpetology Mammalogy and Ornithology J. A. AtuEN, Ph.D., Curator Frank M. Cuapman, Sc.D., Curator Ornithology Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Asst. Cur. Mammalogy W. DewW. Miter, Asst. Curator Ornithology H. E. Anruony, B.S., Assistant Mammalogy Herpert Lana, Assistant Mammalogy James P. Cuapin, Assistant Ornithology Vertebrate Paleontology Henry FarirFriE_p Ossorn, LL.D., D.Sc., Curator Emeritus W. D. Marruew, Ph.D., Curator WaLTER GRANGER, Assoc. Curator [Mammals] Barnum Brown, A.B., Assoc. Curator [Reptiles] Wiuiiam K. Grecory, Ph.D., Assoc. in Paleon- tology CHARLES R. Eastman, Ph.D., Research Associate Anthropology CuarRkK WIssLeErR, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp, Ph.D., Curator Ethnology Rosert H. Lowiez, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator HERBERT J. SprinpEN, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Nets C. Netson, M.L., Asst. Curator CHARLES W. Meap, Asst. Curator M. D. C. Crawrorp, Research Associate in Tex- tiles Gero. Birp GRINNELL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Ethnology J. H. McGReGor, in Anthropology Ph.D., Research Associate Anatomy and Physiology RautpeyH W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Public Health CHARLES-EpwarRp A. WINsLow, M.S., Curator IsraeEu J. Kuicier, Ph.D., Assistant Public Education Gerorce H. SHERwoop, A.M., Curator G. Cuypve& FisHer, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Ann E. Tuomas, Ph.B., Assistant Books and Publications Raueu W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa Ricuarpson Hoop, A.B., Asst. Librarian ate AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL severe TO NATURAL HISTORY, EXPLORATION AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC EDUCATION THROUGH THE MUSEUM March, 1916 VOLUME XVI, NUMBER 3 PUBLISHED MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER TO MAY INCLUSIVE, BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK CITY. TERMS: ONE DOLLAR AND A HALF PER YEAR, TWENTY CENTS (PER. COPY. ENTERED AS SECOND- GLASS MATTER JANUARY 12; 1907, At THE POST-OFFICE AT BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, ACT OF CONGRESS, JULY 16, 1894. CONTENTS FOR MARCH Cover, Field Lilies on the Uasin Gishu Plateau Photograph taken in British East Africa by Mr. Carl E. Akeley Prontispiece, The African Lion “Hanmibal”........ 02... 02.22 ee teen 144 Modeled and mounted for the American Museum by Mr. James L. Clark East Africa — Game Garden of the World.............. C. Harr Merriam 145 Review of Roosevelt and Heller’s Life Histories of African Game Animals Illustrations from photographs, drawings and maps in the Roosevelt and Heller volumes, and from cartoons of Roosevelt in McCutcheon’s In Africa Seer enotoprapny in Africa. (2.60. hb. 2. ea oh es JAMES L. Cuark 154 Story of the work of Mr. A. Radclyffe Dugmore in securing for America the first fine series of African wild game pictures Illustrations from photographs by Messrs. A. Radclyffe Dugmore and James L. Clark Pmeeeechotoerapls: by Mr; Carl KE. Akeley». .:):0 so. 220 y qu05 soe eee fe 167 Typical scenes of forest, mountain, jungle, plain, and river, with some of their plant and animal inhabitants Progress — A Drama of Evolution.................... T. D. A. CocKERELL 183 An attempt, in dramatic form, to show that, since progress in the past has not followed the most generally accepted paths, it may be expected to deviate from them in the future also Illustrations from original drawings by Mr. Albert Operti Mnemireatment-or Snake Bite... ......-282622. e500 n CLARENCE R. HALtrer 192 Effects of different snake poisons, and the preparation and use of antivenomous serums Language as an Index to Ancient Kinships............ Prurny E. Gopparp 197 Showing how stability of language may provide a connecting link between otherwise entirely differen- tiated peoples Are our Birds Decreasing or Increasing. ........ Nigar bese eae Henry Otpys 199 Discussion of methods and results in obtaining statistics of bird life The Palisades Interstate Park 201 From an address by the Honorable George W. Perkins before the members of the American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society and the American Museum of Natural History Account of the origin, development and future possibilities of the great park on the west bank of the Hudson River Museum Notes....... 208 Mary Cynruta Dickerson, Editor Subscriptions should be addressed to the AMERICAN Museum JouRNAL, 77th St. and Central Park West, New York City. ; The Journal is sent free to all members of the American Museum. A RESIDENT OF AFRICAN WILDS dat the New York Zoélogical park from 1902 to 1906. After his death the skin The lion ‘‘ Hannibal”? who live L. Clark and is now on exhibition on the third floor at the en- was mounted for the American Museum by Mr. James trance to the synoptic mammal hall. The photograph is from the mounted Hannibal 144 Tue American Museum JOURNAL Votume XVI MARCH, 1916 NUMBER 3 East Africa — Game Garden of the World A REVIEW OF ROOSEVELT AND HELLER’S LIFE HISTORIES OF AFRICAN GAME ANIMALS} By oe: HART MERRIAM Illustrations chosen by the Editor from the photographs, drawings and maps in the Roosevelt and Heller volumes and from cartoons of Roosevelt in McCutcheon’s In Africa N North America less than a century ago the western plains supported vast herds of big-game animals — antelope, buffalo, elk, and mule deer — accompanied by bands of hungry wolves and usually also by a few grizzly bears. But the steadily increasing pressure of armed explorers, hunters, and fur traders, followed by stockmen and later by ranch- men, told heavily on the wild game, until at present antelope, except in the Yel- lowstone National Park, are reduced to a few small bands; the buffalo as a wild animal, except in the Yellowstone and the Canadian Northwest, has ceased to exist; the Plains grizzly has been ex- terminated; the elk and mule deer have been forced back into the less accessible parts of distant mountains or have taken refuge in our national parks, while of the original Plains animals the wolf alone and he remains in material numbers habits to meet the changed conditions, keeping out of sight has altered his 1 Life Histories of African Game Animals by Theodore Roosevelt and Edmund Heller, with illustrations from photographs, and from drawings by Philip R. Goodwin; and with 40 faunal maps. 2 vols. New York, Charles Scribner’s Sons. 1914. The account of the expedition, entitled African Game Trails, by Theodore Roosevelt, was published four years earlier (Scribner’s 1910) and to lovers. of wild nature is a’ hook of thrilling interest. in the daytime and preying at night on the settlers’ cattle in place of the buffalo of bygone days. In other countries, including South Africa, the course of events has been But in East Africa, owing partly to the astonishing tardiness of exploration and settlement, and partly to the foresight of the British Govern- much the same. ment in setting aside large areas as game preserves, wild beasts are still to be found in amazing abundance. The num- ber of kinds is no less surprising than the number of individuals. Nowhere else on the globe exists an assemblage of game animals in any way comparable; indeed, the number is almost beyond _ belief. For instance, not fewer than thirty spe- cies of antelopes, gazelles, steinboks, hartebeests, elands and their allies, in- habit the region at the present time, besides giraffes, zebras, buffalos, ele- phants, rhinoceroses, hippos, lions, leop- ards, cheetahs, jackals and hyenas. During the past half century this surprising wealth of game animals has attracted hunters from all quarters of the globe. In the comparatively brief period between the discoveries of Speke and Grant and the hunting expeditions of Selous, Harry Johnston, and Roosevelt, 145 9FI uedo oy) Ur Jt ave oy) OJUT Joos AuBUT JO ‘soysn Jado Sulsursids “spsrq oy] Wsourye ‘pourmeye VOY “OM ovo oY} St eTTeduur oy) BoLFY e]pprux Jo sjeuue potioy ey Te suoury yo of sjeutue oy] ‘spunoq pue sdeo] AIVUIPIORI]XY JSOUL BY] SOHt Y3SAIN VNVL SHL NO 4dOTSLNV VT1IVdWI suog slauqiuog Sajupyy) Asajunoa ybnosy) poonposdoy AQ]0Y “A YPD AQ 10Ud ee STROPICLOR.CANPER?) (~~ Khartumé EGYPTIAN a /| ema = Xe “guinea? 7; ee cle ORY wen, AB < “Op, ae OAS T{ coast eae, BRITISH Ener SF EQUATOR G u = 20° Longitude West Longitude East 20° from Greenwich 10° LL. FOATES ENGA'G CO., N.Y.| By courlesy Charles Scribner's Sons DISTRIBUTION OF THE RACES OF THE WHITE RHINOCEROS The localities occupied by this species are everywhere bounded by rivers. The Nile race (2 on the map) (Ceratotherium simum simum), the only one which still exists wild, is confined to a limited district west of the Nile and is never found on the east bank; while the southern race (1 on the map) (Ceratotherium simum cottont), formerly very abundant between the Zambesi and Orange Rivers — although now represented only by some dozen preserved individuals — has never been known to occur north of the Zambesi. The river boundaries illustrate forcibly the strong aversion of these great quadrupeds to crossing streams. During historic times the white rhinoceros has not been known to inhabit the region between its present ranges, although this is apparently well suited to its habits, and the separation must have been comparatively recent, since the races exhibit only slight structural differences. Roosevelt and Heller’s Life Histories of African Game Animals contains some forty maps setting forth the distribution of the big game of the continent 147 148 a literature on African game has sprung up and grown to voluminous if not formidable proportions. It has remained however, for Roosevelt and his field assistant Heller, as a direct outgrowth of the Smithsonian-Roosevelt African Expedition to write the Life Histories of African Game Animals —a book which for all time will stand as a treasure house of information on the geography and general natural history of the region. ! In training, field experience, knowl- edge of animals, and in literary ability, the authors form a rather remarkable combination. Roosevelt had long been recognized as the most pleasing writer and highest authority on the habits and hunting of the big-game animals of North America; Heller had attained the repu- tation of being one of the world’s most 1 In the light of this assured permanent value of the work, it is interesting to quote Colonel Roosevelt. He has said that his idea in writing this book was to record his own field observations and such observations of others as he thought accurate, in order to stimulate interest in the study of the life histories of African game animals — that the book was more a first word than a last word on this subject — Tue Eprror. ep a YUWTEHE” a P< ola From McCutcheon’s In Africa By courtesy Bobbs-Merrill Company Roosevelt showing his pigskin library to John Stephenson and Mrs. Carl E. Akeley in the Roosevelt African camp THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL experienced and successful mammal col- lectors, having previously worked in East Africa (on the Akeley expeditions), and in western North America from Alaska to the deserts of Southern Cali- fornia and Nevada. Hence in the writ- ing, the life histories naturally fell to Roosevelt; the account of geographic ranges and the descriptions of species to Heller. In the preface and early part of the book the authors outline the routes and geographic areas covered by the expedi- tion, describe the natural features and dominant elements of the flora, give an admirable summary of the history of east and middle Africa, mentioning the accomplishments of successive explorers and hunter-naturalists, and digress far enough to discuss such general subjects as game preserves, the geographic dis- tribution of animals, the systematic relations of genera, species and sub- species, the derivation of the fauna geo- graphically and paleontologically, and the theories of concealing and revealing coloration in relation to natural selection. Whether or not one agrees with conclusions it must be admitted that the discussions abound in interesting observations and en- tertaining comments and deductions. In many instances fun- scientific always their damental truths are expressed with more than ordi- nary clearness. Thus, in speaking of the ranges of animals and plants we are told that every species has a McCutcheon, Fred tendency to enlarge 6FT Aq ummesny [euOIe\y ey) Joy payunow pue “‘uolytpodx yslelo oa | soume rt WL UBOLI,Y JJPA0SooY-Termosyy tog oy} uo Pe} a][09 SULys WO1} OpeUL SI LTAAASOOY SHYOGOSHL AG LOHS SONIHY ALIHM “BOLIY JO soseoourt OV 3) surmoys ‘dnoas sr LNT I TOY O1ty nD From McCutcheon’s In Africa By courtesy Bobbs-Merrill Company Improving each shining hour its area of distribution, and that “the distribution of each species marks the limits within which it is able successfully to compete with its environment. It would appear therefore a comparatively easy matter to determine the factors which are accountable for the distribu- tion of any species; and yet no task in natural history is more difficult....The distribution of one species may depend upon the distribution of its food plants or animals, of another upon its natural enemies, of another upon climatic condi- tions; while yet others may be limited in distribution by natural boundaries such as large bodies of water or high mountains.” Later, the authors mention the physi- cal obstacle imposed by the Tana River, which “acts as a barrier across the desert portion of the coast slope from Mount Kenia eastward to the sea,” separating the ranges of a dozen game animals, including zebras, gi- raffes, oryx, harte- beests, gazelles, an- telopes and wart hogs. One’s surprise at the effectiveness of a river barrier is relieved by the remark that “the aversion which most antelopes have for crossing rivers is due no doubt chiefly to the fear of attack by the crocodiles which haunt the streams.” Throughout the work the animals are discussed with refer- "a UC eycov e ence to their environ- ment — the features imposed by geogra- phy, vegetation and being kept constantly in mind. We are told that the mammals of equa- climate torial Africa, unlike those of northern regions, “have no definite season for shedding their coats, nor are they sub- ject to any seasonal climatic change which would necessitate such a change.” And further, that there seems to be no definite breeding season in East Africa, there being “no climatic necessity for such a habit.”’ Roosevelt’s writings on North Ameri- can game animals have proved him an ~ unusually keen and accurate observer, eager to learn just what the animals are doing, and certain to record what he has seen while it is still fresh in mind. Hence it is not surprising that his accounts of hunting strange beasts in a new field, as told in his African Game Trails and Life Histories of African Game Animals, should abound in detailed observations, often enlivened with spirited scenes and thrilling incidents. Drawing by Philip R. Goodwin Reproduced through courtesy Charles Scribner’s Sons DEFENSIVE ACTION OF RETICULATED GIRAFFE Giraffes make no effort to hide or escape observation, trusting to their own wariness. speed, and keen Senses, especially sight, for protection. With the exception of the ostrich. giraffes are the wariest game in all Africa and hardest to stalk. This one was caught asleep by Colonel Roosevelt. When he was within a few feet of it, it reared and struck short and finally withdrew. The lion is the giraffe’s only enemy among beasts 151 SST ya seseo oUIOS UL 7Oq {qynso1 fensn 9} St Toy ‘yjous st ueUL ot} Jt SApIsowmo pue aSei ssojesues sosnose UeUT B JO [[PUIS JO yysis oy} J0 suas Sy ynq ‘yWYsIseXke Jo pue FIM Jo TAP St sosao0urys you|q poddry-yooy ey, L, n UeUI & JO I4SIS oy, “Pood ore Surresy pue ][eus JO so YALHOd V ONISSOL SOHSOONIHY MOVIE queureppiaeq Ayo seonpur Ayjens suog S.4augn49gy S2}4DY) Asajunoa ybnosy) poonpoidary uimpoory “Y ayryd 4Q SurmoaqT SAST AFRICA—GAME GARDEN OF THE WORLD Heller’s- tions of the animals descrip- are clearly _ stated, easily understood, and may be regarded as models of their kind. The matter re- lating to geographic ranges has been writ- ten from the vantage ground of familiarity with the species both in life and in lit- erature, and the text is supplemented by a series of maps showing graphically the areas inhabited. There are no fewer than forty of these maps, constituting, it is hardly necessary to add, a most valuable feature of the work. Another commendable feature is the -publication of the native names of the animals in the languages of several tribes. These names sooner or later are sure to be of assistance to ethnologists and are likely to be the means of avoiding errors in the transcription of animal myths and tales, for unhappily, ethnologists are seldom naturalists. Heller has enjoyed rare opportunities and has accomplished what no other naturalist ever attempted; for in addi- tion to the six hundred specimens of some seventy species brought back by the expedition, he has studied the W. L. Abbott and Paul Rainey African collec- tions in our National Museum, the col- leetions of the American Museum of From McCutcheon’s In Africa By courtesy Bobbs-Merrill Company Writing his adventures while they’re hot ! Natural History in New York, the Field Museum in Chicago, the Powell-Cotton collection in England, and the rich col- lections in the national museums of Great Britain, Germany, Belgium and France. In comprehensiveness, thoroughness, popular interest, and in the scientific value of its contributions to knowledge, the Life Histories of African Game Ani- mals is far and away the best book ever written on the big-game animals of any part of the world. 1 The cartoons from J. T. McCutcheon’s In Africa were chosen by the Editor to give, in the first and second, a flavor of the African camp, and in the third, to emphasize one of the most important principles in all natural history field work, namely — that for the sake of accuracy, observations should be recorded at the moment they are made, or at least “‘ while they're hot.” FSI Q0URISIP OY} Ul SYOOI pose} BOS OHI] YOO] “Spsoy UL JoAou ‘oory) JO OM] JO Sdnoss Aye Ut seanyeado asny eseyy, “ay ysnoiyy esreyo eur sosooourgs eB ynq ‘spemuue JsyjJO pue spaedog] ‘suol jsurese qo0}01d ]jIM dures e punose sojy jo VpPsL VW “soypueigq UsOY] JO Opeyoo Ss Aavoy B UTI pepeoleg ‘Uopre a oures joryo ay} jo DUo0g pj{o ue vsn OF pes O1OM OM JBU] uoIs01 SuIzeis poos sty} UL YoOry} OS SE ourer) NIM 4O SNIVId S3HL NO SSASOYHSOONIHY asowubin gy affxppoy “py Aq oj0o4Yd Photo by James L. Clark Before crossing, Stones are thrown into the waier to drive away crocodiles, and an occasional rifle shot on either side helps to protect the cavalcade. down for water gets caught by a crocodile The more dangerous rivers are waist deep and many an unwary boy going Pioneer Photography in Africa A STORY OF THE WORK OF A. RADCLYFFE DUGMORE IN SECURING FOR AMERICA THE EARLIEST FINE SERIES OF AFRICAN WILD GAME PICTURES By JAMES L. E sat outside our tent smoking, and sipping the last of our cof- was soft and fee. The air balmy. There was not the hum of a single insect nor the sting of a biting ant. Soft light was flooding the plains of Kiu, which lay before us like a rolling sea with the full moon just lifting from the * And different from what we expected!”’ As horizon. this is Africa — how Dugmore spoke these words I roused from my silent wonderment at it all. This was our first camp in the land of sun-scorched plains. We had expected that by nightfall the insect pests would be unbearable and that to walk about CLARK outside our tents would mean to render ourselves liable to the bites of poisonous insects and lurking snakes or to the germs of the malaria-laden mists. But we found these all absent and so, as the big moon ascended high and grew brighter and brighter we watched and marveled until, drowsy with the weari- ness from our previous days of prepara- tion and the afternoon’s journey in the little toylike train, we reluctantly turned to our cots to wait for the morrow. By the first sign of light in the eastern sky breakfast was finished, the tents down and all the loads packed. A circle of little fires showed where the 155 156 porters’ tents had been, and about these huddled the half-naked boys in the cool of the early dawn, waiting for daylight to appear that we might march on in safety. As dawn broke, the unbounded plains of the night before seemed like another land; and our guide pointed to a little blue hill topping the horizon to the south and said, “Sisi kwenda huku”’ (We are going there.) When our day’s march ended we had covered about twenty miles and were then camped at the only water hole in the bottom of a dry river bed. Our Messrs. A. Radclyffe Dugmore and James L. Clark on the way to Africa THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL tents were pitched some hundred yards back, that we might not disturb the animals which the habit of drinking at the hole in the night. were in Dugmore, after months of preparation in New York and London, had assembled a wonderful outfit of cameras and _ all the necessary paraphernalia for develop- ing and for making prints in. the field, whether by running brook or muddy water hole, and his success was due as greatly to developing immediately and knowing whether or not he had his pic- ture before he turned his attention to other things, as it was to his ability and technical knowledge as a photog- The tage of developing at rapher. advan- once while there is time and opportunity to take the again if than undevel- picture rather the oped plates home and necessary, bringing then developing, is man- ifold. loss through plates and It insures against chemicals going bad un- der unfavorable condi- tions; against loss of plates through the cam- era having sprung a leak unnoticed; against effort through over or under exposure wasted and many other condi- tions, any one of which might make the result a failure. We had brought with us only such guns and ammunition as seemed necessary to insure our safety, as it was not for animal trophies we had but for come photo- graphs. Photo by James L. Clark First steps in constructing a boma. Heavy logs and sticks, lashed together with thorn tree bark, make a substantial cage, over which thorn branches are densely packed to forma barrier and to conceal the operator. The dry river bed was a runway for lions, which came to a water hole just below the boma Field photography is most fascinating when resources are taxed and one’s versatility is called upon to secure results. The success with which Dug- more overcame obstacles is shown in his marvelous photo- graphs. At that time (1909) no such series of African wild-game pictures had reached America. Eliminating Schilling, the Ger- man sportsman and _ author, who took some interesting, but photographically poor, game pic- tures in German East Africa, Dugmore was perhaps the plo- neer in the African field of ani- mal photography. From our camp we worked the water hole at night and the Pholo by James L. Clark This lion came stalking the dead zebra in the night, but the flash light missed fire and it was necessary to shoot him when he was about twelve yards distant 157 158 outlying country in the daytime. Each evening Dugmore set his flash-light cam- eras at this water hole; these were con- trolled on an electric circuit which tripped the cameras and fired the flash simultaneously — and it was here that we had some of our most disheartening trials. Before leaving at dusk we would make repeated tests of the working order of cameras, batteries and flashes, but THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL we were at a loss to understand this mystery, but finally concluded that the night birds in flying down and skimming the surface of the water as they drank, hit the string and fired the flash, but since they were going at considerable speed failed to leave a record on the plate. This, with the fact that one night two lions had rolled in the sand directly on CSAS ' Photo by A. Radclyffe Dugmore Lion with broken back impotently snarling — When waiting in a blind for antelope Mr. Dugmore suddenly found himself stalked by two lions eighty yards away, and was obliged to use a rifle instead of a camera, breaking the back of one and knocking the other over afterward they would fail to act just at the very moment when tripped by some night prowler. For about ten days we were baffled by most peculiar results. On several mornings we found the flash fired and upon developing the plates discovered a perfect picture of the water hole itself, but not the slightest sign of the creature that had tripped the camera. For days the thread and that another time three rhinoceroses had come down to drink and, although stepping on the thread, had failed to trip the switch, led Dug- more to abandon the automatic principle and adopt the method of sitting up and watching from a near-by tree or con- structed blind — the method by which he finally secured his flash-light pictures of lions and antelope. Photo by A. Radclyffe Dugmore Natives of the Masai tribe watering their cattle in the dry season. When water is located by digging, it is ladled into a trench at which many cattle can be watered together, avoiding waste and pollution of the source. Although rich in cattle, these people seldom kill any for food, living entirely on milk, sweet or sour, and on blood obtained by tapping the necks of the bulls In Africa, the problem of water con- trols the movements of the hunter or traveler. No one should start out with- out knowledge of his next water supply, for water is as essential as food. Should the first day pass without locating it, the second day finds the men less fit to search, and under stress they become discouraged and give up quickly. Water was also most important for Dugmore’s work, and before we started on each of our day’s marches our next supply was usually located by marks on our maps. In the rainy season it is safe to venture ahead, as temporary pools may be found frequently, but in the dry season what is a river on the map may be only a hot bed of sand. Where was a pool of water today, may be found only dry mud a week later. The first consideration was to supply our camp of fifty men with water for 159 160 drinking and cooking; the second to supply water for developing and print- ing. For drinking purposes all water had to be boiled; for developing, it only had to be reasonably clean. We con- sidered ourselves fortunate if we could camp by a running stream, but this was only occasionally possible as our camps were controlled by the presence of game as well as of water. Many times we saw abundance of game which Dugmore wished to photograph, but as we could not locate water in the vicinity we had to move on. On several occasions we were obliged to dig for water because we wanted to be at a certain point of vantage from which we could get to the herds of game. This method was not always successful, and where water could be had under these conditions it was always scanty and had to be used most. sparingly. Each night it was covered with branches of thorn trees to protect it from the animals which would otherwise have come and exhausted the supply, for as a rule it seeped in very slowly and could be taken out only in small quantities at atime. Under such conditions develop- ing was out of the question and our plates were allowed to accumulate until camp could be moved to some stream, where for a day or two we would make a business of developing. Our first serious difficulty was the frilling of the plates by the warm water. Dugmore overcame this by filling buck- ets with water the last thing in the even- ing and allowing them to stand all night. Then in the morning at about four o'clock, the coolest time in the twenty- four hours, we would develop the plates. By daylight these plates would be drying and by eight o’clock they would be so dry that the heat that came with the forenoon sun would not affect them. This arrangement also left us free at THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL the proper time for taking pictures, which is between nine and eleven o’clock in the morning and between two and five in the afternoon, when the light is good and the animals are moving about feed- ing. In the middle of the day, from eleven to two o'clock, the heat rays dance so that a picture at a hundred yards is almost impossible, and_ this period of direct rays of the sun is so hot that the animals take to shelter, resting under trees and in strong shadow where photographing is quite impossible. Dugmore was tireless, and would obtain results where results were ap- parently unobtainable. I have seen him after being out all night in a boma, return for breakfast and immediately thereafter start out for pictures, perhaps to wait with patience all day long for antelopes to feed slowly in his direction, or to stalk with his heavy camera across the hot barren plains. It was while he was working in a little leaf concealment at noon one day not far from camp, waiting for antelope to appear, that he chanced to look behind and saw two lions stalking him. His first thought was a picture and he reached for his camera, but the deliber- ate stealthy progress of the two beasts made him change the camera for his gun. He broke the back of one and knocked the other over, but this second one finally got away. The first, power- less to move, was then photographed at close range. Photographing lions proves most suc- cessful if one can find a fresh kill and construct a boma near it during the day, being careful not to touch the kill or to go near it. The lon — or leopard perhaps — is almost certain to return the following night. It was this method which secured for Dugmore his lion pictures taken at about thirty feet from the animal. [OT Aoid Ase ue pue soruod se ssoyurrey Se 318 Aoyy, “Jey SULe}UOS JeOUT BSOYM S[eUILUe UBOLIFY Moy oy} JO 9u0 Suleq ‘si0}10d oAyeu oy} Jo osje pue uo oy} jo poo O}FMOABY OY] ore Seiqa7Z ‘Biqoz eeu B JO ULYS poizeosun ue jos 07 e[qissodui ysounye st 41 yey) OS ‘sia}Yqsy vo10y are saroeds sty) Jo suolyeys oy], “snotsesoi3 Aysnowea os suleq [eure J04}0 ou ‘outed Joq}0 ‘ofour IO perpuny, suo Jo spsayy Ur punoy ATPes9ues “Bolyy Ur TeuTUe UOUTUIOD ysour otf) SE SIYX JseoqozreYy 94] Ydeoxny pue oyeyng ‘ssoy 11eM “ysooqojrey ‘sayyess YIM spsoy osye 7] IGOHIVN YVAN “SNIVId IHLVY S3HL NO SNIZVHD Svugaz asowbnd affKjopoy “py Aq opoyd cot U01}8}S J80d IMO JOJ BsINOD YYFreI]sS B SN BABS YOIYA ‘BMY JUNOP Jo sedojs ayy uO podueuro OM ‘Ja]VM puB Pooy Jo ysoYs ‘sAup OM} JOJ JSorOJ esUap YsnoIYy, ABM B Suiddoyp soyJy “BOLFY IBA YS Ul Vs]}9 eJayYMOU puUNOJ oq UBD YOY sjeumuB Jo sedAy vaNndes 0} JOSIP SITY STA suoyuNFT “nds Suo] & ur voyy yseqy YsUG seyesjeued puL]I~EUIOG Jo BUNB GY} GOyM ONAN OSBNX) UJOYWON OY} WOIy diz UINJeI BY UO DAY, Ydessoj04q ASIYNNS LV VINA LNNOW 40 MIA LNVLSIC asowbnd affsppoy “Y Aq 704d £9T JOATI VUIeS VY} JO BpIS Joye UO guUO ‘sIBeA JO SpuBsnoYy JOJ JOUTISIP sjeuTIuUe dody¥ SUTBII}S Po}SaJUI-o]IpOd0I9 BY} “BOLFY UT “OFU0H ey} JO soJOD0UTYI OyIYM SuIzess ey} pue soeds sty} UsaeMjoq Jelieq [emmjeu oy} St eI ey, “diy soddn opisueyoad 871 YIM SsBIF 98109 Jo §}yN} PUB SSI} SUIdSeIS ‘JoSMOIG B SI SOJBDOUTYA YORT OY], “sprek uosdzy}y eq poyelNjur sty} peu UNS Ss yIe[H “APY WO; JOYS WY JOO} UO URUT B 9¥eIIOAO UBD puB — apOSNUT ATeryo st YOIYM — H[Nq sey} JOJ ope Ayoures;xe ore s[euTTUe osoq], ASYVHO 11N4A NI SOMSOONIHY GALVIYNANI asowbng affAppoy “py Aq 004d 164 The next best method is to shoot a zebra, which is the lion’s favorite food, and drag it some distance over the ground; then to build a boma or get up into a near-by tree in a constructed crow’s nest. The latter is safer but not so satisfactory, for the darker the night THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL prepared kill stalks it and does not make the slightest sound; therefore to have knowledge of his presence is a protection as well as an advantage photographically. Other methods used for photographing game were improvised on the spot as the For hours at a conditions demanded. Photo by A. Radclyffe Dugmore The hartebeest is the most common animal in British East Africa, found in herds of one to three hundred, and used extensively for food. An interesting peculiarity of this beast is that it assumes the duty of sentinel, not only for its own kind but also for all the other animals, often risking its life to warn game that is being stalked — and standing for hours perhaps on the open plain watching a photographer’s blind. and has a large range the more likely the lions are to come and nothing can be seen looking down to- ward the black ground from the tree; whereas looking upward from a boma on sloping ground the lion will be seen against the sky line, visible on even the darkest night. A lion coming to a It is a true antelope, very swift, time we might lie in the grass or in holes we had dug in the ground or sit up in trees or in little shelters constructed of boughs, while ant hills were very useful as screens. At one time J shot and skinned a hartebeest, the most common of African PIONEER PHOTOGRAPHY IN AFRICA animals, and then making a form by winding together dry grass, I stretched the skin over it. After the skin was dried for a few days, it became stiff and hard, the grass was removed, and we had a light, strong and hollow decoy harte- beest. Dugmore used this as oppor- tunity came, getting inside with his camera and stalking game. For some the did just why we could reason however, method not prove a success; never find out. One of the things that especially vexed Dugmore was the indifference of all the game to the natives, who could walk about the plains disturbing the animals but slightly while a white man could Unfortu- nately we had to protect our heads hardly get within gunshot. from the sun by big pith helmets and our bodies by a good covering of clothes, and so could not imitate natives and approach the animals in this way. Altogether the most successful method of getting pictures proved to be patient waiting. Animals if not disturbed, stick to one locality where they make a sort of cireuit. From their drinking place they go to the feeding ground, then from there to the place for the noonday rest; leaving there as the heat subsides they go to some other feeding place, then to water at dusk or later, and so on day after day. If on entering a new country one works carefully he will soon learn the times and places of feeding or rest- ing and, by studying the wind and concealing himself carefully, will get photographs as the game comes directly toward him. Pictures thus taken are of value, as they show the animal as he really is. Driving is unsatisfactory as it gets a picture of the game in frightened and unnatural positions — and causes it to shun the locality afterward. By never frightening game one is always certain to have another chance at it. 165 One of our most interesting experi- ences was on Kamiti Plains, where we tried for a picture of a herd of the Cape buffalo. A Roosevelt had secured from this herd, week before us Colonel after considerable difficulty and great danger, a group of specimens for the National Museum. These buffalo had the reputation of being the most savage herd in the country, and, when we found them, were still living up to their reputa- tion. Their home was in an immense papyrus swamp, the bed of which was oozy mud under about a foot of water, and a member of our party rode out along the edge of this to look for them. The buffalo were resting just inside the papyrus, and as he passed they charged out into the reeds which skirted the edge. A hundred yards of level ground lay between us and the reeds; this had been planned so that the animals could be photographed clear of reeds when they charged into this area. Behind us were open plains without shelter, and it was evident that retreat was our safe course. Dugmore however, was determined to get a picture. With heads out straight, the herd came plowing through the reeds directly at us, but as they broke into the clearing they suddenly wheeled before We could see the tops of their backs as they gal- they could be photographed. loped back, until they plunged into the papyrus and disappeared. Dugmore re- gretted having no picture, but I was glad that our expedition had not come to a sudden end. During our stay at the first water hole we were on the plains every day and it was here Dugmore secured his rhinoceros pictures. His anxiety for close pictures led us into some trying predicaments, and it was his good judgment as often as my big gun that got us out again. One of our first experiences with the rhinoceroses was when we had stalked 166 two on the open rolling plains and they, having scented us, began to charge around looking for the trouble. Their snorts evidently aroused another who was sleeping in the grass, for in a few moments three of them were charging back and forth instead of two. The appearance of the third rather disturbed me, as I was carrying a gun with only two shots and Dugmore had nothing but the camera. The rhinoceroses suddenly halted three abreast at only forty yards and stood there waiting for something to happen. Although this was the picture we had been running through this danger for, Dugmore showed his judgment in not snapping the camera, fearing that even this slight sound would bring the three enraged beasts down on us. As we stood motionless, Dugmore with the camera and I with the gun leveled on the head of the biggest one, our hearts going like trip hammers wondering what was to be our fate, one of the beasts wheeled and ran and the others followed immediately. The tension was moment- arily relieved, but when I saw Dugmore chasing after one that had separated from the others, my anxiety returned and I followed with my big gun to pro- tect him. The rhinoceros made better time than we could and the gap between us continued to lengthen as he made off over the plains. We gave him up and took a short cut back toward our boys, who had been in the background while we were photographing the animals. As we topped a little knoll, we saw about one hundred yards ahead of us in the yellow grass, the black outline of a rhinoceros’ back. We approached to about eighty yards off where we had a good view of him, and from this point THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL Al- though in plain sight we moved slowly Dugmore took a telephoto picture. and cautiously toward him and at about sixty yards Dugmore took another picture. Being sure of two pictures, he then changed his lens to one with a shorter focus while the rhinoceros showed no sign of knowledge of our presence. We walked to a spot about forty yards from him, where Dugmore focused the camera, while the rhinoceros deliberately This was a sure sign that we had not been detected and we both gave a sigh of relief. Dugmore however whispered “Splen- did! Now we can walk up very close without his seeing us.” This was no place for an argument, so as he started forward I followed, my finger on the trigger of the gun. As each cautious step brought us closer and closer — and my breath grew shorter and shorter — I wondered if Dugmore were ever going to stop! At a little over twenty yards from the big rocklike mass he hesitated and began to focus his camera, while the rhinoceros’ ears twitched nervously. My gun, which seemed to weigh many tens of pounds, came slowly to my shoulder. The next moment there was a snort, a cloud of dust, and a big rhinoceros was coming straight at us. I set my teeth, held the gun and listened for the click of the camera. Dugmore let him get well on his feet and under way, when a “click” and a “bang’’ in quick succession decided the battle in our favor. At fifteen yards distance the rhinoceros bit the dust, scrambled to his feet, wheeled and made off.— It was through many such in- stances of daring disregard for danger that Dugmore achieved his splendid lay down. success in African game photography. REPRODUCTION OF AFRICAN PHOTOGRAPHS By CARL E. AKELEY The fifteen hundred photographs brought back to America by Mr. Akeley, many of them the most remarkable elephant photographs ever taken, represent one of the minor results of the last of his three expeditions to Africa. These photographs furnish indispensable, authentic data for the preparation of the groups in the proposed African hall of the American Museum of Natural History A CAMP OF ELEPHANT HUNTERS ON MOUNT ELGON A clearing in the bamboo forest, at ten thousand feet elevation. Slender bamboos tower overhead and trees are festooned with gray moss. Here and there in the heart of the forest are small open spaces, so devoid of trees as to seem like artificial clearings, and the air, although cold elsewhere, is pleasant in these little open glades. Here the ground is clean, and heavily carpeted with dry bamboo leaves. There are many old elephant pits in these bamboo forests, made by the natives when elephants were plentiful on Elgon 167 MOIS [IM SuryiAue Ysoulye a1oyM pPUB—BIS 9Y} 2AOGB 390} peoipuny 4YySIe 0} xXIS ‘a RUITIO INJIYSTep B uy Surwiey vie OYM INOS 9} UIOIJ SAVOgG AQ post}}9S MOU SI Nv2aIRId DU ‘}I BIOJeq sessed BuysaMoy ey} Spueq PUuyA. 94} SB UsZYS Jossni 10 ABs ‘aANvU ‘HUId UO BYR} ‘VZUBAN PIIOJOIA 9Y} 0} Vdol[s A[}uUaS Ady} SB Solyu A}XIS 10 AjJY 1OJ YOJOIJS UBS 9ZBS 8,9UO0 YOTYM J9AO ‘suMOP 94, ‘AJjJUNOD VsUIeS [NJAVspUuOM B SB UMOUY UVeq Suol sey ‘IaAIY BIOZN, 94} Aq pouleip pues ‘uos[q JUNO, Jo IsSBvse OY} UO NBE}BId SIYUL “punoisZe10J 9y} Uy JNOHOOT & SuidseyH st ‘n¥veie[d VY} JO [euTJUaS 9] ‘JseoqeJIeY S,uUOSyOeLS YSAIY VIOZN. SHL WOYS NVALVId NHSID NISVWN S3HL 3SO MBIA 691 1943930} SIeq puBs 94} UO dsaeZIs JuIBjJododd!1y puB sealIpooold pus ‘poysejour jou 918 soddjy Aqeq 94} UdAa ‘a}1}Odde SNOJOBIOA §S,9[1pOd0ID VY} 0} QuINdONS 0} UMOUH useq YI0q eA SO1ID0UT YI puB JuBYydels YSNoYUILY ‘se8[]pooo1d 9Yy} YIM UO JOS 0} VIQB s[euUIIUY A[UO 9Y} 9q 0} WI90S puv 19}VM JY} UI ABP [Te pusds soinjBoI0 sso {, YSAIY VNVL SHL NI INVLOdOddIH [enpyAlpul spsuls BV JO sSBo 9} UL P[NOM sey SB YOR}}B JOU sS9Op Al[BV10UeS puv ‘sepIs [[e WOU ur SuISO]O SaAT}VU 9Y} Aq peTIplIMoq Ss] UOT] 94} eSNeoeq ‘avedd¥e jYSIW I SB snOJeSUBp SB jOU SI suvods Y}IM JOO uo SUOl, SuljUNFZ “e194} PUNOJ UGeq GARY Boy ISP YS Ul SUOT] pouUeU-YoOR[G JsoUYy AY} puv ‘AajUNOD UOT] [NJuopuomM v Ss] NB2}B I nys~y uIseQ oy “uOl] eB peiveds ysnf eABY OYM seAT}BU Jo dnoas wv st puoddq ‘}Je[ ey] 7B suveddye BazsuUIeD aanj}OId-UoT}OW BY} UIA AVTOYV NVALVId NHSIS NISVN AHL NO ONIHdVYSOLOHd IZT p¥vep Ale}epeuW, st puw siveds YIM poy st oy ATJUBISUT USYM ‘YIM 1YSy 0} 8[G4L3ue} SuIy}JEaUIOS MOU BuIAeYy ‘sdo}S 9 puv WIY S}Iq euo Jsuy eyUT, “YSN 0} Apo st 98y JUSsUIOUI ey} AY Sivods oy} ‘UI pasofo pue dn papunor useq SBY UO] 2y} 19}JW ‘ouRvUINY JSOUI 9Yy} OSTe SI UOI[ @ 3ul[[t{ JO poyjyour SIUL ‘(ueuieveds jo a[d110 9Yy} JO 19}U90 9} UI SUO]] p¥ep 9}ou) SulIveds uol B Aofua A[Ysno10y} “JUsAe oY} 19]Je pu ZUlINp YIOq ‘soAMeU oy SNIYVAdS NOIT V YSLSAV ONIONVG TREE FERNS ON MOUNT KENIA Tree ferns are seen only at high altitudes—not below seven thousand feet—and only on the mountain slopes. They stand some thirty feet high with the undergrowth around them matted and dense. Sunlight may filter in, but even so, one full minute’s exposure is necessary to get a photograph. The elephant avoids tree-fern patches, perhaps because they usually grow along the edges of steep ravines ON THE WAY BACK TO CAMP At Kijabi and on the Mau Plateau, buffalo were so scarce and so wary that it was impossible to obtain suitable specimens. A herd of five hundred, however, on the Tana River, was at first quite indifferent to the scent or sight of man and only after seven days of continual hunting became cautious and aggressive. The boy is well pleased because the skull he carries is only half the weight of the customary load 173 YOUNG BULL ELEPHANT, UGANDA FOREST As an elephant herd approaches in the forest, there may be an appalling din, the scuffling of the great feet among dry leaves, the crashing of brush as the great bodies plough through, trumpeting and squealing as the beasts quarrel, play and feed. The din is likely to be augmented by troops of monkeys in the trees, baboons, chimpanzees, and chattering hornbills. The hunter under screen of tall brush may approach within a few yards, but if any member of the herd hears the click of the camera or receives a whiff of tainted air, a warning shrill squeal is heard and—there is silence, followed by a charge if the hunter be discovered 174 CHARGING COW ELEPHANT This member of the herd, at some unaccustomed sound, wheeled upon Mr. Akeley and stood momentarily with ears widespread and trunk thrashing wildly, then charged —a powerful onslaught of female elephant vengeance. It is not difficult to approach an elephant herd in the jungle if great caution be exer- cised, but it is exceedingly difficult to get away again. [This remarkable elephant portrait was used as cover design of the February JourNat, 1912] 175 SOUL 9LI S}JULLL SNOLOPO A[SUOIIS PUB ‘SDJUIqd PItO[OO LOPUGAB] JO HYUId JO SessBUW ‘SuaMmoy sSrzossig pat snossi03 ‘yJUBIeUIe ‘UJeJ JO SetyTWUeNbD 918 SjJOOL S}] SuOUIe PUB ‘10}eM BY} BAOQGB }99J UVveIJy SB YSIYy seB smois snidded jJuery ‘ez00 YoR[q OUT Joey AMNOJ IO 9aIY} UMOP 9UO jo_ ABUT JUTId}OOJ yUeYde[e UB AOJ ‘aSIVABI] OF Y[NOWIp oe ‘U01}B}030A YIM peyoyo puwe MOY Alay} UT JUBvUSeIS A[IVAU SUIveI}S JO Spaq sy} UseIJO ‘epuesy UI UOWUIOD a1e puP] duIeMsS Jo sReIBe PROG VANVSN NI AHYO1D ONINYOW GNV SNYAdVd _ ‘ ~ re LLI U01}2}9Z9A GUIC[Y 12U}O pu ‘SEI[PQO, PAVIM ‘s[jeSpunois 9a} puNo] 918 sul] JAqUIT}] VAOqY ‘sooquieq AMOPBYS ‘100d ‘UBIO JO SOIIUI BIB [IIIS IOYSIY puv ‘{jSeIOJ VSUaep SI SI} BAOGB ‘sedo[s IaMO] 94} UO YSIY jJOo9J U9} SMOIS sSseIs JUvYydeIWA ‘“AdjUNOD SuljunYy juvYydele jyeois eB A[JOWIIOJ SEM pUeB ‘eoIIJW JO SUIe}JUNOU ywe1d INOJ oY} JO QUO S]}T “Ypuesy pUw BOLIJVy sem YSI}q useMjoq ATepunog 9Y4} UO ‘YSIY joey puReSNOY} Usee}INOJ UY} e1OW ‘UOSTY JUNOT; ANIT YSEWIL SAOEV NOD13 LNNOW 30 YSqQ7NOHS 8ZI S][e1} JUSTOUB 9sey} AQ GIB SJUNBY SIY 9yVIJoUSed ABUL UBUT B YOIUM AQ SABM ATMO 94} PUB “ySe1OJ OY} JO SOPBYS JYUSITIM} OY} YSNOIY] 9AVAOM PUB PUTA }eY} Sl[yei} AuvUT SBYy OFF ‘Usp -1149 sty dn suriq puv JopueM pues oAy] AvuUr JUBYdE[a BIUSy 9} YOIUM UT AajJUNOD 4SoIOJ JO so1ov puBSNOY} pop -uny oAy sdvytod ee sAOqyY ‘sndAny}y Snorsdsoid 9Yy} Jo spaey puv sdozd 94} YA peroAoo. ‘yaed B SB [NJIJNBveq 9ue sadolsS JIMO[L BY “AOVenbs oy} eA0GB Joe9J puBsSNoY} use}YSlo UBY} e10UL SyvVed peddvo-MoUS §}] Bulsyer ‘Bore osSUdUIWIT UB IdDAO SpvoIdSs BIUDy JUNOT SYSLNNH LNVHd37135 YOsS ASINOYd 30 GNV1 AHL STN SSE Sy WR ETE NG ies AOL feet above, and many are more than ten ss and fern covered buttresses of the tree Akeley stands between two of the mo Pa ~ el Cc ls CCE Ga ie Ww TO aS res ZE o 2 = 0 Zo et Ons ro) 2 Gus ees Orn rk 2 a tog Os LL Oo. ¢ w Da mo © 7 oa x oO wn Mrs. in diameter. In these vast forests, towering trees ri feet O8T YSU 19}JB JYSIU snovs1i03 A[PJuypssoxs ‘IsAIY BIOZN, 9y} uO durvo B WIOJJ Uses 8B ‘uoS[q JUNO; JO A9plNoYys 94} pPuUsYyeq s}JESUNS 9Y} BHBUI 0} SBUTIQUIOD ‘S}STUI UJB}JUNOUL 94} YIM ‘SyTy} ‘@YOUIS YONUI SUTB}JUOD sIeYdsoUIZB 9Y} ‘MOU 9Y} JOJ ABM OYBUI OF YO JUING B3uyeq S] SSVIZ plo OY} UDZYM poyied sV[qBIepsuOdD 9Y} Bujinp ‘BoyIjW Uy] STTIHLOOA INSAN WOYS LASNNS BILIJV [B1]U9D JO Soe[IUI VIeNHS puvSNoOY} VAY-AJUSM} IAAO JNO YOO], uBd 9UO VAD SIU} JO YJNOUI 9Yy} WOI (‘90ULIJUS 94} JO JYSII 9} JB SOLIVUCIZ YIOMIBHOIM OAT}BU OM} 910N) ‘AlQ]TUUEpUT soRi[d 94} PlOW p[nood ‘19}VM JO SoHRI pue ‘aI}}"9 JO Spi9y ‘polly selivueis yIM ‘9ABO B YONS JO Susploy eu} Ves Jo 8Uul]} UT ‘“SeSse001 JIjaY4} Ul SeyB[ deep Sululejuo. useijO pue ‘Fo 94} OJUT YOVq BJ Buypusixe ‘suois0do1id JsBA JO 91B SO9ABD BY} JO eWIOG ‘SSUIT[eMP 29AO OJIO]STYoId YIM pequIodAsUOY SI ‘UOS[W JUNOT JO VOB YINOS 94} Suo0le sajur 1OJ Surpus},xe ‘YooI pljos JO winje11s }e0Is ¥ NOS13 LNNOW NO SAV9 VW SO SONVYLNS CBI UOT}JOV OIUBO[OA 0} BSurmo A[Qeqoid ‘pesde[[oo ew} esWOS 7e sey [@A2T PuNoAS OY} }BVY} Suljpeorpul ‘yseroy poS1suqns BV JO SUIvUeT 284} Uses oq ABUT 10}¥M OY} UL ‘seosulwey peny-Asor JO spuvsnoy} Jo euoy pue exoR[d Surpesiq olf} st pue ‘juoudaeosy vIdIyIeT oY} JapuN ysnf ‘10,enbe ay} JO YRAOU SalIwW Maj B SOI] OY OU, THE BECK ENGRAVING COMPANY NOLONINNVH 43MV71 NO SSOSNINV 14 elie Ee ee Argument. — Evolutionary Progress A DRAMA OF EVOLUTION IN FIVE By i D. A. COCKERE-EE Professor of Zodlogy, University of Colorado progress ACTS developed in the water, the second act has not flowed in a single continuous stream from amoeba to it has branched and branched again, so that the ramifications are more than the mind can follow. significant new branches have not arisen from the ends of the old ones, but as entirely new departures from the main trunk of the tree. Thus each great in- novation, full of meaning for the future, has at first appeared to contradict the teachings of the past. The new types have usually been feeble and _insignifi- cant, never robust and dominant; and if we permit ourselves to imagine an attitude of the other creatures toward them, it must be one of contempt. In the first act, the forerunners of the vertebrates are represented the modern Prochordates, to enable us to visualize the types, although the actual actors in the drama are of course extinct and unknown. invertebrates are represented by living species. The adoption of a new posi- tion, whereby the main nerve cord is man; numerous The most by For similar reasons, the dorsal, contradicts all invertebrate usage from the earliest times; the notochord is an entirely new development. In the course of development, the tunicate loses all the characters suggesting an approach to the vertebrate types and becomes a degenerate, sedentary sac. The Balanoglossus resembles a but the Amphioxus retains its fishlike worl, form, its well-developed nerve cord and notochord. The vertebrate type having duly records the discovery of the land by some primitive amphibian, here per- sonified by the frog. The frog cele- brates his passover every spring; no wonder he sings aloud in the marshes! The ability to live on land opened up a great new field for growth and develop- ment, with the accompanying modifica- tion of the paired fins into digitate limbs, the fundamental change of struc- ture making possible all future progress. The vertebrate type on land developed into mighty but cold-blooded beasts, such as the giant Diplodocus, named after Mr. Carnegie, to be seen in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, and in the American Museum. These vast dinosaurs were contemporaneous with early forms of mammals, small but warm-blooded. In time the great reptiles perished, and the mammals came to their own. After a long course of mammalian evolution, a creature appeared, erect upon its hinder legs, with hands free to use tools. Much earlier, the birds had ceased to walk upon the anterior limbs, but had missed the possibility of human-like change through developing Now comes feeble, ugly from the standpoint of the wings. man, relatively other animals (even we regard with disgust a hairless Mexican dog), appar- ently a sort of developmental joke, but destined to become the topmost branch of the evolutionary tree. Conscious of his own weakness, he nevertheless puts on a bold front. In these modern days, teachers, pro- 183 moi sisi OS Racnaneedaee FS RR 8 as ie From a painting for the Journal by Albert Operti d his inverlebrale brothers to Amphiorus and other primitive vertebrates. Do you know you’re upside down? Clean topsy-turvy, [Lobster, oyster and sea urchin laugh inordinately} Lossrer: [Speaking for himself an Beneath the walers of the ocean.) Your nerve cord dorsal! and this somersault you say is progress! 184 PROGRESS: A DRAMA OF EVOLUTION fessing to hold the learning of the past, are telling us that we “cannot change human nature’; that and vicious thing has its roots in nature, every wicked and however much it is to be deplored, it must be endured. This attitude is one of the deep fundamental causes of the present war. Let us learn indeed from the past, that significant progress 185 is always possible, but through narrow paths, which to our eyes, blinded by the light of custom, seem dark and danger- ous. Hazarding these byways, many of us must fail, but the few who succeed will win for the human race the rich prizes of the future. This is not mere sentiment; it is the teaching of science and of universal experience. Acti Beneath the waters of the ocean. Seaweeds, lobsters, crabs, mollusks, etc. Time, Late Cambrian Enter Amputoxus, Larvat TuNICATE AND BALANOGLOSSUS Ampuioxus. We are not much to look at, but we are All in the way of progress. Our backs are stiffened by a notochord, and all above A slender nerve cord runs from fore to aft, Prophetic of a brain. This tiny spot, this little speck of black, Willsome day be a pair of eyes, to knowingly survey the world, While these gill slits, ranged on each side, already serve To liven us with oxygen, gleaned from the waters flowing through them. All in the way of progress to be vertebrates, and in days to come Perchance, some creature with a soul. Lopstmr. All in the way of progress! Are you mad? I tell you, sirs, the progress of the past has not been thus. In years so many that to count by millions is fatiguing, In all the ages since the Cambrian dawn, and all the unknown times before Was never such a thing. Your nerve cord dorsal! You’re upside down? and this somersault You say is progress! You think the learning of the past Do you know Clean topsy-turvy, Is nothing. The spirit of creation, giving lobsters, crabs and snails, Fine worms, starfishes and sea cucumbers: all this Can now be set at naught, and you, clean upside down, Will lead the van of progress! [All the animals laugh inordinately.| Oyster. Our good crustaceous friend speaks truly; let me ask Where would your progress take you? What is a vertebrate, and what this thing You say might have a soul? No seience teaches of such things, nor any story of the past; A crab we know, a shrimp we know, a limpet is concrete and real, But this absurdity you tell of, what is it? A recollection of a dream that dreamed of dreams, A twist of thought so meaningless that it is less than nothing. Come friends, forsake your quest and be like us! SEA URCHIN. you look: Small, soft and pallid or mud-colored. No legs, no spines, no shell, no gaudy hues To make you seem in fashion, and in form To mix in good society. Moreover, just consider how 186 In truth there’s nothing in your favor save the claim That you mean progress, and that notion’s so absurd It serves but to condemn you. Tunicate. Alas! What have we come to In this mad quest for progress? I fear ’tis as our friends declare, we’re topsy- turvy, And in seeking what is not, have lost what is. For me no hope of excellence is left, no hope of being fit to stand With lobster, snail or maritime cucumber. Yet I may show My penitence in just one way, I may forego These modern airs and change into a humble squirting sac. THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL BALANOGLOSSUS. new conceits, And simulate a worm. I pray you friends, In charity pretend I am a worm. And I also must hide my AMPHIOXUS. faith, O’ercome by tory talk, No future lies in store for you But one dull round to walk. Invertebrates you cannot be, Nor vertebrates withal, Alone among the beasts of sea, The laughing stock of all. My children are the heirs of time, My sons will rule the earth, When vertebrates come to their own, And human things have birth. Oh, comrades of such slender Act IT In the. depths of a shady pool. Frogs and FIsHEs First SCENE Frog. Long have I lived in deep pellucid pools. Life has been sweet among the tangled weeds. Food has been cheap, since here Dame Nature breeds Abundantly her water worms, while schools Of little fishes serve our utmost needs. And yet, in midst of plenty, discontent Arose, and urged by some strange sprite, I must be going upward to the light, Toward the upper air with full intent To face the sun, and see the stars by night. Fiso. By all my barbels, ’tis a crazy thought, What frenzy has possessed you? Do you know This air you talk of is not fit for use By vertebrated beasts, gilled and soft-skinned, Or clothed in scaly armor. all chitin-clad The insect host, May live on earth in air, as may the plants that raise their fronds O’er marsh and pool. But as for us, The highest of created things, we need the best environment, The flowing waves, soft sand and mud, Where heat and dryness, cold and wind, Do not beset us. Froc. Yet I must go, and do believe "Tis in the way of progress. Why else am I possessed of limbs, With jointed toes and power to jump? Fiso. Jump back into the water! Frog. No, jump on land, and see the sights No vertebrate has seen before. Go up and down, and eat the lowly things Which heretofore have gone scot-free, Except they ate each other. PROGRESS: A DRAMA OF EVOLUTION Broad is the world and wide the expanse Of land whereon the highest life may flourish, Where oxygen is plenty and warm rays Of sun above will make us grow apace. great [Crawls out on to the land and disappears from view.| SECOND SCENE In the same pool. The FISHES discuss First Fisu. I heard him talk Of sun and air, and things above — can he have left us? Would he risk his life on land? Where is our frog? Seconp Fisu. Indeed he would, and has. Ah! foolish frog, Thinking the pool not good enough he must go forth And roam upon the land. Since world began. Thus is creation stultified By its creations. Making life to fit the world whereon we live, Toiling toward perfection, gaining a certain goal, Only to see its beings burst their bounds, reject the past, And seek at peril of their lives some other thing. *Twas ever thus First Fisu. past Seeking through wholesome change a worthy end. It was not ill that vertebrate was born, Lowly and humble, upside down, despised of all, So came our founder to the world. Think of it, friend! and speak not ill of progress. I do believe in progress; in the 187 SEcOND FIsH. his desires And think we all should seek the land? So you support the frog in First Fisu. Support the frog! I said not so! All I support is progress: Liberal at heart I love the word, But not the actions of the frog. All progress has an aim, and I can see How all the past conspired to reach an end, Through toil and conflict up and down the world, Age upon age, was yet one purpose clear, To make a fish. Sreconp Fisu. This fish now made, what need of further progress? First Fisu. This fish now made, creation’s task is done: Bright scales and fins, sharp teeth, and eyes to see Our prey. remain, Scorning all change. Yet since we came To what we are through progress, we must love The abstract thought of progress, and believe Tis still a blesséd word. Perfect we are, and perfect must Srconp Fisu. Blesséd for what? First Fisu. Blesséd for what? Oh foolish fish! It is not what we do, but what we think That makes us blesséd! For what we think We are; and if for reasons of our own Our actions do belie our inmost thoughts, Those thoughts still make us blesséd. Thus may we keep the truth that helped the past, Yet do the deeds that serve us in our day. [The fishes swim away together. From a painting for the Journal by Albert Operti (Diplodocus afler restoration by Charles R. Knight) Dietopocus: [Speaking lo his fellow dinosaurs]. Help, help! — Nay....I was but dreaming, and did call for help forgetting that I am the lord of all creation. ...The thing’s absurd, and yet I am obsessed with vile fore- bodings, connecting these small beasts, these mammals running in and out beneath our feet, with evil in the days to come 188 PROGRESS: A DRAMA OF EVOLUTION 189 Act III A Mesozoic Forest. DirLopocus. Help, help!— Nay, nay, there’s naught amiss, I was but dreaming, and did call for help Forgetting that I was the lord of all creation. For as I dreamed I seemed to lose my flesh And stand stark naked in my giant bones. And then, this horrid semblance of the thing I was Appeared to find a place in some great hall; Appeared to have a label and a name A name I know not, dedicating my great self To some mammalian biped! The thing’s absurd, and yet I am obsessed With vile forebodings, connecting these small beasts, These mammals running in and out beneath our feet, With evil in the days to come. BRONTOSAURUS. Since you have said it, I will now confess To like forebodings; yours Looks searcely forward in the stream of time, But rightly judged tells rather of the past, The recent past when you had dined too well. Nay I though that dream of DieLtopocus. Can I believe it? dined too ill, For in the marshes where I get my food These frisky vermin have so multiplied That food is lacking. If my dream Has aught to do with food, it can but seem The echo of a scanty meal. BRONTOSAURUS. the first, For look you, friend, while one of us is born, Hatched from the egg and grown to full maturity, Nature can make a million such as these. If that is so, I fear ‘tis not DreLopocus. therein Abandon all the painful gains of time! Do we not know that progress in the past, The dorsal nerve cord and the leap on land, The struggle through the ages, meeting each demand For better life, has reached its end in us? A million million vermin, and Brontosaurus. I do believe in could I see The hope of greater or of stronger beasts, Of vaster bulk or longer neck or better tail, Of thicker skin or armored coat of mail, progress; Dinosaurs and Primitive MAMMALS I might be then content to die and fail, If failing made for progress. Primitive Mamma. Good masters, we have heard your angry talk, Wherein you set it forth that we may balk The onward march of progress. Pray you halt Your condemnation. Can it be our fault That we are small and active, living well The lives we have; should this foretell The downfall of your race? Brontosaurus. But look you, little beast, your blood is warm, Your skin is hairy, and though small you swarm Through glade and forest. In all the past since Cambrian dawn, Through all the changeful weary days, Enduring night for hopeful morn, Was never such a craze. You do upset The whole great scheme of progress, and forget The lessons of the elder days. PrimitrvE MAMMAL. you and yours Creation’s finished work. ’Tis not for us To emulate your greatness. Yet we would try A line of progress all our own, and by and by In ages yet to come evolve a man, A being who with wingéd thought may span The starry skies, and as in time he dies Soar thither as a soul! Great sir, we see in Bront. AND Dip. [Laughing]. A soul! a man! So that’s your plan For further progress! DreLopocus [Addressing Brontosaurus]. Our fears were baseless, since they aim At sky and not at earth; Dreaming of men with wingéd thoughts And souls to soar above! BRONTOSAURUS. spurned, Lessons of the past unlearned, Dreaming, seeking ghosts of dreams, Misty thought which scarcely seems To hold a meaning. What is there here to fright us so, With all our strength, and since we know We are no seeming? Reason failing, knowledge 190 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL Act IV Late Tertiary. In a forest. Hymna. [Laughing.| Oh! have you seen, have you but seen the thing they call a man? His body’s out of shape and placed on end, Erect upon his hinder legs, his hair is gone, And hideously naked stalks he through the glade. Creation must be crazy to have made So foul a beast! JackaL. The other morn I saw some human cubs More helpless than their sires, mere blobs of flesh, Squirming and squealing, while with mute distress Their mothers sought to mend their evil fate. Feeble in youth and age, in sooth the date Of man’s extinction must be near at hand. Hya#na. Full well they know it, for they can but ken They’re nature’s greatest joke, and making men She sought but to amuse the gods. JacKAL. Forsooth I know the cause of my surprise The day when I heard laughter from the skies. Hyana. I say they know it, and to prove my word Let me but tell you of the news I heard. They are ashaméd of their naked state, And some, more wise than others, have of late Sought leaves and vines to hide their horrid flesh. Thus covered like the case-worms on the trees, They seek the hardness of their fate to ease, The very act confessing their distress. JacKAL. Here comes a man, we’ll call him to account; Let him excuse himself as best he may. Man. Kind friends, have patience, for I can Do things you cannot, since I am a man. PRIMITIVE MAN and various animals Erect upon my hinder legs I lose In speed and looks perchance, but I may use My hands in godlike manner to create. My hands thus freed, the brain will grow, Guiding the tool, till I shall know To weave the pattern of my human fate. ‘Hyana. To do the work of gods is then your dream. Oh friends! how can a creature thus blas- pheme? Birp. ‘To walk on one’s hind legs is quite a plan: To that extent I will defend the man. The front legs freed may serve a useful end When, feather-decked, as wings they upward send Our bodies, soaring far above the earth, Where in the air we carol forth our mirth. Man. Sublime it is to fly, but better yet To conquer nature with the mind, and so to get Her forces held and altered to our use. The working hand and thinking head unite, Till weakness is converted into might, And praise succeeds abuse. Thus may we hold the earth and even try Though featherless and handed, yet to fly. Brrp. The man’s insane, what better proof Than his mad words? Let’s hold aloof, And leave him to his wretched fate, Striving alone to reach the golden gate Of heaven, and in godlike ways Command the earth and hold the very rays Of sun above to serve his foolish ends. [The animals draw aloof.| Man. [To himself.| They rightly call me weak, they rightly say I am ashaméd. This body would I hide, and in this mind Stir doubt and fear, my very soul doth quake With strange forebodings of a new-born sense, PROGRESS: The sense of sin. How can I make My peace with earth below or heaven above? By mental strife or fruits of conscious love Atone for my mistake? * * * se * * * * The die is cast, the choice is past, And choosing once, I stand condemned To ever choose again. So let it be, since I am free, My fate lies in my hands, Frail, imperfect, fasting ever, Stumbling on till death may sever A DRAMA OF EVOLUTION Or Chains that bind the soul: May heaven judge me by my meaning, Striving, searching, ever gleaning Parts of nature’s whole. ANIMALS. [Regarding MAN from distance.| The man strides forth, his eyes ablaze, He means to conquer, win the praise Of earth and sky. Full strange it is he has no qualms, He shows no dread, or vague alarms, No fear to die! - ad) = = Zo RSG, pie iG 25,000 ian aod do om Hameo SO oOe 50,000 Guides for Study of Exhibits are provided on request to members and teachers by the department of public education. Teachers wishing to bring classes should write or telephone the department for an appointment, specifying the collection to be studied. Lectures to classes may also be arranged for. of children. In all cases the best results are obtained with small groups The Museum Library contains more than 60,000 volumes with a good working collection of publications issued by scientific institutions and societies in this country and abroad. The library is open to the public for reference daily — Sundays and holidays excepted — from 9 a. M. to 5 P.M. The Technical Publications of the Museum comprise the Memoirs, Bulletin and Anthropological Papers, the Memoirs and Bulletin edited by J. A. Allen, the Anthropolo gical Papers by Clark Wissler. ‘These publications cover the field and laboratory researches of the institution. The Popular Publications of the Museum comprise the JouRNAL, edited by Mary Cynthia Dickerson, the Handbooks, Leaflets and General Guide. The following list gives some of the popular publications; complete lists, of both technical and popular publications, may be obtained from the Librarian. POPULAR PUBLICATIONS HANDBOOKS Nortu AMERICAN INDIANS OF THE Puains. By Clark Wissler, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. INDIANS OF THE SOUTHWEST. By Pliny Earle Goddard, Ph.D. Paper, 25 cents; cloth, 50 cents. ANIMALS OF THE Past. By Frederic A. Lucas, Sc.D. Paper, 35 cents. ILLUSTRATED GUIDE LEAFLETS GENERAL GUIDE TO THE COLLECTIONS. New edition issued December, 1914. Price, 25 cents. Tur Cottection or Minerats. By Louis P. Grata- cap, A.M. Price, 5 cents. NortH AMERICAN RUMINANTS. Price, 10 cents. Tue Ancient Basket Makers OF SOUTHEASTERN Uran. By George H. Pepper. Price, 10 cents. Primitive Art. Price, 15 cents. Tur Birps oF THE Vicrnity or New York City. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. Price, 15 cents. Peruvian Mummies. By Charles W. Mead. 10 cents. Tare METEORITES IN THE FOYER OF THE AMERICAN Museum or Naturat History. By Edmund Otis Hovey, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. Tue Hasitat Groups or Nort American Birps. By Frank M. Chapman, Se.D. New edition in course of preparation. By J. A. Allen, Ph.D. Price, Tue INDIANS oF MANHATTAN ISLAND AND VICINITY- By Alanson Skinner. Price, 20 cents. Tue STrokEs PAINTINGS REPRESENTING GREENLAND Eskimo. Out of print. Brier History or ANTARCTIC EXPLORATIONS. 10 cents. Trees AND Forestry. — By Mary Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. A new edilion in course of preparation. Tue PrRorection oF River AND HARBOR WATERS FROM MunicrpaL_ WASTES. By Charles-Edward Amory Winslow, M.S. Price, 10 cents. Prant Forms 1n Wax. By E. C. B. Fassett. 10 cents. Tue EvoLuTion oF THE Horse. Ph.D. Price, 20 cents. MAmMMOTHS AND Masropons. By W.D.Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 10 cents. Price, Price, By W. D. Matthew, REPRINTS Tue Grounp Stotu Group. By W. D. Matthew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. Mernops AND Resutts in Herpetotocy. By Mary Cynthia Dickerson, B.S. Tue Wuarr PILE GROUP. Price, 5 cents. Tue Sea Worm Group. Price, 10 cents. Tue ANCESTRY OF THE EDENTATES. thew, Ph.D. Price, 5 cents. Out of print. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. By Roy W. Miner, A.B. By W. D. Mat- By courlesy Charles Scribner's Sons a Lions shot by Theodore Roosevelt on Loita Plains, British East Africa. Group prepared by Mr. G. B. Turner in the United States National Museum NUMBER < Mate A aE creeds ee x pseeete Slime me oy FOS RA — The American Museum of Natural History BOARD OF TRUSTEES President HENRY F AIRFIELD OSBORN First Vice-President CLEVELAND H. DopGE Treasurer Henry P. Davison Second Vice-President J. P. Morean Secretary ADRIAN ISELIN, JR. Joun Purroy Mitrcuet, Mayor or THE City or NEw YORK Wituiam A. PRENDERGAST, COMPTROLLER OF THE CiTy oF NEW YORK Casot Warp, PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS GeorGE F. BAKER FREDERICK F. BREWSTER JosEpH H. CHOATE R. Futton CuTtTine Tuomas DreWitrr CUuYLER JaMES DouGLASs Henry C. FRICK Mapison GRANT Anson W. Harp ArcHER M. HUNTINGTON ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES Wa ter B. JAMES A. D. JUILLIARD CHARLES LANIER Seta Low OapEN MILLS Percy R. Pyne Joun B. TREVOR FeLix M. WarBURG GEORGE W. WICKERSHAM ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Director Freperic A. Lucas Assistant Treasurer THe UNITED STaTEs TRusT COMPANY Assistant Secretary GeorcE H. SHERWOOD or New YorE ’ SCIENTIFIC STAFF Freperic A. Lucas, Sc.D., Director Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology EpmwNp Oris Hovey, Ph.D., Curator Cuester A. REEps, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Mineralogy L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Gerorae F. Kunz, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Gems Woods and Forestry Mary Cyntuia Dicxerson, B.S., Curator Invertebtate Zoology Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Curator Roy W. Mrner, A.B., Asst. Curator Frank EB. Lurz, Ph.D., Asst. Curator L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Mollusca A. J. Murcuter, Assistant Frank E. Watson, B.S., Assistant DaniEL M. Fisk, A.M., Assistant W. M. Wueeter, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Social Insects A. L. TreapwELt, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Annulata Cuar.es W. Lena, B.S., Hon. Curator Coleoptera Ichthyology and Herpetology Basurorp Dean, Ph.D., Curator Emeritus Lovis Hussakor, Ph.D., Curator Ichthyology Joun T. Nicuous, A.B., Asst. Cur. Recent Fishes Mary Cynruta Dickerson, B.S., Assoc. Curator Herpetology Mammalogy and Ornithology J. A. AuLEN, Ph.D., Curator Frank M. Cuapman, Se.D., Curator Ornithology Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Asst. Cur. Mammalogy W. DeW. Mi.uer, Asst. Curator Ornithology H. E. Anruony, B.S., Assistant Mammalogy Hereert Lana, Assistant Mammalogy James P. Cuapin, Assistant Ornithology Vertebrate Paleontology Hewry FairFiELp OssBorn, LL.D., D.Se., Curator Emeritus W. D. MatrHew, Ph.D., Curator WaLtTeR GRANGER, Assoc. Curator [Mammals] Barnum Brown, A.B., Assoc. Curator [Reptiles Wiuuiam K. Grecory, Ph.D., Assoc. in Paleon- tology CuaR.LeEs R. Eastman. Ph.D., Research Associate Anthropology Cuark Wissuer, Ph.D., Curator Puiny E. Gopparp. Ph.D., Curator Ethnology Rosert H. Lowiez, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator HERBERT J. SPINDEN, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Nexus C. Neutson, M.L., Asst. Curator Cuarues W. Mxeap, Asst. Curator M. D. C. Crawrorp, Research Associate in Tex- tiles Gero. Birp GRINNELL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Ethnology ; J. H. McGrecor, Ph.D., Research Associate in Anthropology Anatomy and Physiology Rautpu W. Tower, Ph.D.. Curator Public Health CHARLES-Epwarp A. WiNsLow, M.S., Curator IsraEt J. KiricierR, Ph.D., Assistant Public Education Gerorce H. SHerwoop, A.M., Curator G. Cuypve Fisuer, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Ann E. Tuomas, Ph.B., Assistant Books and Publications Rap W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator TIpa Ricuarpson Hoop, A.B., Asst. Librarian ae AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL BEyOpED TO NATURAL HISTORY, EXPLORATION AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC, EDUCATION THROUGH THE MUSEUM April, 1916 VOLUME XVI, NUMBER 4 PUBLISHED MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER TO MAY INCLUSIVE, BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK CITY. TERMS: ONE DOLLAR AND A HALF PER YEAR, TWENTY CENTS PER COPY. ENTERED AS SECOND- CLASS MATTER JANUARY 12, 1907, AT THE POST-OFFICE AT BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, ACT OF CONGRESS, JULY 16, 1894. CONTENTS: FOR APRIL A Typical Coral Reef of the Bahamas.......... sagas CA ARN EERO aya Ee Reproduction from photograph of coral reef group in the Brooklyn Museum Sooner iate, The Flamingo and its Young..............0-.--+-e000- opposite ton) be} Photographic study, made in the Bahamas, for the flamingo group in the American Museum of Natural History This color plate is the frontispiece in a new edition of the Museum’s guide leaflet on the bird habitat groups emer with the Devilfish. -......2...0005.008 0c eens RussELu J. COLES Story of methods used and dangers encountered in securing for the American Museum of Natural History a specimen of the great fish, Manta birostris Illustrations from photographs by the Author SE MME SOK Sse, Saale sec Siede wide a. hes iyt PG Lk waters Frank E. Lutz An exposition of the Mendelian theory of inheritance and some of its recent developments Illustrations from photographs of exhibits in the American Museum of Natural History Soler elate, Assyrian and Babylonian Seals.................+.+.: opposite Specimens from the Morgan-Tiffany collection in the American Museum. Color plate issued in a recent book, The Magic of Jewels and Charms, by George Frederick Kunz “ Marie of Jewels and Charms”. ..:.....6...: : J. SPINDE? The Magic of Jewel 1eCh HERBERT J. SPINDEN Review of a recent book by George Frederick Kunz, honorary curator of gems in the American Mu- seum, on legend and lore of precious and other stones The White Rat and Sleeping Sickness..... R. W. Tower and C. F. HER Observations, made in the physiological laboratory of the American Museum, on the blood parasite of sleeping sickness Pe ePnIBAM ACTONAUT 2 2S icc ving Asawa sh a oe od eee W. D. MatrHew On the structure and probable habits of an ancient flying reptile See eeeraiie sm Heathers, ....o5..... 00s e6.5 ce. 0hee% T. GILBERT PEARSON Account of methods of the feather trade in meeting the demands of fashion and their effects on the bird life of the country stories of South American Birds.................. GrEoRGE K. CHERRIE Personal experiences wit’ reference to the nesting habits of flycatchers, spinetails, jacamars, orioles, and puff birds Illustrations from photographs by the Author _ D2. ES CEO) eg ee on Bike Meee alee. csi ty as Mary Cyntura Dickerson, Edifor 216 243 243 265 Subscriptions should be addressed to the AMerIcAN Musrum JourNAL, 77th St. and Central Park West, New York City. The Journal is sent free to all members of the American Museum. 91z “JOVOWILIP UL 499J VAY suo] ev ysnoiyy suit] B Ye saNOY JOJ oI] EULTeMAGNS OY) BAJOSqO 07 9]qQISSOd si 41 saquIBYO sIy} Jo Suvow Ag _ vag 94) sopuN sonSvoy Aqaryy, ,, Seanqoid uoyjour sey) 10) uo Ipedxy uosmeyI A ey} Aq posn soquieyo o1ydeazojoyd payonaysuoo Aqpeioeds oy] JO pue ‘sse[s Ja}eM ve JO asN Aq opLUl oLOM SUOIVRAIOSGG “aJl] jeUTIUR BosJepuN oy} JO Aynvoq pue “Ajalwa ‘oouepunqe oy] JO vopl ue seals dnoss oy], “seumeyeg oY) UL nesseNy seoU Java [RIOD [ENJOR UL SPM UUMESNA UAPYOoug oy} ut dnoss sty) soy yopou O"uL [sdnouy) wnasnfyy jusoay fo saruag| SVNVHVd@ SHL SO 4454dYH 1WVHOO WOIdAL V Apsajion() wnasnyy udjyooug ay) fo Asajunoo Ag aE “ Courtesy of the Century Company THE FLAMINGO AND ITS YOUNG tographic studies made in the Bahamas by Dr. Frank M. Chapman, in preparation for ction of the flamingo group in the American Museum of Natural History. [This color plate is the in a new edition of the Museum’s guide leaflet on the bird habitat groups. | THe American Museum JOURNAL Votume XVI APRIL, 1916 NuMBER 4 My Fight with the Devilfish By RUSSHLE IACOLES FOREWORD: The devilfish, Manta birostris, is the largest of all the rays and one of the largest creatures of the sea. There are fabulous stories of its tremendous strength and great size, but it probably does not exceed a width of about twenty-five feet. It belongs to a peculiar family of rays distinguished by the fact that they have a pair of flaps or feelers, one at either side of the mouth, which help in their feeding. These feelers can be curled up tightly to resemble a pair of horns and it is probably to this fact that the fish owes its common name. The American species of devilfish, Manta birostris, occurs along the coasts of Brazil, the West Indies, and the Gulf of Mexico. Occasionally a specimen may stray as far north as New Jersey. It occurs also on the Pacific side of Mexico, ranging south to South America. Specimens however, are so rare that it is not absolutely certain whether the Pacific devilfish is of the same species as the Atlantic one. Mr. Russell J. Coles has fished for many years in the lakes and rivers and along the coast of Canada, as well as along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, and has made many valuable contributions to the collections of the American Museum’s department of fishes. The expedition described below was equipped and financed entirely by him and the monster devilfish he afterward presented to the American Museum is now being modeled and will shortly be placed on exhibition. HEN I first undertook to obtain a specimen of the great devil- fish (Manta birostris) for the American Museum, I was already famil- iar with the literature on this great fish, and I realized that the general methods of procedure, which had resulted in failure for other expeditions in search of it, must be improved upon. Accordingly I spent some time in a careful study of the problem before setting out on an ex- pedition, concentrating attention chiefly I found that both sharks and rays sometimes con- upon the sharks and rays. tinue fighting long after both brain and heart have been pierced by lance and bullet, but that death is instantaneous when the spinal cord is severed at a cer- . tain spot just back of the brain. I had usually been able to accomplish this on the sharks and rays which I had pre- viously killed, by means of a sharply ground whale lance, but I knew that a much more effective weapon would be required to achieve the same effect on the great devilfish, and I therefore de- signed and had forged a huge lance, more than three times as heavy as a whale lance, which I call a “spade lance” on account of its having a square cutting edge four inches wide. Now the Manta has been known to tow a hundred-ton vessel far out to sea, and on another occasion eight boats lashed together, and in both these cases the crew was obliged to cut the rope and The wonderful vitality of this creature is well known let the animal escape. and there are many authentic records of its having escaped capture after being harpooned, lanced, and shot many times with rifles of heavy calibre. With these facts before me it became necessary to devise means to bring the 217 218 devilfish to close quarters as soon after harpooning it as possible, and to this end I designed a drogue ! of the same shape as that used by whalers, only it had to be large enough to stop the first rush of the harpooned fish. Knowing that there were certain parts of the body where the flesh was so filled with connective tissue that a harpoon could not draw out, I made my harpoon line only forty feet long and attached to it a drogue more than three times as large as the largest I have known to be used on whales. I also carried a very powerful repeating rifle and a large shoulder whale gun, from which either a harpoon, or a bomb lance containing half a pound of powder, can be fired; but many years of handling harpoon and hand lance have given me confidence in these and I have never used either rifle or whale gun in killing devilfish. whale lances, and two extra drogues were carried; but I did not expect ever to have Several extra harpoons and occasion to strike more than one blow with the spade lance, so I carried only one of these. To guard still further against any possible miscalculation I took on both my Manta expeditions the man who had been my captain for ten years, Charlie Willis, of Morehead City, North Carolina. the instant that I throw the harpoon The plan is that with drogue attached, he shall throw an- other harpoon with half a mile of rope 1 A drogue is a device for offering the greatest possi- That used by Mr. Coles con- sists of two pieces of plank, eighteen inches long and ble resistance to a pull. nine inches wide, placed side by side and nailed firmly to two similar pieces placed beneath them with the joint running at right angles to that in the two above. A hole about three inches square is cut in the middle of the planks and a heavy piece of timber fits into it exactly on one side, being joined on the other side to a thicker piece of timber which forms a shoulder against the boards. A rope with heavy knot at the end is passed through both pieces of timber, the knot holding the rope at the end of the thicker timber, the other end of the rope being attached to the harpoon; the great resistance of this drogue as it is dragged through the water, wrenches the harpoon so severely when the fish rushes that the animal is brought up short. THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL attached. The second harpoon however, has never proved necessary, as the drogue has always stopped the rush of the fish. Following these preliminaries, my first expedition for Manta, in the summer of 1914, was successful in that it secured the only two specimens of Manta that were located; but neither of these was as large a specimen as I wished to obtain, and as both were males the scientific data they yielded was incomplete. I determined to return to the southwest coast of Florida and secure a female Manta, fifteen or more feet wide, for the American Museum of Natural History. My second expedition was equipped more completely than the first. On my arrival on the Florida coast, however, on March 28, 1915, I encountered very un- favorable weather, and it was not until April 6 that I saw and killed a Manta in a hot eight-minute fight near Blind Pass. Upon towing it to the beach I found it to be a male about thirteen feet in diame- ter, and after securing parts of the fish I left it. We had only run a short distance after this before I saw a dark coloration on the water caused by a Manta coming toward the boat. It was fully fifteen feet below the surface, but the two har- poons reached it and the great ray came to the surface with a rush that broke both harpoon handles short off against the bottom of the boat. The boat was knocked clear of the water, but as it was falling back, I placed the spade lance just at the back of the brain, and with a last harsh bellow the fish died, within a few seconds after the harpoon first struck it. This fish, however, also proved to be a male, and it was not until April 11 that I got the female devilfish over eigh- teen feet wide that I had long been planning for. The killing of my first four Manta was attended with much sport, some danger, and lots of blood, but every detail worked MY FIGHT WITH THE DEVILFISH out exactly according to carefully laid plans, and a detailed description would be like working out a problem in mathe- matics after the answer is known. In spite of this I do not advise any one to try my method, as it is certainly dangerous. The big drogue especially makes it so, for it keeps the wounded Manta close to the boat, and the great weight of an adult devilfish makes the wrecking of the boat a certainty if the fish should run into it at full speed. If the boatmen attempt to keep out of the way of the wounded fish, the boat is almost certain to be sunk by a blow from one of the huge pectoral fins; while to have a boat large enough to withstand such blows would make it almost im- possible to approach close enough to harpoon the wounded fish. Placing the big spade lance in exactly the vital spot at exactly the proper in- stant, of course ends the fight at once; but the difficulty is to place it there and to get a crew with sufficient confidence in the harpooner to meet the on-rushing Manta with the boat. In spite of all my preparations the battle with the great female devilfish came near to being my last. After several days of windy weather, which had made successful Manta hunt- ing impossible, the morning of April 11, 1915, opened calm and hot and, although little was said, it was evident as we left camp after an early breakfast, that the feeling had spread among the crew that before our return we should have a great fight and get the big fish that we had come for. To killa Manta, perfect handling of the boat is necessary and a proper crew is the first consideration in equipping an expedition. In my twenty years’ ex- perience in fishing off the coast of North Carolina, I have always made up my crew from’ the native market fishermen, 219 in preference to the guides and boatmen usually employed by sportsmen. On this occasion, in addition to Captain Charlie Willis, | was fortunate in secur- ing the services of Captain Jack McCann, of Punta Gorda, Florida, beyond ques- tion the best-known and most efficient fisherman on the Florida coast, and he selected the three other members of the crew —all young men, trained, active, and without fear. Captain McCann also furnished the boat, which was a small, twenty-six-foot, open boat with an eight-horse-power gasoline engine. The construction, however, of this little boat was extra strong, or it would have been wrecked by the terrific pounding it received, The men were nearly perfect for the positions which they were to fill, know- ing what to do no matter what condi- tion might arise; therefore not much time was required in training the crew. On such an expedition it is necessary for every man to move instantly when the word is given, like part of a perfect machine, for I cannot turn my head when the fight is on. Charlie Willis stands forward with me to throw the auxiliary harpoon; Cap- tain Jack McCann the boat; another man stands just behind me to throw the drogue overboard as the har- poon leaves my hand, and to give me my spade lance; steers the next man runs the gasoline engine, while the last stands ready with a bucket to bale water should this become necessary. All, including myself, are ready at a word to throw their weight on the high side of the boat if it should begin to turn over. When the boat passed out through Captive Inlet into the Gulf of Mexico, the water was so thick that a Manta would have had to rise to the surface to be seen, and I posted three men to keep close watch, one on each side of 220 the boat, and one behind us, while I watched in front. We had run down the full length of the coast of Captive Island and were about a mile off the shore of Sanibel Island and in front of Blind Pass, when there came, suddenly and without warn- ing, a most terrific shock, which threw the four of us who were standing to our hands and knees for a fraction of a sec- ond. The boat, which was running at full speed, had met the head of a Manta, rising to the surface and coming toward us at moderate speed. The shock of the collision was so great that it almost stopped the headway of the boat, and its bow was lifted more than a foot out of the water; but our speed carried the boat up over the high part of the back of the Manta just as the two great black fins were flung madly into the air, almost meeting over our heads and deluging us with many gallons of water. Then the two fins crashed down on the surface of the sea with a noise that could have been heard for miles, and the Manta instantly repeated the performance as I yelled to the engineer, “Keep her going.” Just as the boat was sliding from the back of the creature, another huge Manta rushed up from below, striking full on our port bow with sufficient force to spin the boat around until its direction was almost reversed. At one time all four of the great black pectoral fins were towering above us, and large quantities of water were flung into the boat. First the head and then the stern of the boat was highest as it was pitched from side to side, and then I heard the chug, chug, chug of the racing propeller blades as they gashed the tip of the pectoral fin of the first Manta. engine going at full speed, but the pro- The engineer kept the peller blades were not catching the water now, and for a short distance we were carried upon the broad backs of the two monster devils of the sea. THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL I fully realized the danger, as did every one of the men with me in that little boat, but every man filled his place perfectly and there was no outward show either of fear or excitement, for I had a crew composed of men who show at their Seareely a word was spoken until, in the midst of a wild upheaval of the two madly fright- best only in time of danger. ened Manta beneath us, the boat was flung from their backs and was turning over, when I shouted, “High side!” which order was instantly obeyed, two of the men, except for an arm and a leg, throwing themselves entirely out of the boat. The boat struck head first and shipped a lot of water over her bow, but we were now clear of the two Manta, who raced together on the surface for a_ short distance. Almost in an instant the boat was cleared of surplus water, harpoons and ropes were rearranged, and we were in pursuit of the two Manta, when suddenly they went below. On looking around I saw three specimens some distance away, but all of them under thirteen feet in width; then the first two came in sight again, and after that we saw them many times, for they were easily The first showed the bleeding fin tip which recognized, being always together. had been cut by our propeller, and its mate had lost about eight inches from the tip of one of its fins in some former encounter. These two Manta appeared to have lost all fear of the boat and its occupants; we were many times in touching distance of them and they both passed under the times. The first was a female, well above fifteen feet in width, and I was about to attack it, when I saw, nearly a mile away, the largest Manta It was on the surface so I ran the boat down to it, and boat several that I have ever seen. never have I wanted to kill any one thing MY FIGHT WITH THE DEVILFISH quite as badly as I wanted to kill that great fish, for it was fully twenty-four feet in width and must have weighed not less than twelve thousand pounds. I was uncertain however, as to its gender, and a female was absolutely necessary, also I had only fifteen hundred pounds of plaster of Paris —not enough to cast such a huge beast; but the principal drawback was that we could not tow such a monster with the little launch and there was no other boat in sight. For more than two hours I moved among those six Manta, making obser- vations ' and hoping that some other boat would appear, to help me tow the careass of the big one, but none came and finally I decided to kill the first that we ran into. She was now swimming on or near the surface with mate following, almost touching her all the time, and, with all ready, we moved to the attack. As she was passing, quartering across our bow, I gave the word. Charlie and I drove our harpoons deep into her broad back; then, with a great splash of her fins, she the drogue was snatched under, it threw plunged below and ahead. As water high in the air and the shock was so great that it brought the great ray to the surface in that awkward, wheeling, edgewise leap that Manta make, after the manner of a wheel turning over. Before its tail had reached the perpendic- ular, I and all of my crew saw an embryo, folded in cylindrical form, thrown high in the air, and I heard Captain Jack exclaim, “Did you see that?) The young one has a tail longer than the old one!” The embryo quickly unfolded its fins and, catching the air horizontally, its descent 1 Mr. Coles’ observations on the life history and habits of the great devilfish (Manta birostris) together with some comparisons with its lesser relative (Mobula olfersi) are about to be published in the American Museum Bulletin, together with a more technical paper ou the same subject by Dr. L. Hussakof of the Museum. 221 was retarded until after the mother fish had disappeared beneath the surface. When I had hurled my harpoon and reached behind me, the spade lance had been instantly placed in my hand, but as I saw this embryo feebly flapping on the surface, I passed back the spade lance and yelled ‘Give me an iron, quick!” (the harpoon is always called an iron) and while not five seconds were taken in the exchange, that was too long, for as I threw back my hand to strike, the male swept the embryo beneath the surface with one of its fins. I passed back the harpoon and seized the spade lance, as I saw the wounded female, now on the surface, charging down on us at highest speed. I was forced to strike instantly and there was not sufficient time to clear up the line attached to the lance handle, so the point of the spade lance was slightly de- flected, with the result that the fatal How- ever, the force of the blow, which was spot was missed by a few inches. delivered with both hands without re- leasing the handle, was so great, that it depressed the creature’s head, and the head-on collision did not crash in the side of the boat as it probably would have done otherwise. The top of the head struck the bottom of the boat, breaking the lance handle short off against the side, and I was confronted with a very serious defect in my equip- ment. I had acquired, by years of work with the lance, such confidence in my ability to place it where I desired that I had not thought it necessary to provide more than one spade lance; but now my fish was very much alive and fighting mad and I was without a spade lance. With this gone the danger was much increased, as the fight had to be carried on with the old-fashioned whale lance, which I had had made with the shank only three feet long instead of five or six GGG yorq peoiq s,jeuriue “yeoq oy) yuIs 07 AjoHY St suy osnY oy} JO 9UO WOIY MO] B Se ‘snoseduep AJOA St Ysy[LAop & FUNYSIY “BOS OF BM SI} UL {sseasoid sz sreq yeyI JolGo Kue punose susoy vseq} dsepp 0} si [eure ay} jo unoj SBA ‘VYSy oy} UL “Vo oy} JOJ doVTd Ysoyes OY T, ‘10YS 0} YS FIq oy} AO} OF SINOY WO} YOO} YF IYSH Suo] oy} J0IFY ey} UO 9q OF P Aueur sey drys & jo ouly 1oyoue oy} A jno pedo} drys oy} pue ysy oy Aq dn pond aeeq sou, qounsur oyy, ~(eded oy1soddo yno aaeduroo) dn poTjor osay are ‘Yynour asny Vy} JO opis YoRs UO , susoy,, 94,1. VdIHO14 40 LSVOO LSAMHLNOS ‘GNV1SI 4JAILdvVO NO HSISTIAAG LNVIS It is possible to kill one of these monsters, with Mr. Coles’ specially devised “‘spade lance,” by a single well-aimed thrust just back of the brain The “horns” are unfurled (compare opposite page). ‘They are kept constantly moving in the water and aid in feeding, being used, as a hand might be, to sweep food inward ‘ é 4 ics alee A small devilfish killed by Mr. Coles in June, 1914 Underside of the big devilfish, which measured eighteen feet from tip to tip of the large fins. deyilfish is normally about as long as the extreme width of the animal feet as in the lances used on whales. The big drogue kept the fish always near, and for twenty-two minutes we had possi- bly the most dangerous fight ever fought out successfully on the water with any living creature. The wounded devilfish kept plunging below, then throwing herself half out of the water, and as she followed these maneuvers by short rushes on the surface, accompanied by violent blows, I quickly realized that the safest place for the boat was on the fish’s back, and I directed accordingly. The water was so thick that the Manta could not be seen until very near the surface, but Charlie kept the slack of his harpoon hauled in and the line showed the the fish traveling under water. Captain Jack direction in which was steered the boat, which was kept run- ing, and that it was well handled is shown by the fact that not once in more than a dozen rushes did the devilfish reach the surface without finding our boat on her back. Each time I drove the lance through her heart or brain one or more times, and after the fight she showed twenty-three such wounds. 224 The tail of a The four-hundred-and-five-calibre Win- chester rifle and the big whale gun were in their racks under the cap of the boat, but I did not attempt to use them; a sensation hard to describe, which must be the blood lust of primitive man, makes the hand lance the one weapon of all others that yields the most satisfaction. No matter how frightened or excited a man may be, just let him put every ounce of his brute strength behind the thrust of a hand lance, and all sense of fear leaves him; as he again and again drives home and recovers the lance, every sensation but simple blood lust appears to be dead and he would not trade the lance for any other weapon. Through all this fight there was one uncertain and disturbing factor that we were not in a position to guard against — namely, that the great male mate of the wounded Manta kept near us un- til the fight was over and three times nearly capsized us by pushing the boat from the back of the female. Once, just after we had been nearly capsized by a heavy blow from the head of the male, and when the female was fighting most =GG jopour oy uo soe]d ul ynd useq yo you sey pre} oy, “TepNoWsed AJoro UL YsyTIAop 7eoI15 ory jo uoljejyUsseidod OYJ] B 9G Uo) TIM Jopow oy} puke “posopoOo oq TIM qseo Yse] SIU, “pour joojsed ay] wWoay yseo qs] Joy}OUR puB “seo qoojiod oy} Woy opeuT oq IM pPjoUL JoyJOUR YOIYM Joye syrejop UL WI Surjoojsod yseo sry} uodn YOM Ye [Jeg “APA, SMoys ydessojoyd oyy, “Wey, Wor Ysy oy) JO Jseo eB epeuT OYM “TE “O “f AW kq Joyj050) ynd adam puB ‘suUOIjOeS 9ATOM] UL UMOSN|A, UPOLOMLY oY} OF JUOS WOM oSOT{T, “popuey I Joyye YoRoq oy} UO opeUl osJoM Ysy]IAVp SIG SojOF) “AJA, JO Sepis zopun pue Jaddn ayy Jo spyour soyseyd ysnoy —"wnoasnpy UDI py AY) UI ysifpiaagqY ay) Burjapopy uveq pey } DIG violently, when we were all covered with the blood of our victim and the boat was almost filled with water, the youngest member of the crew (Luther Dixon), thinking that the end for all of us was near, tried to force a harpoon into my hand as he screamed, “Iron the big bull and let’s all go to Hell in tow of a team of devils!” I quote this to show the temper of the men, for while Luther, and probably others of the crew, thought this our last fight, neither he nor any other man showed even a trace of fear. Then the dying Manta raised her head against the side of the boat and gave a loud harsh bark or cough, and as I ex- claimed, “Watch her eyes looking two ways at once!’’, the stricken creature slowly rolled one of her eyes, until with that one only, she seemed to look at all of us behind her in the boat. Before striking the Manta I had looked at my watch and called out the time, and as the big fish died, I again pulled it out and asked, “How long?’’ Not one of the crew placed the time of the fight at I told them that it had taken only twenty-two less than two hours and when minutes, they wanted to see if the watch had not stopped. The fight was now over, the great female Manta that we had come for was dead; but there was still a man-sized job in front of us and the fish fast to our stern and headed for Blind Pass, more we at once made than a mile away. We reached it in a little over an hour of hard towing, but then met an ebb tide against which we could make no headway; so making the specimen fast to the beach and leaving three men to keep off sharks with lances, I ran the boat inside and hired another boat to assist with the towing; then re- turning we made both boats fast and the long tow began. Just before leaving Blind Pass I looked back out to sea and saw a red-looking THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL dark patch of about two acres in extent on the surface of the water, which had been made by the blood of the Manta. This blood had evidently gathered many fishes, for I saw, hovering over and con- tinually pitching into the bloodstained water, a flock of about thirty pelicans. The distance from Blind Pass to the had planned to make my cast was twelve spot at Captive Inlet where I miles and, with the two boats towing, ten hours and a half were required to make the trip. Long before we reached our destination black night had closed down on us and it was impossible to see any light to steer by. Captain Jack, however, had fished that bay for thirty years and could tell our position by sounding the bottom, but when we were well out near the middle of the bay a violent squall suddenly broke on us, with a roar of thunder, rain and wind, and there were some who wanted to cut loose from the prize, claiming that we could return next morning and re- cover it. I would not take the chance, and although the wind got up a bad sea and we shipped much water, we kept baling out and by the time we reached the end of our journey the storm had passed. Quickly making the Manta fast to the beach and leaving two men on guard we ran the boat the two miles to our living camp and had a few hours of much needed sleep; then with the re- turn of daylight we were all back at work on the specimen. The rise and fall of the tide on this coast is not sufficient to aid materially in bringing such a fish out of the water so I had materials in place for the work. First we ran three thirty-five-foot, heavy, dock timbers out into the water under the fish; on the top of these were placed five two-and-a-quarter inch turned roll- ers, and on the top of these, next to the fish, three planks. Two heavy ropes MY FIGHT WITH were made fast to the head of the fish and anchored to a tree two hundred yards inland, and I then applied a very powerful device, using man power at the end of a long lever, not unlike the horse power device used in pulling stumps, and slowly the big devilfish came up out of the sea. I had ready fifteen hundred pounds of plaster of Paris, many bales of excelsior, and a number of barrels of fresh water. I had also erected a twenty-foot tower from which to take photographs and I attempted to hoist the parts of the fish on this tower for weighing; but weighing device was not sufficiently my powerful for obtaining accurately the weight of such a large specimen. The entire day was devoted to making the cast and to preserving parts of the speci- men in three hundred gallons of formalin solution. From the time that I first struck the This drawing by Mr. Albert Operti gives an impression of one phase of the devilfish hunt. of both fish and men are accurately recorded. THE DEVILFISH 227 fish on the morning of April 11, until the photographing, casting, and preserving of the fish were completed on the night of the twelfth, there had been no time to attend to anything else; but on the thirteenth, with a feeling of intense satisfaction, I sent by boat to Punta Gorda a telegram to the American Mu- seum of Natural History telling of the successful issue. The next few days were devoted to making crates and packing the cast in excelsior. The parts of the specimen were also taken out of formalin solution and packed in excelsior which had been dipped in formalin. The big thirty-five- foot timbers and the rollers were then used in loading the crates on a large boat which had been brought in as close as possible to the beach, and I and my whole crew accompanied them to Punta Gorda and assisted in loading them on a car, addressed to the American Museum. Relative dimensions The wounded fish, in its rush to the surface, finds the boat on its back; each man is in his appointed place, and the lance is about to be planted From exhibit in the American Museum of Natural History INHERITANCE OF COLOR IN PEAS Mendel’s classic experiments were made with the common garden pea (Pisum sativum). When peas of yellow seed color were crossed with those of green seed color, the peas of the resulting plants were all yellow. When these yellow peas were mated together the peas of the resulting plants were one-fourth pure yellow seed color, two-fourths yellow hybrids. and one-fourth pure green. Of these the pure yellows and greens bred true, the hybrids continuing to give half hybrids and half pures as before 228 Heredity and Sex MENDELISM AND By FRANK HE history of science is as full of episodes replete with “human interest” as is the history of nations. Not the least of these is the story of Gregor Mendel, a latera monk, and finally Abbot at Briinn, peasant, but now known not for his theology or his kindly deeds to his fellows, but for his patient and successful work in his avocation — the study of heredity. The principal material which he used in this study was the common pea, and his results were published in an obscure journal in 1865. work but failed to appreciate its signi- ficance. In fact, it remained unnoticed until eighteen years after Mendel had died when, independently but simul- taneously, it was brought to our at- tention, together with important confirmations, by three noted bota- nists: De Vries, Correns, and Tsch- ermak. Darwin knew of his Its redis- covery has not only given us a theory of heredity which has revolu- tionized the practi- cal breeding — of plants and lower animals, but also it has given a new impetus to the ex- perimental study of evolution and, through the “eu- genics”’ movement, SOME OF ITS RECENT Gregor Mendel, Abbot of Briinn, whose experiments in plant hybridization (1853-1884) led to the formula- tion of important principles of heredity DEVELOPMENTS EK LUTZ: bids fair to play an important part in the development of human society. It is fitting, therefore, that the American Museum should arrange exhibits illus- trating the principles of Mendelism. In the Museum, Darwin hall of the American features of the Mendelian law of heredity are shown by means of peas and rats, while in the insect hall not only Mendelism, but also the later developments of Mendelism — its relation to the mechanism of the are illustrated. germ cell and to sex As an illustration of Mendelism in its simplest form we may take the following: The commoner of the two beetles — both undesirable immigrants from Eu- rope — which feed upon our asparagus is Crioceris aspar- It is a small creature ag. green with cream-colored markings. Insome individuals these markings consist of three small spots on each wing cov- er; in others these spots are larger, and the two front ones on each side Now, asparagus are joined. if an beetle having the and spots small separate mates with one having the spots large and the _ off- (the “hy- brids”’ or, as this 229 joined, spring =e rah | > a From exhibit, American Vuseum of Natural History ILLUSTRATION OF SIMPLE MENDELISM Inheritance of color pattern in the common asparagus beetle (Crioceris asparagt). The upper experiment shows the result of mating a beetle haying spots small and separate with one having spots large and joined. The offspring are hybrids, unlike either parent, but if mated with one another half their offspring will be hybrids, one-fourth pure-blooded and like the original female ancestor, and one-fourth pure-blooded and like the original male ancestor. If one of these pure-blooded offspring now mates with a hybrid, the resulting offspring will be half hybrid and half pure-blooded, as shown in the lower experiment 230 HEREDITY generation is called, Fi) will have the spots large but not joined. If these hybrids mate, the next generation (I*2) will, in the long run, consist of one indi- vidual with spots small and separate to two with spots large and separate (hybrids) to one with spots large and joined. This is shown in the insect hall and in the figure on page 230. Half of the F. generation are hybrids, and if mated with similar hybrids will give offspring in these F, proportions, 1:2:1. The If spots-small- and-separate be mated with spots-small- and-separate all the offspring will have rest are pure. the spots small and separate, no matter Like- wise spots-joined mated with spots-joined what the previous ancestors were. can give only spots-joined. Although this case has not been as thoroughly studied as the others to be mentioned here, it is cited first because it shows clearly which are hybrids. In the others the law of dominance is so prominent that the simplicity of Mende- lism is obscured. Let us analyze this We will let S stand for spots small and separate and case by means of symbols. J for spots joined. As every individual is made up of two parts, maternal and paternal, we will indicate individuals The beetles with which SS Afal The former produces germ cells each one by two letters. we started are therefore and of which carries the factor S, and each of the germ cells of the latter carries JJ. United, these make a hybrid individual, SJ. Now the essential point is that a given germ cell can carry the factor for only one condition of a given character. Therefore hybrid asparagus beetles pro- duce two kinds of germ cells, one bearing S and the other J. There are equal numbers of each kind. An S sperm has equal chances of fertilizing an S and a J egg, giving equal numbers of SS and S./ offspring. There are just as many J sperm, and they have equal chances of AND SEX 231 fertilizing an S and a.J/ egg and therefore we should get a similar number of SJ and JJ offspring. The total would be one SS to two SJ to one JJ. “QeEy D> A further test consists in mating pure individuals with hybrids. SS produces only S germ cells, and SJ equal numbers of S and J germ cells. Therefore, there will be an equal number of the combina- tions, SS and S./. The ordinary fly (Drosophila ampelophila) has been See page 230. oe A x” e sour fly’? or pomice used more than any other species of ani- mal or plant in the experimental study of inheritance. The two examples used in the insect hall and shown on page 232 are illustrations of simple Mendelism plus the law of dominance. This is a very slight complication and consists merely in the fact that when two char- acters are joined in the hybrid only one The “recessive’’ character is there however, (the ‘‘dominant’”’ one) is evident. and half of the germ cells produced by such a hybrid bear only the recessive If a aborted wings of a certain kind be mated character. pomice fly having with a pure normal-winged fly, all the offspring (hybrids, or F ,) will have normal wings, for normal wing is domi- If these hybrids be mated together we nant and aborted wing is recessive. shall get in the F: generation, one pure normal-winged to two hybrid (but having normal wings), to one pure aborted- winged. More briefly, the ratio is three normal-winged to one aborted-winged. Although the eye can not distinguish between the two kinds of normal-winged F,, breeding shows that they exist in In the second illustration, normal body color is the proportions just mentioned. dominant and black is recessive. Mendel used peas in his own experi- ments, and on page 228 is shown part of the exhibit in the Darwin hall illustrating The pair of characters concerned is yellow seed color (dominant) and green these. Spraq’y oy) ‘yoq pue jueurmop oind ay) ‘oAtsseood aand jueseid st JoJOBIBYO BAISSeDOI BT, SU SULM ]BULIONy Sol9s JOJOO oy ur A auo 0} spriqky OM) 0} JuRUIMIOp sind 90 Vonposd TIM Surjeur sey) pt “\ueptAe st (QUO Jue oBaeyo OM, UDA “AYP ooruT0d oY] UL (VYFIA) JOJOO Jo pue (jJo]) YISue] FUIM Jo vouey oyu JONVNIWOG 4O MV71 SHL ALOjS) FY] ]D4N]DAT fo wnasn [Ay UDIIIAU ‘yqiyra ULOd uy wd wd qd €8S pe Woqge-ysrep sao OF [euliou-yarep 9914} OF pewoqe-7yst] 9914} OF yeulsou-7 4st, ould jo oredr oy} UL BNpIlAIpUL Jo spuly } Ueto Tp Ano J aq, 910 Joo] [IM 94047 uol}eleues para 984 ul *ST[99 ules jo spury JUoIOFIp Inoy ‘srequinu” yenba ul sonpoid yoro TE“ “IAAQMOT spuqsky ase, “SSUIM [euro TIM HST] og TTEM ‘[POprlArpul pesuimM-poyioqe yep © YIM pesutM-yeurI0U 4ST] eB sul} eUL mmoOdy ‘sulidsyjo UO!) B19095-] SIF oy} jo Ie ‘s1oyOB Ie Yo JUBUTHIOp o91e SUIM [euliou pue 1IO[OO Apoq 0 ea 9OTIG SYALOVYVHO AO SYHIVd OML AO JONVLIYSHN! ALO}S1FY [DIN]DAT fO wnasnpy unriusaup *pquyxa WoL 234 In order that this seed color (recessive). case may be understood in its relation to the zodlogical illustrations, it should be noted that seeds are really young next- generation plants. In this exhibit the fact is emphasized that the extracted dominants and recessives of F: and sub- sequent generations, 7. ¢. the pure off- spring of hybrid parents, are really pure. If mated, each to its kind, they carry on their strain indefinitely. As illustrations of Mendelism in verte- brates, experiments with the wild gray rats * ‘are If a pure and domesticated “fancy” exhibited in the Darwin hall. eray rat be mated with a white rat the offspring will all be gray, for gray is dominant while white is recessive, and in the F. generation there will be three grays to one white (see page 235). This white, however, will be pure. pose a breeder had only one white rat, but wished to establish a strain. He could mate it with a wild gray, and although the hybrids would all be gray, he could get pure white individuals Sup- either by mating the original white with one of its hybrid offspring, or by mating hybrids with hybrids. In the former case he would get fifty per cent hybrids to fifty per cent pure white (see the asparagus beetle illustration) and in the latter seventy-five per cent grays (one-third of them pure gray) to twenty- five per cent pure white. Let us go a step further and consider what happens if there are two independ- ent pairs of characters. In this connec- tion compare page 232 with page 233. On page 233 it is seen that one of the parents has aborted wings and dark body color while the other is normal with re- 4" spect to each of these characters. Since light body color and normal wing are are largely from the important experiments of Professor W. E. Castle, of Harvard, who kindly outlined this portion of the exhibit. The rest of the rats were obtained from the N. Y. Zooblog- ical Park through the courtesy of Mr. Ditmars. 1 The rats shown THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL dominant, all of the F; generation are light and have normal wings. In the F, generation one-fourth of the offspring have aborted wings, one-fourth have dark body color, while three-fourths have long wings and three-fourths have light body color. However, there are four different combinations in the ratio of nine light-normal to three light- aborted to three dark-normal to one dark-aborted. Those acquainted with the laws of chance will see that this is the ratio to be expected if twelve light and four dark (3:1) be independent from, and combined in a random fashion with, The germinal analysis may be given as fol- lows, L standing for light color, d for dark color, N for normal wing and a The recessive condi- twelve long and four aborted. for aborted wing. tion of the characters is indicated by the The one parent, LLNN, produces germ cells which are all LN. The germ cells of the other parent, ddaa, are all da. Therefore the offspring will all be LdNa. These offspring, male and female, will each produce four kinds, (in equal numbers) of germ cells: LN, La, dN and da. Suppose the combina- tions of letters just given to be eggs, and combine them in a random fashion with the four kinds of sperm: LN, La, dN and da. LN sperm, fertilizing the various kinds of eggs, would produce equal num- bers of LLNN, LLNa, LdNN and LdNa individuals. Writing out in like fashion the combinations for the other kinds of sperm and adding the results together, small letters. we find we have 1 LLNN +2 LLNa+2LdNN-+4 LdNa= 9 light-norma!, 1 LLaa+2 Ldaa= 3 light-aborted, 1 ddNN+2 ddNa= 3 dark-normal, 1 ddaa= 1 dark-aborted. HEREDITY AND SEX In the case of the rats (page 236) only : sample of each class of Fs individuals is The black-self- colored to three black-hooded to three shown. ratio is mine yellow-self-colored to one yellow-hooded, for black is dominant over yellow and self-colored over hooded. There is, theoretically, no end to the 235 number of pairs of characters which may be concerned in any one cross, but the principles are the same: a given germ cell carries but one of each pair, and both together in the union of two germ cells where members of a pair come to form an individual, one of the char- acters usually dominates over the other. MENDELISM From exhibit, American Museum of Natural History IN RATS If a pure gray rat be mated with a white rat the offspring will all be gray, for gray is dominant and white is recessive. In the next generation there will be three grays to one white; the white and one of the grays are pure and will breed true; the other two grays are hybrids. 236 If three pairs of characters are concerned there will be, typically, eight classes of offspring, in the F, generation. This is seen in the third exhibit (page 237) illus- trating inheritance of color and pattern THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL in rats where, again, only samples of the various classes are shown. Frequently, as in the case of the rats, the breeder is able, by crossing known varieties, to get new or hitherto unknown varieties in Fo; From exhibit in the American Museum of Natural History DUPLEX INHERITANCE IN RATS The two pairs of characters here involved are black versus yellow, and self-colored versus hooded, black and self-colored being dominant, respectively, to yellow and hooded. The first-generation offspring are all gray hybrids, each with four different kinds of germ cells, which produce in the following generation four kinds of individuals, as in the case of the pomice flies. One only of each kind is shown HEREDITY AND SEX that is, new combinations are made. The exhibit in the American Museum showing inheritance of flower sweet peas, is complicated by the fact that not only are there three pairs of characters, but also that color of any color in 237 kind, that is any kind but white, can occur only when certain members of two of these pairs come together. One of the white parents had one of these char- acters and the other had the second; union by crossing gave colored offspring. From exhibit in the American Museum of Natural History INHERITANCE OF THREE PAIRS OF CHARACTERS Where three pairs of characters are concerned in a cross there will be eight classes of individuals in the second generation of offspring. The pairs of characters concerned above are black and cream-colored, yellow and cream- colored, and self-colored and hooded (the condition in which all pigmentation is concentrated near the head). Black, yellow and self-colored are the dominants. The eight classes of offspring (of which only samples are shown) are: black-yellow-self (gray), black-yellow-hooded (white with gray hood), black-cream-self (black), black-cream- hooded (black hood), cream-yellow-self (yellow), cream-yellow-hooded (yellow hood), cream-cream-self (cream) and cream-cream-hooded (cream hood) Before passing on to the explanation of what may be called the mechanism of Mendelism, a word should be said for the benefit of those who may have read or heard the Mendelian principles given in terms of presence or absence of char- acters. We may say that a fly’s eye is red in the presence of the factor for red, and white in its absence, or we may speak of the pair of characters as red and white. It has seemed better to use the latter alternative here, but the presence-and- absence way of putting it works out well in certain cases and has given rise to some Thus, Profes- sor Bateson has suggested that all or- interesting speculations. ganic evolution has been brought about by the successive dropping out of char- acters. This seems hard to believe, but certainly the origin of many varieties, whose origin we think we have seen, can be neatly explained in that way. In order to understand the mechanism of Mendelian inheritance it will be neces- sary to explain some of the details of cell structure. The bodies of all the higher animals and plants are made up of cells, which are frequently looked upon as units of body structure. The lowest animals and plants consist of but one of these cells. The germ cells, egg or sperm, are merely some of these cells split off from the main mass of body cells, and differentiated so that they may unite and form a new mass of body cells, the new individual. In some cases the egg cell can carry on this process without uniting with the sperm, but in the vast majority of cases among higher animals and plants such union is normally neces- Within called chromosomes, the name being sary. these cells are bodies given because they stain deeply when The chromosomes have, for some time, been treated with certain reagents. supposed to be the bearers of heritable characters, and this supposition has now THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL become almost a certainty by reason of Mendelian studies, especially those with the pomice fly, Drosophila ampelophila. We are, as yet, in the dark concerning the exact method by which these char- acters are transmitted, so that “bearers of heritable characters”’ is In great part a figure of speech, but, at any rate, these characters are somehow bound up with special chromosomes. Most, and probably all, organisms have a definite number of these chromo- the always the same in both sexes. is not In the pomice fly the number is the same (eight) somes, although number in each sex, but one of the chromosomes (the “Y’’) of the male seems to carry maleness and not, as far as is known, any When it is present the male. It is, however, paired in the body cells of the males with other character. individual is a a chromosome which does carry factors for certain body characters, and this other be called X. In each of the female body cells there is a chromosome may pair of these X chromosomes but no Y. When a body cell destined to become a germ cell differentiates, the result of the rather complicated process may be stated simply by saying that it breaks in two, making two nearly similar cells. In the case of the male, the Y chromo- some goes to one half, 7. ¢. to one sperm, and the X chromosome to the other. Ifa sperm having a Y chromosome enters an Each egg has\an X chromosome. egg, the union will have one X and one Y and the resulting individual will be a male. However, if a sperm having an X chromosome enters an egg, the union will have X paired with X; there will be no Y and the resulting individual will be a female. Since the chances are equal that an egg will be fertilized by a Y- bearing sperm or by an X-bearing sperm the determination of sex is a random matter; it depends upon which sperm HEREDITY enters and not at all upon the mother; and the number of each sex will, in the long run, be equal. All this is, of course, subject to amendment by further inves- tigation, and too sweeping generaliza- tions should not be made, but it, or a similar relation, seems to hold for other strictly bisexual animals and it is the only explanation for the following, among other, facts. A few pomice flies were found having white eyes instead of red. This white condition is recessive to red but in in- heritance the proportions are not those of simple Mendelism. In what has gone before nothing was said about sex, beeause characters which have been previously mentioned occur without regard to it. This particular eye color however, is one of a number of characters ieeal eyed male be mated with a pure red- which are “sex linked.”’ white- eyed female (see page 240), all the off- spring, both male and female, will have red eyes. If these offspring be mated with one another, all the females of the next generation will have red eyes, but half of the males will have white eyes On the other hand, if a red-eyed male be mated and only half will have red eyes. with a white-eyed female (see page 241), all the male offspring will have white eyes and all the female offspring will This is what has been the sons being like their mother and the If these offspring be mated with one another, have red eyes. called “eriss-cross”’ inheritance daughters like their father. half of the male and half of the female offspring will have white eyes, the re- mainder having red eyes. The explanation is as follows: This pair of characters, red eye versus white eye, 1s associated with the X, or sex, chromosome. In the first case men- tioned the female was pure with respect to this eye-color character; that is, both 939 AND SH ( 7409 hr of the X chromosomes carried the factor rly The male, since it showed the recessive char- for red eye color (see page 240). acter, must have been pure with respect to white eye color and, furthermore, all males are necessarily pure with respect to this particular pair of eye colors, and also with respect to all other sex-linked characters, since they have but one X chromosome, and since that chromosome, like any other, can bear the factor for All of the eggs, in this mating, carried the fac- Half of the sperm only one of a pair of characters. tor for red eye color. carried the factor for white eye color and the other half had no factor con- If a sperm bearing the factor for white eye cerned with this pair of characters. color united with an egg, the offspring would be a hybrid since it contained factors for both eye colors, but, since red is dominant over white in this case, this individual would show the red color. It would also be a female since the union which produced it was with a sperm having an X chromosome. If a sperm not bearing the X chromosome (that is, one with the Y) united with one of the eggs, all of which bore the factor for red eye color, the result would be a male pure with respect to red eye color, since the only factor concerned with this pair of characters came with the egg and was red. In other words, all the females of this generation had red eyes and were hybrids with respect to eye cclor, while all the males had red eyes and were pure Half of the eggs which go to produce the next with respect to eye color. generation bear the factor for red eye color, and the other half bear the factor for white eye color. Half of the sperm have X chromosomes bearing the factor for red eye color, and the other half have no X chromosomes, and thus have Taking up the first class of sperm, namely, those no influence upon eye color. From exhibit, American Museum of Natural History SEX-LINKED INHERITANCE White eye color in the pomice fly is one of a number of characters which are sex-linked. the chromosomes of the pomice fly, circles referring to body cells and ovals to germ cells. shown above and below the ordinary chromosomes (see text), the factor for eye color which each one carries being indicated by an initial. The odd-shaped figure is the “ Y”’ 240 The diagram represents The sex chromosomes are chromosome. When this is present the individual is a male ore se wi IR] Eres Sperm i Gia =O OB ae From exhibit, American Museum of Natural History ““CRISSCROSS ’’, SEX-LINKED INHERITANCE If a red-eyed male be mated with a white-eyed female, all the male offspring will have white eyes and all the female offspring red eyes; if these be mated with one another, half of the male and half of the female offspring will have white eyes, the remainder having red eyes 241 242 bearing the X chromosomes: they will, when uniting with an egg, produce female individuals and, since half of the eggs have the factor for red while the other half have the factor for white, half of the resulting females will be pure red, while the other half will be hybrid, but will have red eyes because red is domi- nant over white. In other words, all of the females of this generation show red eyes. When the sperm lacking X chro- mosomes unites with the eggs, half of which have the factor for red in their X chromosomes and the other half white, the result will be males, half of which will be pure red and the other half of which will be pure white. This gives us the result stated above; namely, all the females and half of the males red-eyed while the other half of the males are white-eyed. This case may perhaps be more readily understood by reference to page 240, and page 241 shows the details of the second case mentioned above, which involves what is known as “criss- cross”’ inheritance. The oe Se€X- relatively complicated | / My ey cucu \ \ THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL linked”’ inheritance just explained be- came simple when the explanation was found, and comes near to demonstrating that there is a relation between heritable characters and chromosomes. It would probably be carrying scientific scepticism too far to continue doubting that it is a causal relation. Ordinary Mendelian characters, that is, those which come out in F, in the 3:1 ratio, are related to or borne by the ordinary chromosomes, that is, those chromosomes which are alike and paired in each sex. The interested reader may make diagrams, similar to the ones given here, which will show the mechanism graphically. Now that we think we know where the something which transmits a given character lies in the germ cell, we begin to wonder harder than ever what that something is and how it does it. A number of big steps have been taken in the explanation of heredity and, although the goal is still far ahead, by looking back over the ground already covered we are encour- aged to believe that it will finally be reached. Simple Mendelism _ illus- trated by cross between white ~ and red races of Mirabilis Jalapa, giving pink hybrids in Fi, which when inbred give one white to two pink to one red Courlesy of Columtia Universi'v Press Peat Cet Lapis Lazuli Anhydrite of the Devonian keag nee Debian About About 250 B.C. Banded Agate Period About 2500 B.C, 2000 B.C, Abonr 2300 B.C, Hematite 1000 B.C, Abont 2000 B.C, Lapis Lazoli 2000 B.C. or esrlie: Amethystine Quarty Probably Arngonite-banded Amazon § 3000 B.C. Abont 1500 B.C. Black Serpentine, hard and compact Seals of this type are generatly as old ag 20 B.C. Marble, discolored Juspery Agnte ae by fire i ; Ay ai ay Xe fate as 800 B.C. Aragonite Rock Crystal Serpentine (banded) rout 2500 B.C, o Probably ng old ns About 3200 B.C. Prebably as early as 2000 B.C. ( ‘ 2500 B.C, Jasper, banded red Ferrugindus Agate Shell : thlsck { Agate (banded) About 800 B.C. 4000 B.C. or enrliar ae ee Chaltedony, Blue ent Abour 1200 B.C, Snphirine Assyrian of abont About 700 B.0. shout « Ma of Jewe pod Charrr ’ by George F Kun Courtesy of J, B. I incott Company, Philadelphia, ILLUSTRATIONS OF ACTUAL PRECIOUS STONES AND MINERALS USED FOR SEALS IN ANCIENT ASSYRIA AND BABYLONIA Mostly from the Morgan-Tiffany collection in the American Museum of Natural History, New York City. “The Magic of Jewels and Charms” A BOOK THAT OPENS VISTAS OF ETHNOLOGICAL AND ANTIQUARIAN RESEARCH By HERBERT N his newly published book,! Dr. George F. Kunz combines his au- thoritative statements on precious stones as such, with a wealth of liter- ary, ethnological and antiquarian detail. While charming the casual reader with an easy style and an ever-changing sub- ject matter, he presents his scientific facts in a fashion that is fundamentally methodical. Moreover, he gives so many definite references to scientific papers and first descriptions that he appears to open the gates of research rather than to close them. There is often something dismally definitive about a book written by a recognized authority, in that the evidence upon which the conclusions are based may be stated so broadly that The dictum of unbending authority is like the word of the Prime Minister, which may it cannot be tested or contested. not be answered even when it fails to convince. Jewels are precious because we make them so and not because they minister to our animal needs. But outside of the absolute esthetic interest in color, clarity and fine craftsmanship, and the com- mercial interest of rarity, there still remains in our days a romantic and superstitious interest, coming down from times when jewels and charms were believed to have use as well as beauty. Among all primitive and most civilized peoples many stones are regarded with superstitious reverence for their magical properties, 1THe Macic of JEwets anp CHarms. By George Frederick Kunz. Svo., pp. xv + 422, and 90 illustra- tions in color, doubletone andline. J. B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia. J. SPINDEN Magic stones are not gems alone, but under this name are included such fabulous wonders as the statue of Mem- non at Thebes, which greeted the dawn with vocal and musical notes. Accord- ing to early belief, the sarcophagus was a stone cyst that consumed the body of the dead person placed within it, or per- haps caused this body to turn to stone. Many stones were regarded as having special curative properties, usually in accordance with the primitive doctrine that lke cures like, studied by anthro- pologists under the broader manifesta- Thus galactite (nitrate of lime) was connected tions of “sympathetic magic.” with the idea of mother’s milk because a solution of 1t greatly resembles milk. In many cases, however, the magical character does not seem to depend upon a quality of similarity so much as upon a quality of test and apparent success. Many fetishes, or luck stones, belong in this category. Often these are peculiar pebbles found under the guidance of a dream and kept by the finder as a symbol of his luck. Sometimes these fetishes suggest some animal or object, and then take over the proper character or special favor of the animal or object suggested. The fetish or charm-stone idea are often very philosophical corollaries of the interesting. It seems almost impossible to separate stones that have curative properties from those that have broader talismanic virtues. When the more strictly religious use of various stones is taken up in the book, we are led through the mazes of pagan and Christian ceremonies; we have ac- 243 By courtesy of J. B. Lippincott Company PEBBLES FROM CALIFORNIA BEACHES Pebbles from Pescadero Beach, San Mateo County, California. The California beaches have furnished some very interesting ornamental pebbles, chiefly of chalcedony or agate, a few of jasper or fossil coral. Centuries ago the Indians of this region valued them as talismans or amulets Searching for semi-precious pebbles at Redondo Beach, Los Angeles County, California By courtesy of J. B. Lippincott Company OLD HINDU WEARING ANCESTRAL PEBBLES AS AMULETS Stones and pebbles of little intrinsic value but supposedly with occult powers, are handed down from father to son in Hindu families of the poorer class 245 \ 4h & eo * sd By courtesy of J. B. Lippincott Company CARVED AND WORKED STONES FROM THE SACRED WELL AT CHICHEN-ITZA Near the great temple pyramid at Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, Mexico, is the Sacred Way, traversed in times of tribulation by processions of priests bearing ornaments and trinkets, which are thrown into the Sacred Well at the end of the way as peace offerings to the gods. Fragments of carved stone ornaments recovered from the well indicate a high development of artistic skill and lapidarian art among the ancient Mayas 246 “244 The Crocodile. The Oryx. A Fish. Hippopotamus. By courlesy of J. B. Lippincott Company FLINT AMULETS OF THE PR/EDYNASTIC PERIOD, EGYPT The chipped stone implements of prehistoric man are regarded with superstitious reyer- ence in many parts of the world. In Ireland the flint arrow-head is believed to have been shot at man or beast by the fairies and to protect the wearer against injury from them; the Scandinavian peasants share with the Burmans a delusion almost universal among primi- tive people, that these prehistoric stone implements have fallen from the sky and are charms against lightning 247 By courtesy of J. B. Lippincott Company Various animal concretions were at one time believed to contain a quintessence of the nature of the animal in which they occurred. Magic jewels were supposedly extracted from the fabled dragons of India (see first illustration); toadstones were much sought after as an- tidotes for poisons (second picture), and various animal “*bhezoar’’ stones were administered for various ills (see drawing at bottom). Cuts taken from Johannis de Cuba’s Orlus Sanilatis, Strassburg, 1483, and used here through the courtesy of J. B. Lippincott Company THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL counts of church treasures, of the origin of rosaries, and of many ritualistic ob- The student of American archeology will servances of primitive peoples. find references to turquoise and jet among the Pueblo Indians of the South- west, to jade carvings and mosaic inlays of semiprecious gems among the natives of Mexico and Central America, as well as to peculiar ceremonies in which gem stones were employed, such as the sacri- fices at the Sacred Cenote in Chichen- Itzi, Yucatan, and at Lake Guatavita in Colombia. The scope and divisions of subject matter in Dr. new book are indicated by the list of chapter titles: == Kunz’s ;I. Magic stones and Electric Gems II. On Meteorites, or Celestial Stones III. Stones of Healing IV. On the Virtues of Fabulous Stones, Concretions and Fossils V. Snake Stones and Bezoars VI. Angels and Ministers of Grace On the Religious Use of Various Stones Amulets: Ancient, Medizval and Oriental IX. Amulets of Primitive Peoples and of Modern Times X. Facts and Fancies Stones about Precious As an example of printing the book leaves little to be desired. The Jour- NAL is privileged to make use of one of the color plates showing objects of particular interest to the members of this institution, because the specimens represented are mostly contained in the Museum’s collections. The seals of ancient Assyria and Babylon, bearing the signatures of rulers, are carved in shell, quartz, agate and marble as well as in lapis lazuli, Amazon stone and other material of greater value, and this is one of the most complete collections representing the precious stone mate- rials in ancient Assyria and Babylonia. These seals can now be dated with con- siderable accuracy and some are as old as three thousand years before Christ. The White Rat and Sleeping Sickness By Rk, W: LOW E.R: and CE: HE following observation made in the physiological laboratory of the American Museum has gen- eral interest because of its connection with that dire disease of man, sleeping sickness. A domestic white rat, one of the kind so frequently kept as a pet, was brought to our laboratory a few days ago with a statement from the owner that the small creature seemed to be sick. Under observation he became less active each day, sitting continually in a sleepy attitude as if dazed and utterly oblivious to the in his excitement or turmoil neighborhood. Occasionally he would waken to eat or would change his posi- tion in a lackadaisical manner if physi- Af- ter a few days of cally disturbed. increasing _drows!- ness an endless sleep overtook him. We were asked to explain the malady which killed the rat and among the va- rious examinations that were made, a drop of blood was observed under the microscope. The an- swer was there, for \ besides the usual red \ and white the there were cells in blood plasma, myriads of minute animals many times longer than broad, lashing their way around, and HERM piling up the red ones until they re- sembled rows of pennies standing side Like schrapnel from an exploding shell! How could any living cell withstand such an ordeal? What must be the nature of these wild, by side. Such battling! wiggling, microscopical creatures? To the novice they would appear like tiny Their activity is indeed so vivacious that it is scarcely eels escaping from a foe. possible to make out the structure of the organism. Close observation reveals the form and appearance of a “trypano- some,” a name which itself means a “boring body’? and rather uniquely de- scribes one component of their mode of They are a representative propulsion. hurrying here View of a drop of blood under the microscope, showing normal blood con- stituents and, in addition, many minute parasitic animals which continually lash their way through the plasma. These are the parasites which in man produce the fatal sleeping sickness so dreaded in certain districts of Africa there, pushing aside the white cells and 249 250 of that class of blood parasites which produce in human beings the fatal sleep- ing sickness in those districts of Africa where the tsetse fly abounds. Examine under many magnifications these trypanosomes which have been killed and stained with suitable aniline Trypanosome greatly enlarged. It shows a “basic granule,’ or blepharoplast near the posterior end, a round nucleus set near the middle of the granular body, a vibratile flagellum like a minute whip lash at the head. The Trypanosome feeds upon the liquid plasma of the blood, first reaching the blood through the bite of a flea, tsetse fly or other blood-sucking insect dyes and you will find a most interesting structure typical of this class of the one- celled animals known as the protozoa. The whip-like projection or flagellum indicates the anterior portion of the animal, which however is capable of moving both forward and backward. This flagellum, an ever active vibratile THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL whip, is a motor organ which runs back like a chord over a clear, more or less transparent, undulating membrane end- ing in a darkly stained granule. This structure technically called the “ blephar- oplast”” has the function of governing the motility of the organism, while the larger, heavily stained area above — the nucleus — superintends the vegeta- tive activities of the cell. In this vege- tative process our trypanosome appar- ently lives on the liquid plasma of the blood. The corpuscles are not directly attacked, suffering only physical injury, yet who can predict what poisonous substance the trypanosome may _ pro- duce which in turn will prove detri- mental to the activities of one or another tissue of its host. That the parasite first reached the blood of this rat by the bite of a flea is most probable, since these blood-suck- ing insects were abundant in its hair and there waiting again to carry the inoculation to another unsuspecting rodent. Trypanosomes are widely distributed over the whole world, they attack all classes of vertebrates and while the great majority have no apparent effect upon their hosts, especially the cold-blooded forms, yet warm-blooded ani- mals they are, in certain cases, the most known to science. one host to blood- are among deadly — parasites ‘arried from the bite of although They are another by many sucking insects, cases recorded where infection has been trans- ferred in a direct way, as through the food, or by immediate contact with the uninjured skin. Restoration by G. Howard Short Courtesy of Aéronaulical Journal A Reptilian Aéronaut A NEW SKELETON OF PTERANODON, THE GIANT FLYING REPTILE OF THE CRETACEOUS PERIOD By W. D. HE American Museum has recently purchased a remarkably fine skele- ton of the Pteranodon, or giant ) So pterodactyl, found in the Iansas chalk formation by Mr. Handel T. Martin. It is believed to be the most complete single individual of the giant form yet discovered, and was about twenty feet from tip to tip of the wings. One hind leg, the tip of one wing, and most of the skull and jaws are missing, otherwise it is practically complete. The skeleton will take some time to prepare and mount suitably before it can be placed on exhibition. These gigantic flying reptiles are the most extraordinary of all extinct animals. They surpassed the largest living birds in spread of wings, although with much less bulk of body. Their habits and method of flying were differ- ent from those of birds, and in many particu- MATTHEW lars are still a puzzle. They had no feathers, but a wing membrane like the bat, only it was stretched on a single enormously long digit instead of upon five. The construction of the wing finger shows that they must have de- pended almost entirely upon soaring in their forward flight. The flight of the albatross and other long-winged sea birds affords the nearest analogy. The wings could not be folded back against the body as in birds; the shoulder and elbow were hinge joints allowing only of movement up and down; the move- ments at the wrist joint were more complex, but were concerned chiefly with the rotating upward and downward of the wing plane, in association with the stretching and back- ward flexing of the wing; the knuckle joint, halfway out upon the wing, allowed of sharp backward flexure, and at this joint were three hooked claws (the remains of the other digits) 251 252 which served, presumably, to enable the crea- ture to cling to trees or rocks, or to hang from cliffs or boughs when resting. The head is converted into a great vertical fin, used no doubt in directing the flight; the huge, straight, compressed bill in front, and a great crest projecting backward from the occiput to balance it. The hind legs are long but not very stout, and the tail is reduced to a - mere rudiment. The body is disproportion- ately small, smaller than in most large birds, and the bones are hollow shells scarcely thicker than a visiting card. As a conse- quence they are crushed completely flat in fossil skeletons, and the true forms and rela- tions are very difficult to reconstruct. So far as has been made out by studies of palzontologists and aéronautical experts,! the pteranodons, while much more specialized for soaring flight than are any modern birds, were more limited in their movements. They were incapable of the poise-flapping and plunging dive so characteristic of the king- fisher; the wing muscles were too weak for the first movement, and inability to fold the wings backward prevented the headlong dive. Their construction was too delicate to allow of sudden changes of speed. It is not clear that they could venture to dive at all, in view of the apparent difficulty they would have in rising from the water, save in calm weather. Yet there is no doubt that they were accus- tomed to fly far out at sea, for their remains are chiefly found in the chalk beds of western Kansas, deposited far out in the great interior sea of the Cretaceous period, over a hundred miles from the nearest shore line at that time. They are supposed to have fed chiefly upon 1 See especially articles in the Aéronautical Journal, October, 1914, by Dr. E. H. Hankin, Prof. D. M. S. Watson, and Mr. G. Howard Short. THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL fish, which they might obtain by skimming at high speed close to the water and darting the great bill down to pick up objects close beneath the surface. In view of the extreme lightness of the body and hollowness of the bones, it is somewhat surprising that skele- tons are ever found in these offshore chalk formations. One would rather expect that they would float upon the surface until, if not devoured, they disintegrated and dropped apart, and that the bones would always be found scattered over the bottom, as indeed they generally are. Possibly the occurrence of associated skeletons is to be explained as due to the animal having been seized by a marine reptile or fish and dragged down into deep water, causing the air-filled bones to collapse and the carcass thereby to become water-logged. If its captor then dropped it by accident or was tempted by some more allur- ing prey, the pteranodon, or what was left of it, might sink rapidly down to the bottom and be buried under the soft ooze. On land these animals must have been singularly awkward and inept. They might rest upon the knuckle jomts of the flexed wings, but could not walk upon them, since the shoulder and elbow joints did not permit of any fore-and-aft movement. They could not fold the wings backward and walk upon the hind limbs, and if they were able to walk upright upon the hind limbs at all, which is doubted by the best authorities, it must have been with the wings uplifted and flexed in the middle in a very singular pose, difficult to balance properly, if indeed it was possible. Nests or roosting places of some sort they must have had, but of these and of the birth or early development of the young nothing is known, and a wide field is left for conjecture as to the life and habits of these strangest of extinct animals. The Traffic in Feathers’ AN ACCOUNT OF THE METHODS OF THE FEATHER TRADE IN MEETING THE DEMANDS OF FASHION, AND THEIR EFFECTS ON THE BIRD LIFE OF THE COUNTRY Bye. GILBERT PEARSON Secretary, National Association of Audubon Societies RAFFIC in the feathers of American birds for the millinery trade began to develop strongly about 1880 and ereatest proportions The wholesale assumed its during the next ten years. milliners, whose business and pleasure it was to supply these ornaments for women’s hats, naturally turned for their supply first to those species of birds most easily procured. Agents were soon going about the country looking for men to kill birds for their feathers, and circulars and handbills offering attractive prices for feathers of various kinds were mailed broadcast. ‘The first great onslaughts were made on the breeding colonies of sea birds along the Atlantic Coast. On Long Island there were some very large communi- ties of terns and these were quickly raided. The old birds were shot down and the unat- tended young were necessarily left to starve. Along the coast of Massachusetts the sea birds suffered a like fate. Maine, with its innumerable outlying rocky islands was, as it is today, the chief nursery of the herring gulls and common terns of the North At- lantic. This fact was soon discovered and thousands were slaughtered every summer, their wings cut off, and their bodies left to rot among the nests on the rookeries. During a period of seven years, over five hundred thousand skins of the tern, or sea swallow, were collected in spring and summer in the sounds of North and South Carolina. These figures I compiled from the records and accounts given me by men who did the killing. Their method was to fit out small sailing vessels on which they could live comfortably, and cruise for several weeks; in fact they were usually out during the entire three months of the nesting period. That was the time of year that offered best rewards for such work, for then the feathers bore their brightest luster, and the birds, being assembled on 1 By the courtesy of Mr. T. Gilbert Pearson this chapter from his book A Manual of Bird Study, to be published shortly by Doubleday Page and Company, is given advance publication in the JoURNAL. their nesting grounds, could easily be shot in great numbers. When dead, the custom was to skin them, wash off the blood stains with benzine, and dry the feathers with plaster of Paris. Arsenic was used for curing and preserving the skins. Men in this busi- ness became very skillful and rapid in their work, some being able to prepare as many as one hundred skins in a day. Frequently, millinery agents from New York would take skinners with them, and going to a favorable locality they would employ local gunners to kill the birds, which they in turn would skin. In this way one New York woman, with some assistants, collected and brought back from Cobb Island, Virginia, ten thousand skins of the least tern in a single season. Into the swamps of Florida word was carried that the great millinery trade of the North was bidding high for the feathers of those plumed birds which gave life and beauty even to its wildest regions. It was not long before the cypress fastnesses were echoing to the roar of breechloaders, and cries of agony from the birds were heard even in the remotest depths of the Everglades, while piles of torn feathers became common sights everywhere. What mattered it if the tropical birds of exquisite plumage were swept from existence, 1f only the millinery trade might prosper? The millners were not content to collect their prey only in obscure and little-known regions, for a chance was seen to commercial- ize the small birds of the forests and fields. Warblers, thrushes, wrens, in fact all those small forms of dainty bird life which come about the home to cheer the hearts of men and women and gladden the eyes of little children, commanded a price if done to death and their pitiful remains shipped to New York. Taxidermists, who made a business of se- curing birds and preparing their skins, found abundant opportunity to ply their trade. Never had the business of taxidermy been so profitable. For example, in the spring of 253 254 1882, some of the feather agents established themselves at points on the New Jersey coast, and sent out word to residents of the region that they would buy the bodies of freshly killed birds of all kinds procurable. The various species of terns, which were then abundant on the Jersey coast, offered the best opportunity for profit, for not only were they found in vast numbers, but they were also comparatively easy to shoot. Ten cents apiece was the price paid, and so lucrative a business did the shooting of these birds be- come that many baymen gave up their usual occupation of sailing pleasure parties and became gunners. These men often received as much as a hundred dollars a week for their skill and prowess with the shotgun. It is not surprising that at the end of the season a local observer reported: “One can- not help noticing now the scarcity of terns on the New Jersey coast, and it is all owing to the merciless destruction.”” One might go further and give sickening details of how the birds were swept from the mud flats about the mouth of the Mississippi, the innumer- able shell lumps of the Chandeleurs, and the Breton Island region. How the Great Lakes were berett of their feathered life, and the swamps of the Kankakee were invaded. How the white pelicans, western grebes, Caspian terns, and California gulls of the West were butchered, and their skinned bodies left in pyramids to fester in the sun. One might recount stories of bluebirds and robins shot on the very lawns of peaceful, bird-loving citizens of our Eastern States, in order that the feathers might be spirited away to glut the never-satisfied appetite of the wholesale dealers. Never in this country have birds been worn in such numbers as in those days. Ten or fifteen small song birds’ skins were often seen sewed on a single hat. In 1886, Dr. Frank M. Chapman of the American Museum, walked through the shopping district of New York City on his way home two afternoons in succession, and carefully observed the feather decorations on the hats of the women he chanced to meet. He found, in common use as millinery trim- ming, many highly esteemed birds, as the following list which he wrote down at the time will serve to show: Robin, brown thrush, bluebird, Blackburnian warbler, blackpoll warbler, Wilson’s black-capped flycatcher, scarlet tanager, white-bellied swallow, Bo- hemian waxwing, waxwing, great northern THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL shrike, pine grosbeak, snow bunting, tree sparrow, white-throated sparrow, bobolink, meadow lark, Baltimore oriole, purple grackle, bluejay, swallow-tailed flycatcher, kingbird, kingfisher, pileated woodpecker, red-headed woodpecker, golden-winged woodpecker, Acadian owl, Carolina dove, pinnated grouse, ruffed grouse, quail, helmet quail, sanderling, big yellowlegs, green heron, Virginia rail, laughing gull, common tern, black tern and grebe. This was a period when people seemed to go mad on the subject of wearing birds and feathers. They were used for feminine adornment in almost every conceivable fashion. Here are two quotations from New York daily papers of that time, only the names of the ladies are changed: ‘‘ Miss Jones looked extremely well in white with a whole nest of sparkling scintillating birds in her hair which it would have puzzled an ornithologist to classify.” and again, ‘‘ Mrs. Robert Smith had her gown, of unrelieved black, looped up with black birds; and a winged creature, so dusky that it could have been intended for nothing but a crow, reposed among the curls and braids of her hair.” Ah, those were the haleyon days of the feather trade! Now and then a voice cried out at the slaughter, or hands were raised at the sight of the horrible shambles, but there were no laws to prevent the killing nor was there any crystallized public sentiment to demand a cessation of the unspeakable orgy, while on the other hand more riches yet lay in store for the hunter and the merchant. There were no laws to protect these birds nor was there, for a time, any forceful man in evidence to start a crusade against the evil. The most shameless blot on the history of America’s treatment of her wild birds has to do with the white egrets. From the backs of these birds come the ‘“aigrettes” so often seen on the hats of the fashionable. Years ago, as a boy in Florida, I first had an oppor- tunity of observing the methods employed by the feather hunters in collecting these aigrettes, which are the nuptial plumes of the bird and are to be found on them only in the spring. As a rare treat, I was permitted to accept the invitation extended by a squirrel hunter to accompany him to the nesting haunts of a colony of these birds. Away we went, in the gray dawn of a summer morning, through the pine barrens of southern Florida, until the heavy swamps of Horse Hammock THE TRAFFIC IN FEATHERS 255 were reached. I remember following with intense interest the description given by my companion of how these birds with magnifi- cent snowy plumage would come flying in over the dark forest high in air and then volplane to the little pond where, in the heavily massed bushes, their nests were thickly clustered. With vivid distinctness he imitated the cack- ling notes of the old birds as they settled on their nests and the shrill cries of the little ones as, on unsteady legs, they reached up- ward for their food. Ixeen indeed was the disappointment that awaited me. With great care we approached the spot and with caution worked our way to the very edge of the pond. For many min- utes we waited, but no life was visible about the buttonwood bushes which held the nests, —no old birds, like fragments of fleecy clouds, came floating in over the dark canopy of cypress trees. My companion, wise in the ways of hunters, as well as in the habits of birds, suspected something was wrong, and presently found nearby the body of an egret lying on the ground, its back, from which the skin bearing the fatal aigrettes had been torn, raw and bleeding. A little farther along we ‘ame to the remains of a second, and then a third and, still farther on, a fourth. As we approached, we were warned of the proximity of each ghastly spectacle by the hideous buzz- ing of green flies swarming over the lifeless forms of the parent birds. At one place, beneath a small palmetto bush, we found the body of an egret which the hunters had overlooked. Falling to the ground sorely wounded, it escaped its enemies by crawling to this hiding place. Its attitude spoke plainly of the suffering which it had endured. The ground was bare, where, in its death agonies, it had beaten the earth with its wings. ‘The feathers on the head and neck were raised and the bill was buried among the blood-clotted feathers of its breast. On the higher ground, we discovered some straw and the embers of a camp fire, giving evidence of the recent presence of the plume hunters. Examination of the nests over the pond re- vealed numerous young, many of which were now past suffering, others, however, were still alive and were faintly calling for food which the dead parents could never bring. Later inquiry developed the fact that the plumes taken from the backs of these parent birds were shipped to one of the large millinery houses in New York, where in due time they were placed on the market as ‘‘aigrettes,”’ and of course subsequently purchased and worn by fashionable women, as well as by women of moderate incomes, who sacrifice much for this millinery luxury. There were, at that time, to be found in Florida many hundreds of colonies of these beautiful birds, but their feathers commanded a large price and offered a most tempting in- ducement for local hunters to shoot them. Many of the men of the region were very poor and the rich harvest which awaited them was exceedingly inviting. At that time gunners received from seventy-five cents to one dollar and a quarter for the scalp of each bird, which ordinarily contained forty or more plume feathers. These birds were not confined to Florida but, in the breeding season, were to be found in swampy regions of the Atlantic Coast as far north as New Jersey; some were even discovered carrying sticks for their nests on Long Island. Civilized nations today decry any method of warfare which results in the killing of women and children, but the story of the algrette trade deals with the slaughter of innocence by the slow process of starvation, a method which history shows has never been followed by even the most savage race of men dealing with their most hated enemies. This war of extermination, which was carried for- ward unchecked for years, could mean but one thing, namely, the rapid disappearance of the egrets in the United States. As nest- ing birds, they have disappeared from New Jersey, Maryland, and Virginia, and also from those States of the central Mississippi Valley, where at one time they were to be found in great numbers. Quite aside from the professional millinery feather hunter there should be mentioned the criminal slaughter of birds by individuals who have killed them for their own lady friends. I know one colony of brown pelicans which was visited by a tourist who killed four hun- dred of the big, harmless inoffensive creatures in order to get a small strip of skin on either side of the body. He explained to his boat- men, who did the skinning for him, that he was curious to see if these strips of skin with their feathers would not make an interesting coat for his wife. The birds killed were all caring for their young in the nests at the time he and his hirelings shot them. There was, a few years ago, in a Georgia city, an attorney who accepted the aigrette 256 scalps of twenty-seven egrets from a client who was unable to pay cash for a small ser- vice rendered. He told me he had had much pleasure in distributing these among his lady friends. Another man went about the neigh- borhood hunting male Baltimore orioles until he had shot twelve; he wanted his sisters to have six each for their Sunday hats. The roseate spoonbill of the Southern States was never extensively killed for the millinery trade and yet today it is rapidly approaching ex- tinction. The feathers begin to fade in a short time and for this reason have little commercial value, but the amateur northern- tourist feather hunter has not known this, or has disregarded the fact, and has been the cause of the depletion of the species in the United States. Almost every one could cite instances similar to the above, for there are many people who are guilty of having had some hand in the destruction of birds for millinery purposes. In addition to the feathers of American birds already mentioned, the feathers of certain foreign species have been very much in demand. One of the most popular foreign feathers brought to this country is the paradise. About nine species of paradise birds, found in New Guinea and surrounding regions, furnish this product. The males are adorned with long, curved, delicate feathers which are gorgeously colored. As in the case of all other wild birds, there is no way of getting the feathers except by killmg the owners. Much of this work is done by natives, who shoot them down with little arrows, blown through long hollow reeds. The high price paid for these feathers has been the occa- sion of the almost total extinction of some of the species, as indicated by the decreased number of feathers offered at the famous annual London feather sales. ‘Travelers in the regions inhabited by the birds, speak of the distressing effect of the continuous calls of the bereft females, as they fly about in the forests during the mating season. As a high-priced adornment the paradise is the one rival of the famous aigrette. The marabou which has been fashionable for a number of years past comes principally from the Africa. These white, fluffy, downlike feathers grow on the lower underpart of the body of the marabou stork. These birds are found in the more open parts of the country. Their food con- sists of such small forms of life as may readily marabou stork of THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL be found in the savannas and marshes. To some extent they also feed like vultures on the remains of larger animals. The long tail feathers of pheasants have been much in demand by the millinery trade during the past ten years. Although several species contribute to the supply, the majority are from the Chinese pheasant, or a similar hybrid descendant known as the English ring-necked pheasant. Many of these feath- ers have been collected in Europe, where the birds are extensively reared and shot on great game preserves; vast numbers however, have come from China. Oddly enough, in that country the birds were originally little dis- turbed by the natives, who seem not to care for meat. Then came the demand for feathers, and the birds have since been killed for this purpose to an appalling extent. The popular hat decoration called “nubia”’ suddenly appeared on our market in great numbers a few years ago. It is taken from the Manchurian eared pheasant of northern China. Unless the demand for these feathers is Overcome in some way there will undoubt- edly come a day in the not distant future when the name of this bird must be added to the lengthening list of species that have been sacrificed to the greed or shortsightedness of man. The fashionable and expensive hat deco- ration which passes under the trade name of “goura’”’ consists of slender feathers, usually four or five inches long, with a greatly en- larged tip. They grow out fanlike along a line down the center of the head and nape of certain large ground pigeons that inhabit New Guinea and adjacent islands. Perhaps the best known species is the crowned pigeon. There is a special trade name for the feath- ers of almost every kind of bird known in the millinery business; thus, there is “‘coque”’ for black cock; ‘‘cross aigrettes,’’ for the little plumes of the snowy egret, and ‘“‘eagle quills” from the wings not only of eagles, but also of bustards, pelicans, albatrosses, bush turkeys and even turkey buzzards. The feathers of macaws are used in great numbers in the feather trade, as well as hundreds of thou- sands of humming birds, and other bright colored birds of the tropics Feathers have always been one of the most coveted and easily acquired of feminine adorn- ments. At first they were probably taken, almost wholly, from birds killed for food; but later, when civilization became more complex THE TRAFFIC and resourceful, millinery dealers searched the ends of the earth to supply the demands of discriminating women. ‘The chief reason why it has been so difficult to induce educated and cultivated women of this age to give up the heartless practice of wearing feathers seems to be the fact that the desire and necessity for adornment, developed through the centuries, has become so strong as to be really an inherent part of their natures. It is doubtful if many people realize how terrifi- eally strong and all-powerful this desire for conforming to fashion in the matter of dress sits enthroned in the hearts of tens of thou- sands of good women. There was a time when I thought that any woman with a matured instinct would give up the wearing of feathers at once upon being informed regarding the barbaric cruelties necessarily involved in their taking. But I have learned, to my unutterable amazement, that such is not always the case. Only last week I received one of the shocks of my life. Somewhat over two years ago a young woman came to work in my office. I supposed she had never heard, except casually, of the great scourge of the millinery trade in feathers. Since that time however, she has been in daily touch with all the important efforts made in this country and abroad to legislate the traffic out of existence, to guard from the plume hunters the plundered colonies of egrets and other water birds, and to educate public sentiment to a proper appreciation of the importance of bird protection. She has typewritten a three-hundred-page book on birds and bird protection, has acknowledged the receipt of letters from the wardens telling of desperate rifle battles that they have had with poachers, and written letters to the widow of one of our agents shot to death while guard- ing a Florida bird rookery. In the heat of campaigns she has worked overtime and on holidays. I have never known a woman who labored more conscientiously or was appar- ently more interested in the work. Fre- quently her eyes would open wide and she would express resentment when reports reached the office of the atrocities perpe- trated on wild birds by the heartless agents of the feather trade. Recently she married and left us. Last week she called at the office, looking very beautiful and radiant. After a few moments conversation she approached the subject which evidently lay close to her heart. Indicating a cluster of paradise IN FEATHERS 207 aigrettes kept in the office for exhibition purposes, she looked me straight in the face and, in the most frank and guileless manner, asked me to sell them to her for her new hat! The rest of the day I was of little service to the world. What was the good of all the long years of unceasing effort to induce women to stop wearing bird feathers, if this was a fair ex- ample of results? Of all the women I knew, there was no one who had been in a position to learn more of the facts regarding bird slaughter than this one; yet it seems that it had never entered her mind to make a per- sonal application of the lesson she had learned. The education and restraint of legislative enactments were all meant for other people. How is this deep-seated desire and demand for feathers to be met? Domestic fowls will in part supply it; but for the finer ornaments we must turn to the ostrich, the only bird in the world which has been domesticated exclu- sively for its feather product. These birds were formerly found wild in Arabia, south- western Persia, and practically the whole of Africa. In diminishing numbers they are still to be met with in these regions, espe- cially in the unsettled parts of Africa north of the Orange River. From early times the plumes of these avian giants have been in demand for head decorations, and for cen- turies the people of Asia and Africa killed the birds for this purpose. They were cap- tured chiefly by means of pitfalls, for a long- legged bird, which in full flight can cover twenty-five feet at a stride, is not easily over- taken, even with the Arabs’ finest steeds. So far as there is any record, young os- triches were first captured and enclosed with a view of rearing them for profit in the year 1857. This occurred in South Africa. Dur- ing the years which have since elapsed, the raising of ostriches and the exportation of their plumes has become one of the chief business enterprises of South Africa. Very naturally people in other parts of the world wished to engage in a similar enterprise when they saw with what success the undertaking was crowned in the home country of the ostrich. A few hundred fine breeding birds and a considerable number of eggs were pur- chased by adventurous spirits and exported, with the result that ostrich farms soon sprang up in widely separated localities over the earth. The lawmakers of Cape Colony looked askance at these incipient 258 THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL competitors and soon prohibited ostrich ex- portation. Before drastic measures were taken however, a sufficient number of birds had been removed to other countries to assure the future growth of the industry in various regions of the world. It was in 1882 that these birds were first brought to the United States for breeding purposes. Today there are ostrich farms at Los Angeles, San Diego and San José, California; Hot Springs, Arkansas; Jacksonville, Florida, and a few others elsewhere. There is money to be made in the ostrich business, for the wing and tail plumes of this bird are as popular today for human adornment as they ever were. Even low grade feathers command a good price for use in the manufacture of boas, feather bands, trimming for doll hats and other secondary purposes. When the time comes for plucking the feathers, the ostriches are driven one at a time into a V-shaped corral just large enough to admit the bird’s body and the workman. Here a long slender hood is slipped over his head and the wildest bird instantly becomes docile. Evidently he regards himself as effectively hidden and secure from all the terrors of earth. There is no pain whatever these attached to the taking of ostrich feathers, for they are merely clipped from the bird by A month or two later, when the stubs of the quills have become dry, they are readily picked from the wings with- out injury to the new feathers. The ostrich industry is worthy of encour- agement. No woman need fear that she is aiding the destruction of birds in any way by wearing ostrich plumes. There are many more of the birds in the world today than there were when their domestication first be- gan, and probably no wild African or Asiatic ostriches are now shot or trapped for their plumes. The product seen in our stores all comes from strong happy birds hatched and reared in captivity. Use of their feathers does not entail the sacrifice of life, nor does it cause the slightest suffering to the ostrich; taking plumes from an ostrich is no more painful to the bird than shearing is to a sheep, and does not cause it half the alarm a sheep often exhibits at shearing time. If the call for feather finery rings so loudly in the hearts of women, that it must never cease to be heard, it is the ostrich — the big, ungainly, yet graceful ostrich — which will supply the high grade feathers of the future. means of scissors. Courtesy of National Association of Audubon Societies A sickening slaughter of snowy herons (egrets) to satisfy the demands of fashion and the vanity of woman Stories of South American Birds PERSONAL EXPERIENCES WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE NESTING HABITS OF FLYCATCHERS, SPINETAILS, JACAMARS, ORIOLES, AND PUFF BIRDS By GEORGE N my long experience as a natural history collector, particularly in South America, I have derived the greatest pleasure from studying the nesting habits of the birds. In addition to the pleasure obtained, a careful study of nests, eggs, and habits of the adult birds at nesting time has enabled me to learn much regarding relationships of vari- ous species. There is much also to be learned about bird psychology as a result of such study. Apropos of the latter, I have frequently been asked if I thought imdividual birds showed peculiar tastes, in any way differing from other birds of the same species, and in reply I have sometimes told of my experience with the broad-billed yellow flycatcher of the genus Rhynchocyclus, which is very abundant along the middle Orinoco. Near my camp, in the neighborhood of Caicara, I found many nests of these birds; in one case three of them within a radius of fifty yards. One of these three was composed entirely of small, thread- like vegetable fibers of a shiny black color. Another was of dark gray-brown fibers, while the third was composed of very fine grasses, pale brownish-gray in color. There is little doubt that the black vegetable fibers were just as abundant and as easily accessible to the two other pairs, as to the birds that em- ployed them in the construction of their nest; so also were the gray fibers as accessible to the birds using the black ones. If it was not individual taste that induced the birds to employ the different colored fibers, I do not know what it was. As showing how light can be thrown on the relationships of birds the following instance is of interest. Of the nests of six species of spinetail (Synallaris) that I have found, five were of the usual form and materials; ex- traordinary structures about three-fourths of a yard long, composed of dry, usually thorny twigs, skillfully woven into a cylindrical mass, with a long tubular entrance to the nest cavity, which occupies the lower half of the Kk. CHERRIE cylindrical nest body. This nest might be described as retort shaped. It is sometimes built within a few inches of the ground, but may be several yards above it. The nest proper is supported ordinarily between the twigs or small branches of the limb, while the entrance to the nest lies along the main branch and is held up by it. Asa rule, these thorny nests are not concealed in any way by surrounding foliage or bushes, the birds ap- parently depending upon the sharp thorns of which the nest is composed for protection; also, the nest proper is concealed by the great mass of twigs on the top of it. These twigs are laid longitudinally, so as to form a kind of thatched roof, thus protecting the nest from rain —as it is usually occupied during the height of the rainy season. The nest cavity is lined with soft dry leaves and wood fiber, as a foundation for an inner nest lining of gray lichens. The nests of five of the species of spinetail were all of this general type, but that of the sixth species, the fox-red spinetail, was entirely different. I had been seeking the nest of this species for weeks, and some time prior to my discoy- ery of it I found a pair of the birds hovering about what appeared to me to be a mass of drift grass, that had lodged between the forks at the top of a slender sapling. At that time it was about two meters above the surface of the river. (The sapling stood in a flooded area perhaps one hundred meters from the river shore.) Masses of drift grass, like that on which the spinetails were at work, are very common along the river after the season of high water, and in many cases represent merely accumu- lations of drift. On the other hand, in many cases they have as their foundation old nests of Pitangus or Myiozetetes, or other birds that construct nests of grass toward the tips of the limbs in trees growing in these season- ally submerged areas. These nests become impregnated with a fine sediment from the surrounding water, and as the water recedes, 259 The nest of the white-throated spinetail is characteristic of spinetail nests in general, composed of sharp thorns and twigs and entered by a tubular passage. The nest is placed in a low thorn bush, and if it is touched or shaken the young of this species, when nearly fledged, have the singular habit of running out, jumping to the ground, and concealing themselves in the long grass the mud-filled nests, or masses of drift as the case may be, become tenanted by many forms of insect life, soon developing into favorite hunting grounds for various species of insect- feeding birds. These gradually tear them to pieces and often pierce them through and through with tunnels in search of their insect prey. It was such a ragged piece of drift that this particular pair of spinetails had laid claim to. When discovered, the interior was pierced by several tunnels. One of these had been closed at one end with leaves and vegetable fibers, and a large nest cavity had been excavated at about its middle. Some dry leaves and wood fiber were there as a nest lining and, as an inner nest lining, the same kind of gray lichens as in the nests of the other five species of spinetail. Outwardly, the nest was a mere bunch of drift grass: the site chosen and the materials employed were wholly different from those used by the allied species. In the use of the gray lichens for an inner nest lining however, we find a trait common to all. 260 The question naturally arises, ‘Is the use of this gray lichen for the inner lining of the nest cavity a custom descended from distant common ancestors?” There is perhaps no group of birds in all the tropics that will more richly repay careful study of its nesting habits, than the fly- catchers. There is certainly no group in which occurs a greater variety of nests. Some species for instance build tiny, frail, lichen- covered nests, as dainty as any of those built by the humming birds. Some weave struc- tures that might well serve as a model for the African weaver birds. Certain flycatchers, on the other hand, build bulky rough nests that remind one of the work of Jays or crows. Some members of the group are secretive, constructing their nests in the most sheltered and retired spots in the thick forest, hidden among bunches of leaves, or otherwise con- cealed. A few nest near the ground; others place their nests high up in the tree tops, while in the open plains districts of the great river basins, there are perhaps few objects more prominent in the landscape than the STORIES OF SOUTH AMERICAN BIRDS 261 ereat grass nests of the yellow-breasted fly- catchers in the tops of the low trees. One of the most interesting South American nests I have found is that of the two-banded Bucco or puff bird. This species has the ex- traordinary habit of excavating into oecupied nests of the common termite, or white ant, of the region (whose nests are so conspicuous in many of the forest trees). The Bucco usually makes the entrance to its nest in the middle of the side of the termite nest, the tunnel passing backward and upward for nearly the entire diameter of the termite dwelling, and ending in a slightly enlarged spherical chamber about fifteen centimeters in diameter — the entrance tunnel being only about one-half that width. No nesting ma- terial is carried in, the eggs being deposited on the débris at the bottom of the nest cavity. It has always been a mystery to me how the birds were able to carry on their work of ex- cavation, because termites, at the slightest disturbance, swarm out in countless thou- sands, and I cannot conceive how any living object could endure being covered by these viciously biting little insects. Another prob- lem I have not been able to solve is how the young birds, particularly immediately after being hatched, could possibly survive. No less curious are the bed-fellows some of the jacamars have in their nests. Somewhat kingfisher-like in form, but decidedly more like humming birds in plumage, the jacamars construct their nests after the manner of the kingfishers, that is by excavating a hole in the bank of a stream, or in an embankment of any sort, carrying their tunnel back for a distance of about a yard from its entrance, and usually slanting it slightly upward so that water is prevented from running down into the cavity and accumulating there. No soft lining is taken into these nests, but great quantities of beetles and other insects are deposited around the eggs after they have been laid, or the eggs are deposited on the insect mass after it has been taken in. After the insect mass has remained for some time in the nest cavity, flies are attracted by the decaying bodies. As a result maggots develop, and I have found the eggs resting on a squirm- ing, writhing mass of maggots! There are many natural history problems here pre- sented. Does the parent jacamar incubate the eggs sitting on the top of this mass of maggots, or is the heat from this writhing mass sufficient to induce incubation? If the Nest of broad-billed yellow flycatcher. Brown, black, and gray nests of this species were found, seeming to indicate exercise of individual taste by their builders.— Nest of fox-red spinetail in a mass of drift grass; unlike nests of other spinetail species 262 young birds should emerge from the egg into the mass of maggots, there is no doubt in my mind that they would very quickly die. Does the jacamar so time the depositing of its eggs that the young will not emerge until after the maggots have gone into the pupa stage? Other species of birds, such as the motmots, carry quantities of insects into their nests, but only after the young are born. I have frequently found very vile-smelling nests of An oriole nest between the webs of the two halves, which are pierced and slit to permit the interweaving of the supporting fibers. cisions are not evident at any distance, so that the nest itself is concealed ing both from above and from the sides, and is protected from sun and storm as well as from enemies suspended beneath the midrib of a In the fresh green leaf the in- THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL these birds, but no maggots develop until after the young are pretty well grown, and indeed have moved from the nest cavity proper, so that they escape immediate con- tact with the maggots. A species of puff bird whose nest I had long sought was discovered finally quite by acci- dent. One day, as I was trying to protect myself from a sudden shower that had over- taken me in the forest, and was crowding in among the thick branches of a low tree, I heard a sound that seemed to come from the ground beside me —the cheep of a young bird. I looked about on all sides but could not discover any- thing. The sound was re- peated. It seemed nearer to my feet than before but nothing was insight. My attention however was presently fixed on what appeared to be a small pile of brush that had been brought together by a cur- rent of wind. Closer ex- amination revealed the fact that there was an en- trance beneath this pile of brush on one side, where the ground seemed to have been swept clean by some animal entering and leay- ing. With a movement of my foot I pushed the brush aside, and was sur- prised to find beneath it a good-sized hole leading down into the ground. I had no idea what the oec- cupant might be, but se- cured a long stick with a fork on the end of it. I punched this into the hole to discover whether there was a tenant, and was sur- prised to hear a bird’s sharp squeak as a result of my investigation. 72 a Tue Hasitat Grours or Norra AMERICAN Birps. thew. Ph.D. Price, 4 cents. By Frank M. Chapman, Sc.D. New edition in course HereEpDITY AND Sex. By Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D. of preparation. Price, 10 cents. At the edge of a cypress swamp.— This and the front cover are from photographic studies recently | made in Florida by Miss M. C. Dickerson, preliminary to the construction of a Florida group in the | American Museum of Natural History OLUME XVI MA Ae LO NUMBER 5 * THE MERICAN MUSEUM 20 CENTS A COPY $1.50 A YEAR The American Museum of Natural History BOARD OF TRUSTEES President Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN First Vice-President CLEVELAND H. DopGE Treasurer Henry P. Davison Second Vice-President J. P. MorcGax Secretary ADRIAN ISELIN, Jk. JoHN Purroy MircHet, Mayor or THE City or NEw YORK Witiiam A. PRENDERGAST, COMPTROLLER OF THE CiITy oF NEW YORK CasBotT WarpD, PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PARKS GrEorRGE F. BakER FREDERICK F. BREWSTER JosEPH H. CHOATE R. FuLtton Currine Tuomas DeWirr CuyLEeR JAMES DovuGLas Henry C. Frick Mapison GRANT Anson W. Harp ARCHER M. HUNTINGTON ARTHUR CuRTISS JAMES Water B. JAMES A. D. JUTLLIARD CHARLES LANIER SeTH Low OaGpEN MILLs Percy R. PYNE JoHn B. TREvoR Fetix M. WarBurG GeorGE W. WICKERSHAM ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Director Freperic A. Lucas Assistant Treasurer Tue UNITED StTaTEs TRusT Company Assistant Secretary GerorGE H. SHERWOOD or New YorrE SCIENTIFIC STAFF FrepeErRIc A. Lucas, Sc.D., Director Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology Epmwunp Oris Hovey, Ph.D., Curator CuesterR A. Reeps, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Mineralogy L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator GeorceE F. Kunz, Ph.D., Honorary Curator Gems Woods and Forestry Mary Cyntruia Dickerson, B.S., Curator Invertebrate Zodlogy Henry E. Crampton, Ph.D., Curator Roy W. Miner, A.B., Asst. Curator Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D., Asst. Curator L. P. Gratacap, A.M., Curator Mollusca A. J. MutTcuHtueEr, Assistant Frank E. Warson, B.S., Assistant DanieEt M. Fisk, A.M., Assistant W. M. Wuaee ter, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Social Insects A. L. TREADWELL, Ph.D., Hon. Curator Annulata CuHar.es W. Lena, B.S., Hon. Curator Coleoptera Ichthyology and Herpetology BasHurorp Dean, Ph.D., Curator Emeritus Lovis Hussaxor, Ph.D., Curator Ichthyology Joun T. Nicuous, A.B., Asst. Cur. Recent Fishes Mary Cyntruia Dickerson, B.S., Assoc. Curator Herpetology Mammalogy and Ornithology J. A. Auuex, Ph.D., Curator Frank M. Cuapman, Se.D., Curator Ornithology Roy C. Anprews, A.M., Asst. Cur. Mammalogy W. DeW. Miter, Asst. Curator Ornithology H. E. Anruony, B.S., Assistant Mammalogy Heresert Lane, Assistant Mammalogy James P. Cuapin, Assistant Ornithology Vertebrate Paleontology Henry FarrriELp Ossorn, LL.D., D.Se., Curator Emeritus W. D. MatruHew, Ph.D., Curator WaLterR Grancer. Assoc. Curator [Mammals] Barnum Brown, A.B., Assoc. Curator [Reptiles Wititram K. Grecory, Ph.D., Assoc. in Paleon- tology Cuar.Les R. Eastman. Ph.D., Research Associate Anthropology CiarRkK WISSLER, Ph.D., Curator Purxy E. Gopparp. Ph.D., Curator Ethnology Rosert H. Lowiez, Ph.D., Assoc. Curator HERBERT J. SPINDEN, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Nets C. Neuson, M.L., Asst. Curator CHARLES W. Meap, Asst. Curator M. D. C. Crawrorp, Research Associate in Tex- tiles : Geo. Birp GRINNELL, Ph.D., Research Associate in Ethnology J. H. McGRrecor, in Anthropology Ph.D., Research Associate Anatomy and Physiology Ratpu W. Tower, Ph.D.. Curator Public Health CHARLES-Epwarp A. WINstow, M.S., Curator IsraEL J. KiicuerR, Ph.D., Assistant Public Education GerorGE H. SHERWOOD, A.M., Curator G. Ciype& Fisuer, Ph.D., Asst. Curator Anwn E. Tuomas, Ph.B., Assistant Books and Publications RaxtpxH W. Tower, Ph.D., Curator Ipa RrcHarpson Hoop, A.B., Asst. Librarian >)—.* *h ae Anet Sal mae aa 5% ==) Se seals AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL AND Rite DEVOTED TO NATURAL HISTORY, EXPLORATION DEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC EDUCATION THROUGH THE MUSEUM May, 1916 VOLUME XVI, NUMBER 5 PUBLISH ED MONTHLY FROM OCTOBER TO MAY INCLUSIVE, BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK CITY. TERMS: ONE DOLLAR AND A HALF PER YEAR, TWENTY CENTS. PER’ “COPY. ENTERED AS SECOND- CLASS MATTER JANUARY 12, 1907, AT THE POST-OFFICE AT BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, ACT OF CONGRESS, JULY 16, 1894. GONTENTS: FOR MAY Cover, Children standing before the Flamingo Group in the American Museum Frontispiece, The Most Beautiful of the Rock-hewn Monuments of Petra 272 From photograph made in the age-old city of Petra, by Lee Garnett Day The Ruins of Ancient Petra....LeEE GarRNETT Day and JosepH Woop, Jr. 273 Description and history of the forgotten capital of the Edomites, in the Arabian Desert, and the strange stupendous relics of its opulence twenty centuries ago Illustrations from photographs by Lee Garnett Day Showing rock tombs, temples, and amphitheatre in the long-deserted city of Petra, near Mount Hor in Arabia From photographs by Lee Garnett Day Three Polar Expeditions, 1913-1916................ HerBert L. BripGMan 291 History to date of the plans, doings, dangers, and fortunes of the Crocker Land; Stefansson Arctic, and Shackleton Antarctic Expeditions PMNS CNTF oFe hie bts cnn a iso Owed hc cigs Ae os tte C.-E. A. WinsLow § 295 Account of the American Museum’s collection of living bacteria and its service to science Decorative Value of American Indian Art.............. EsTHER A. CosTER 301 Introduction by Mr. Walter Scott Perry, Director of the School of Fine and Applied Arts, Pratt Institute Suggestions for adaptation of Indian art motives in various modern crafts Moccasin Exhibit in the American Museum.............. CLARK WIsSLER 308 Showing principal moccasin patterns used by the Indians, and the relation between these and the decorative design Illustrations from photographs of exhibits in the American Museum of Natural History Pambows, last and Present... .. .2s.266 25 ens aon OL FrepERIc A. Lucas 315 History of the manatee, dugong, and rytina as recorded in science and fable Peenmomine Old Stone Age? cfsp.. oF... sot. eee ve vs G. ELtiot SmMitH 19 Review of “Stone Age” controversies in Europe, and of Henry Fairfield Osborn’s recent book on this subject Pemnnesoats athe United sGtates.cA 5735.02 senha eh saa ne ee 326 Summary of bulletin recently issued by the Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture Bird Protective Laws and their Enforcement......... T. GirBeErT PEARSON 329 Account of the enactment and effect of federal laws for bird conservation in the United States MME ENETINS INGLES). < societies wo Se a ee Ten ee ee ee 333 Mary Cyntura Dickerson, Edilor Subscriptions should be addressed to the AMERIcAN Museum JourNat, 77th St. and Central Park West, New York City. The Journal is sent free to all members of the American Museum. MOST BEAUTIFUL OF THE ROCK-HEWN MONUMENTS OF PETRA El Khazneh, or ‘‘The Treasury”? (named by Arabs), cut in a vast rose-colored cliff opposite the approach to Petra, has been so protected from wind and rain by overhanging rocks through the centuries, that it looks like a building recently finished. It was probably built about 106 A. D., when this section of Arabia was a part of the Roman Empire. Great must have been the opulence of Petra — always a safe retreat and impregnable storehouse for caravans of precious goods — when she could dedicate sumptuous monuments like El Khazneh to her rulers. We were led to visit the ruins of mysterious Petra by the chance remarks of a French archeologist; we hastened to Beyrout and Damascus, then to El Maan, four hundred miles southward. Here we were in Arabia, and with Syrian interpreter and caravan of soldiers soon started into the desert and toward the purple mountains where Petra was hidden 272 THe American Museum Journat VotumE XVI MAY, 1916 ~ NuMBER 5 The Ruins of Ancient Petra By LEE GARNETT T was in the fall of 1912 that a French archeologist, with whom we had unearthed some of the old Punic ruins at Dugga, in Tunisia, spoke to us of the ruins of Petra and their curious situation in the mountains of the Arabian desert. The idea of seeing a city so strange and so seldom visited appealed to us, and accordingly we soon accomplished the first stages of the journey to Beyrout and Damascus. About Damascus lies the village of El Maan. Here we alighted from a pilgrim train and, with the aid of a Syrian interpreter, four hundred miles below Teep by name, made arrangements with the kaimakam to go on to Petra. Orders were given that very night, and after a few hours’ sleep we arose at three in the morning to set out. Our caravan of soldiers and Bedouin horse boys, extra pack animals and the ancient Teep, was soon under way, and we started into the desert. The cold was intense and there was a_ bitter Above, a full wind blowing dust in our faces. moon and brilliant stars shed a baleful light on the dreary wastes around us. The only sounds to be heard were the tread of feet and hoofs, and occasion- ally the howl of a scavenger dog of Maan. About one o’clock, limestone cafon two miles from the entrance of Petra itself. From this point we saw for the first time the mysterious red and purple complex in we entered a DAY and JOSEPH WOOD, JR. whose labyrinths lies the forgotten city. As we approached the purple moun- tains they presented an extraordinary ap- pearance, for the soft sandstone has been carved by rain and wind-blown sand into grotesque shapes — gigantic mushrooms, spires and domes. Toward this riot of colorful forms we headed, winding in and out among the outlying ridges. The early history of the ancient city of Petra is a matter of conjecture only, and it is not even known with certainty when that history began. From_ its impregnable situation, protected on all sides by practically unscalable moun- tains, through which but one narrow gorge makes a feasible means of entrance, it seems probable that Petra was inhab- ited from very early times. The steep and lofty mountains among which it lies flank the eastern side of the Arabah, or El Ghor, a valley in Arabia leading from the southern extremity of the Red Sea to the northern end of the Gulf of Akabah. The biblical Mount Seir, of which Mount Hor is a peak, is the principal mountain of the range, and travelers approach Petra by a_ track which leads around Mount Hor and enters the plain of Petra from the south. The Horites of the Bible may or may not have had a city on this site, but Petra was almost certainly the capital city of the Edomites, and Edom as a nation is recognized as older than Israel. The first recorded inhabitants — of 273 PERPENDICULAR WALLS OF PETRA’S ENTRANCE GORGE The only entrance into the rock-encircled city is a narrow gorge one mile in length. Rocks tower perpendicularly on either side, obscuring the sunlight hundreds of feet overhead. Looking up from the abyss, high precipices appear through occasional openings, their ragged peaks, fantastically tinted in pink, yellow, and blue, glittering in sunshine. The passage is now half choked up, but shows signs of the care with which it was kept open in the prosperous times of Petra. The river was covered with a massive stone pavement and banked by stone walls. A channel was cut on each side at a higher level to provide for a constant supply of water to the city at all seasons, and a conduit of earthern pipes was bedded in mortar in a groove of the rocks. To provide for the swollen river in the rainy season, a long shaft twenty feet square was hewn through the wall of the gorge into the next valley The photograph was taken from the doorway of the Khazneh showing the gorge at its inner end 274 THE RUINS OF ANCIENT PETRA 275 Petra, or “Sela’? — The Rock — were the Nabateans, a people of ancient Arabia who seem to have occupied the country the Edomites when the latter pressed forward into southern Juda, and to have succeeded evacuated by to its commercial prosperity as a center for the trade routes from Egypt. The importance of the city under Nabatzean rule increased until, during the reign of king Aretas III, surnamed “Friend of the Greeks,” royal coins appeared. The city must then have had a large popu- lation and have presented a general Grecian appearance. In A. D. 106, Arabia Petrzea became part of the Roman Empire, and the Nabatzan, or native dynasty, came to an end, but the city continued to flourish. In A. D. 131, Hadrian, that indefatigable traveler, visited the city, and it is proba- ble that the superb Khazneh and the Deir were built at this time. later, when the city was at the height of its splendor and power, some sudden catastrophe put an end to the issue of coinage and the building of sumptuous tombs. The activity of Palmyra and of the Persians diverted the trade routes, thus removing the great raison d’etre of Petra’s power. When no longer a great storehouse of precious goods and a safe Petra rapidly dwindled in population and im- portance, although it still remained a religious center. Christianity found its way there at an early date, Athanasius mentioning a Bishop of Petra; but, as in all of north- ern Arabia, Christianity was swept away by the Mohammedan conquest in A. D. 629-632. The Crusaders were the last to hold the city, Baldwin the First form- ing of it a baronial fief, known as the Chateau de la Valée de Sela. In 1189 the Crusaders left, but remnants of their citadel still remain. A century retreat for passing caravans, The extraordinary ruins of Petra were an object of curiosity to eastern rulers during the middle ages, but after the Crusaders’ departure, nearly seven hun- dred years elapsed before another Euro- pean, Burckhardt, visited them in 1812. Owing to the wildness of the natives, who had no one to keep them in sub- jection, few Europeans visited the place during the nineteenth century, and then only with large escorts of soldiers, in The Turkish Government, however, has changed con- ditions within the ten years, so that now, except from chance brigands, there is nothing to fear. As far as I know, very little has been published in English on the marvels of Petra, and this combined with its imaccessibility, probably ac- counts for the fact that very few persons have seen what must certainly be reck- oned as one of the wonders of the world. We slowly made our way over the rocky bed of the Musa, our horses having difficulty in finding a sure footing, and presently came near to the towering painted cliffs, where we saw the first evidences of ancient Cut into the rock, here of a cream color, was a tomb, perhaps twenty feet square, its entire face protected by a portico of circular arches, with columns cut from the rock and left zn situ. Doors opened into the mountain from this tomb, and in the pitch-black vaults lived families of the wretched natives, who now in- habit some of the outlying tombs. A little farther on were two pillars of yellow rock, formed by hewing two of the mushroom-shaped formations, which are a peculiarity of this district. The surroundings were so uncanny, due to the work both of nature and man, that our whole party became silent. Turning a corner, we came to the face of the cliffs and saw the entrance to the famous eastern sik or gorge. Imagine some cases even artillery. civilization. immense 9216 SH 94) UMOP pasins yey Joyem ogy Aq ABM poysea AT[es9}] USE ALY SqUIO} OY} ‘sUIMA OFUT ][9J JO 4SIXe Jou pIp SPM SurQ09}01d VOY AA “SqUIO} FurA]-JaMoy oy) Jo}0Id sny} pue soproseo Susi oy} JO Joye oy aY4P1 OF soayo]das Jo SMOI Suoy oy} Jo Aueur odoqe sjouueyo doop pamoy pue ‘Ao][eA oy} ut squ1oy ayy Jo AueUT puNose STEM SunNoojoud qmq suewjeqeyy oy y, “expne oyuL Su10F osojoq N 94. “Surautseq oy] Woy melqosd eB A[}UeptAg 9 ey? pardnoso Ajquqoid soymMopyy [eoqiq oy? Ysnoye “CO “A O09) BIO JO SJUIIqeYyUT popsoood Ysa oY) OJOM SUBAVEqu “Ajsnoraesd 441 SBA SJOYSMF PTIM OY] WOT sooe|d posoes asey} JO UONooJo1d oY} Pue ‘squio) UB10Ue Jo sporpuny poXkowjsop sey sormNyue. oy} YSnory) ureyuRoU oY) jo jaed sryy Jo Sunoyyeom ony, Vulad 40 AYVGNNOd NYAHLYON LLG day TOIe VAT]eVU OY} MOUS YOIyM “YJeep JO SUOIPeVIGeY esay} OF Ssed0e 9AIZ YOOI oy} UL JNO SasBoTeyg oy} Woay Ajqeqoid surjep “sur IJ ouTeONg OYM ‘Syvedx) VY] JO ooUONGUL oY} St ysoumdo} oy} 07 oseq 94} WOI] Seryopndes pomoy “() “A *Kanj}.aeo Y}XIs G4AYVO SEWOL oproey ou. “suUBeyeqeNy 9 iM Aypu peurmey yoryM sjaedures AYy9oOI Vy} JO SeIO ‘Oa 009 “ANOLSGNVS G3HO100 ATLNVITTIYS NI 8136 Ajo Oj UBIO 9Y} JO 4S910 VSueI4S SIG} 0} JUGOSe Suo] ey] UMOp pue dn Surmod ‘eajaq jo uonejndod ajoyA oy} uoes seq 41 A[qeqoig ‘suiseyo Su1mMeA JO 93pa oy} Suoye sossed pue ‘squr0} ssojjaNos oy} Suoure spur ‘s}UeII0} Jo uOKNOR eq} Aq pornfur yonur Mou “Yio yeyTeMMUOUT e jjas}t ‘ABAITE}s JeoIs OY], “pus suo Ye JeIye Te WIIA oeNbs yooz £y10J soqureyo & ojUI Spe9] “OplIM Wee]TOAeS pue YSIy Joos Aq) ‘Taq 944 jo keasoop ey J, “SeTmoula199 SNOIs!faI YIM poyoeuuOD ‘yods peyuonbesy yonuT e Se SIy} JeIdeo YuoIOUe oYyy Jo SKep WYySIq oy) UI YeYI IqQnop ou SE 9J04 J, ‘“Y9OI 94} UL 4nd VsSeoITe}S 9U0}s peoig & jo suvout Aq outAes dooys & Surqunj Aq poyoror neoye[d MOIseU & UO SI ,“VUBATOD),, 94} JO ‘NEC [H,, ‘e]dursy oy pyOuou! onjuesis ayy “eJj9q S19] U9 VY IOJaq SuOT JJ9sep oY} Ssos0e JQJPACI] OY} OF BIGISIA poe ‘UTeyUNOUT oy} Jo ss#ei0 Ysourdo} oy Jo soe] oy} UT AND = *( ‘d ‘V II) Ueupey jo ouny og) ur Ayqeqoid ‘eiqeay ur saMod oyut 9UIeD sMIOY 190}7e PoyNdaXTy] Vlad Ni 44110 V AO 1SAHO FHL LV MYOOY AHL NI G3AYHVO A1dW3AL Eas peer ‘eee tne ian amend ae ate et Bia OM SEA aA 8 Might re: 8B cme Ab fia pa soak Staats Vi aaah ‘ at THE RUINS OF ANCIENT PETRA a wavy line of black drawn down a red and purple slate, and you will have an to Petra. The bed for itself idea of this entrance river Musa has cut a through the three or four hundred feet of sandstone ridge, and into this gorge we entered. Once within, all sunlight vanished and, by the pale light which did reach the bottom of the cleft, we saw the overhanging walls painted in natural colors of every shade and _ intensity. Here a ribbon of yellow; above it a background of red, veined with narrow bands of green, blue, and white. In some places dozens of parallel strize, each of a different color, bent in graceful curves until they blended into some new decorative scheme. High above stood rock fingers forty or fifty feet in height and but a few feet in diameter, their tops bathed in the sun, and each of a color that beggars description — some banded, some solid red, golden or purple. If there were not a single cutting or ruin of any kind here, the natural wonders of the gorge and the basin beyond would more than repay any trouble taken to see them. A hundred feet from the entrance, and the flume had narrowed from twenty feet to half that width and had curved, so that now we could see but a short distance forward, backward and above; for like a glacial crevasse, the ghastly smooth walls, with foothold for no living thing, bent over us, shutting out the sky. The effect was indescribably weird. One had entered not an ordinary canon, but mto the vitals of the mountains themselves. Everything was unnatural; the colors, the goblin scenery, the en- gulfing walls—and we _ knew that farther on the hills held greater and more mysterious surprises in store. On our right as we continued inward, appeared the black entrance to a tunnel. A shaft twenty feet square and three 219 hundred and sixty feet long had some- time been hewn through the wall of the gorge into another and parallel valley. Five hundred feet beyond, the gorge abruptly ended, and we emerged into the basin of Petra, relieved to escape from the overpowering oppression of close perpendicular walls. Before us, hemmed in by rose-colored walls from two to four hundred feet in height, lay an L-shaped valley, narrow near the entrance to the sik, but widen- ing after a quarter of a mile, into a plain, perhaps a square mile in extent. On either side of us were continuous rock tombs in three or four rows, one above the other, extending on the right to the farther end of the basin, and on the left, cut along the length of the so-called “Mount of Sacrifice.” This high rocky butte rose several hundred feet above the valley, ascended by a stupendous stair- case cut in its sides. In its base was hewn a gigantic amphitheatre, its tiers of carmine-colored seats capable of accommodating over three thousand people. The walls of this narrow portion of the basin contain the oldest tombs built by the Nabatzeans, the construction of which dates back to about 800 B. C. The pylon-like fagades, twenty to thirty feet high, are pierced in the center by a single door, above which are steplike decorations, similar to those sometimes employed by the Navajo. The facades of some of these step tombs extend several feet out from the cliff from which they are carved: others are flush with it. Everything is of salmon-colored rock, “A rose-red city, half as old as time.” absolute. Not a living creature but ourselves disturbed the quiet of the valley, which once must have echoed with the plaudits of the thousands seated in the amphitheatre. The silence was 280) We made our way past the rows of stately tombs, until the valley broad- ened and swung to the west. Here was the site of a city with an hundred thou- sand inhabitants, a fact borne out by the countless hewn masonry blocks, which covered an area of a square mile to a depth of many feet. One building re- mains nearly intact, a temple of con- siderable size, its great walls containing secret passageways, in which, it is told, the priests concealed themselves and astounded the worshipers by voices purporting to come from the gods. We explored many tombs and, late in the afternoon, found a very convenient suite, which we appropriated. It was cut about seventy feet above the stream’s bed, and was approached by a stone staircase. In front of the door of this tomb was a level terrace, a few yards square, on which we did our cooking, and which commanded a view of a large Somewhat below our the inside by a stairway, was a second tomb, Below part of the basin. room, and connected with it on which we apportioned to Teep. that was a large grotto, in which the horses, Bedouin boys and soldier dwelt in a happy community. The singular number is used with reference to our army, as shortly after our arrival, we had decided that it was needless and ex- travagant to have more than one soldier, and had sent the others back to El Maan. The floor of inches deep in dust, the removal of our apartment was which occupied the greater part of the Then the Bedouins collected a quantity of grass remaining hours of daylight. and willows, of which we made beds. The nights were very cold and clear, disturbed only by the howling of jackals. Soon after sunset the valley became dark as the pit, but about nine o’clock, directly across from our home, the moon ap- peared over the mountain ramparts, THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL giving a weird effect of being in the basin itself, with the cliffs behind it. We rambled about that dead city at night, half afraid of what might emerge from its gaping doors. In these wanderings we went alone, the natives being un- willing to leave the cheering influence of the fire. Near our end of the valley was a side gorge with vertical purple walls, at the base of which began a staircase, cut from the rock. For half a mile this staircase, four yards wide, winds upward into the labyrinths of this goblin country. In some places it is cut in a shelf along the edge of a yellow abyss; in others through an intervening buttress thirty or forty feet high, composed of sinuous veins of red, purple, blue, and gold. Finally, after working along the edge of a ghastly chasm with overhanging walls, the way arrives at a plateau, backed by a honey- combed wall of gray which faces out into the blue spaces of the western desert. In this cliff is a gigantic cutting, comparable in size to the Abu Simbel in Egypt, or the Kailas Temple in India. This facade, standing for centuries in this remote and terrible spot, is very impressive. The architecture of the Deir, as it is called, is similar to that of the Khazneh, but not of so pure a style, At the same time, the location and magnitude nor are its carvings so delicate. of the Deir render it more astonishing. The facade is in the neighborhood of one hundred and sixty feet in height, sur- mounted by an urn, hewn in situ, like the rest of the cutting. We climbed this by means of a series of staggered holes cut in the cliff, like a vertical ladder, from the ground to the summit of the facade. The urn proved to be of gigantic size; so huge, in fact, that a horse and carriage could be driven around its base. Like all the hewn tombs, temples, and The ruins of mysterious Petra— The site of Petra is covered with heaps of hewn stones, foundations of buildings, fragments of columns, and vestiges of paved streets, indicating a crowded city of many thousand inhabitants. The only level space was along the course of the river. The bottom of the river was paved, in some places it was completely covered in, bridges were thrown across it, and a strong embankment of hewn stone confined the turbulence of the cucrent. A paved way, of which portions still exist, ran parallel with the stream, and was bordered with public buildings, now demolished and swept away by the winter torrents. The “three-storied”’ tomb, shown in the distance above, faces the chief concourse of the city The valley of Petra is traversed by many streams, which become torrents in the rainy season, and to the breaking of bounds of these waters is to be ascribed the fact that among the ruins of the ancient city scarcely one stone now stands upon another. Only one building, called by the Arabs the “‘ Kaszr Faraoun,” or Palace of Pharoah, has outlasted the centuries. This edifice, in a corrupt style of late Roman architecture, decorated with stucco, may have been a palace, temple, or public building. Near it still stand the remains of an archway apparently leading to a raised public forum. The front of the Kasze Faraoun had a four-columned portico now in ruins; the interior is divided into two parallel chambers, and there were several stories. Beams of wood, let in between the courses of masonry, continue to this day, a strong proof of the dryness of the climate 281 G8 Aqyio oy} Jo ureyd oy} m0 spusose ‘sI9q 9Y} 0} Surpeay yey Oy] YONuA AJOA ‘YOO oy] UL INO asRouTeyS VY “wede Joay pospuny ouo ynoqe puvjs AeYy, “IWSIoY [eULSIIO oY} oyeOTpUL OF pUNOASOIOZ OY} UI SY¥st][oqo 4OOJ-KATY} OM] VY FulAvey ‘yYoor oy} UMOp Suryjno Aq osoy payaaoy useq sey uI0 je ]d ysBA Y ‘eAoge ysnf uleyunoUT ey} Jo JIUTUINS VY} UO IIe oY} ye sysetId oY. Aq potJoJiod sootAses oY 0} JUBpU}}e ‘skep YsvaJ UO Poo}s Lsjoq JUEIOUL Jo a[dood ayy ‘A[JUeptAs ‘osoyT « AOISIWYOVS JO LNNOW,, SWYHL4Ad OL HOVOUddV E86 woe Y JO qUIO} OY} Jo IIS ayy “OFT JUNO [BoNqiq ogy saeodde ‘sy[1y Jo asuel ayy puokeg ‘VJey ey] OF, ~payiqeyul sea erjaq e0Jeq Ware AIYysIOM Jo aoryd B se uasoyo useq aAey AeUT UOT}ENyIS aAtsseJduIL pue ppd Apjusoyuseur s}t pue ‘etjeq ul yUeUINMOUT Jsapfo ay} ueY} Japjo st Arenjoues JUoIOUR SIG, ~4ysee ey voey see YOY “soyWors oy} e10jod WIA Vy} Jo JozYFneJs vy} soy pasn Ajqeqoid sea pue ‘epis suo Je Jood poojq & qIIM poprAoid ‘punod st reqyye Jey}O ayy, “JeIB ay} JO JUOIZ UL YNo Yno st UISeq appnsueyoed esrey y “Aq Je0U SI J0}eM JOJ NOAJOSeI B PUB ‘oIE IOF popuoj UL Ajqissod st doy ay} Wo MoyJoY Y “sepNsuez9e1 st au0 yediould ay] ‘sreye OM} 7B aJoy,J, “PeteAoostp yoA _aoryd ysry,, oTueg YueIoUR Jo UoUTIOVds ayo[duI09 Ysour 9Y} ST “BOq SurpunosiMs sureyunou ayy Jo ysoysry sty} UO ALIO AHL ZAOSV JOIINOVS YOs SHVITV SHL 284 public buildings in Petra, the interior of the Deir chamber, bare of any ornamentation or consists of a rectangular columns, its sole opening consisting of a battered doorway about twenty feet high. A hundred feet from the door, in front of the temple, is a large altar, cut from a natural knob of rock some twenty feet high. Leading up to this is a staircase of small dimensions, evidently intended for the use of the priests only. Beyond the altar lies a chasm several hundred feet in depth, perhaps fifty feet wide, with perpendicular sides, while on the opposite side is a wall of yellow, rising to a height of a hundred feet, its topmost ridge ornamented with cream- colored domes resembling giant beehives. Near our headquarters was a small tomb consisting of a rectangular cham- ber, hollowed in rock of a pinkish hue, The walls of this room were covered with hundreds of veined with white lines. recesses some six inches square, divided from one another by walls an inch or so in thickness. The cellular construction has given to this tomb the name “ colum- barium,” or pigeonhole tomb. Only a the columbarium was an unfinished tomb, few yards away from which illustrated the method used in constructing the many facades. First a vertical cliff of the requisite height was chosen, and a ladder of staggered holes cut in its face. By means of this re- cessed ladder, bronze or iron bars were driven into the cliff in a horizontal line, a few feet below the level fixed for the highest part of the facade. Supported by these bars, workmen then cut into the rock, forming a deep horizontal gallery, extending the width of the in- tended construction. This recess once cut, numerous workmen could enter it and, continually cutting down its floor, scarp the face of the cliff to a plane surface. They would then deepen the THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL upper gallery and, in a like manner, always cutting downward, complete the actual carving, arriving eventually at the base. In this way the use of seaffold- Of this unfinished tomb, the scarping of the rock face, the ing was eliminated. initial gallery, and the rough capitals of four columns are alone completed. On the north wall of the basin is a series of the largest and finest facades in Petra, excelled in workmanship, size and beauty only by the Khazneh and the Deir. The “tomb with the urn,” built on the same lines as the Khazneh, the “tomb with the portico,” and the “three- storied tomb” are all works of great magnitude. The last mentioned has an interior room over one hundred and twenty feet square, which, like the rest of these chambers, is inhabited during the rainy season by tribes of nomads, together with their cattle, sheep and goats. We were in Petra but a few days in advance of the time when the dead city is infested with these desert peoples. The facades of this north wall show many kinds of architecture: the Naba- teean, which is the oldest and reminiscent of the Egyptian style; pure Greek, the result of Greek influence in the reign of King Aretas, 100 B. C.; the best of Roman designs, such as the Khazneh, and also, later still in point of time, a hybrid architecture, partly Greek and partly Roman, of which the Deir is a fine example. The “Mount of dominates the basin, stands at its east- Sacrifice,” which ern extremity, near the defile which to Petra. Its color is carmine at the base, changing furnishes the sole entrance to purple and yellow toward the sum- mit. The northern base was originally honeycombed with tombs, but many of these were totally removed and others saves by the excavation necessary to build the theatre. rendered mere frontless to bees OP OMT Gf Fe his UNFINISHED TOMB IN PETRA s In hewing out the ornamental facade of a tomb the workmen began from above. The face of the rock was first scarped to the perpendicular and on its smooth surface the design of the tomb was traced. Then, working in a horizontal gallery cut in the rock, the capitals of the columns were cut out, and this work, with about a foot of the column itself and the bare lines of the entablature above, is all that has been finished. Working down- ward is obviously the easiest way and is that followed in the case of the celebrated cave temples at Elephanta, Salsette, Ellora, Ajuntah, and other places in the west of India. A doorway in the lower left-hand corner of the unfinished tomb admits to a good-sized chamber, containing receptacles for dead bodies 285 286 This isolated peak was the religious center of the city, and had apparently been a place of worship even before the first Nabatean tombs were built. All over it are tombs of the oldest design, small tablets, and here and there a rock altar. From base to summit is a vast stair- case, equal in size to that leading to the Deir. This leads up, either by gentle steps or inclined planes, to an artificial plateau forty feet below the main sum- mit, and separated from it by a shallow notch. Primarily this eminence must have nearly equaled the elevation of the highest point, but it has been entirely hewn down by industrious: ancients to its present level, apparently for the sole purpose of leaving two obelisks about thirty feet high, which indicate the original level of the rock. These red pillars, one hundred feet apart and still attached at the base to the mother rock, represent a stupendous amount of labor, quite equal to that required to build the staircase, or carve out the Deir. Near the southern edge of the plateau is a yellow stone altar cut, of course, from the living rock. Across the notch, on the west side of the main summit, are the remains of yet another civiliza- tion; a citadel of the Crusaders. These worthies built two of these fortresses during the twelfth century, to guard the city; both of which are now mere piles of masonry blocks, with scarcely one stone standing on another.' Beyond the Crusaders’ citadel, on the 1Of the thousands of buildings once composing the city, as noticed before, only one, and that by virtue of the size of its stones, still stands. Even the heavy causeways and bridges are entirely dissociated, and in the entire valley there are not, as I remember, a score of places where even a few courses of masonry are still intact. The individual building blocks were carefully squared, and are even now suitable for use. The natives of Wadi Musa have taken advantage of this circumstance, and that entire village is built of the creamy stones of ancient Petra. THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL highest point of the mountain, is a large triple altar and a shallow rectangular basin of considerable size — relics of Sem- itic worship. These were probably hewn long before the earliest time when Petra was inhabited, and indeed represent the most complete specimen known of an ancient Semitic sanctuary. No more suitable place for worship could have been chosen than this eminence, rising above a wild valley, guarded by winding and dreadful abysses, which thread their way among painted mountains. After our period of study, exploration, and mild adventure, we were loath to leave the valley where each day had brought new evidence of forgotten splendor, but trains on the Hedjaz Rail- road were infrequent, so with a last visit to the Deir, we prepared to leave. We dispatched our baggage and horses in the early morning, and late in the after- noon, left the sik and rode to the small Bedouin village of Wadi Musa. Here we were welcomed by the sheik and in- vited to share his evening meal. Seated with great ceremony on a large rug laid on the earthen floor of the low- ceiled house, we silently ate kouskous and roasted goat’s flesh and drank deliciously spiced coffee. Around us gathered the tribal leaders, courteous though mute, and very distinguished looking in the dim light of an oil torch, with their patriarchal beards and white At nine the moon rose, the signal for our departure. We thanked the hospitable sheik, donned our heaviest clothes and started on our all-night ride to El Maan. At Damascus two days later, the last sunset at Petra was a vivid recollection, as it is even now. When the valley is in black shadow the summit of the “Mount of Sacrifice’ still glows with the red horizontal rays that pour through the gap in the surrounding mountains. robes. GIANT URN CARVED FROM THE SOLID ROCK IN PETRA, THE STRANGE LOST CITY OF THE ARABIAN DESERT The size of this urn, one hundred and sixty feet above the ground, crowning El Deir, is such that a horse and carriage could be driven around on its base. El] Deir is gray in tone, contrasting with the fantastic color of most of Petra’s mountains. (The general tint of the sandstone is a fine rich red, but the surface of the rock is veined with white, saffron, orange, vermilion, pink, crimson, and violet in endless variations, producing beautiful or bizarre effects.) El Deir, the most immense of Petra’s rock-hewn monoliths, compares in size with the Abu Simbel in Egypt, or the Kailas Temple in India. We climbed to the urn by means of a vertical ladder of holes cut in the cliff A}ID ay} punose saurars pur szysioy Axor ayy Suowe Avme uappry ate ‘speyod pasvyo Aauy YIM [NyWNRaq A19A Wao ‘sqUIOy IR[TUIg —“YoRar JO JNO YStY asoyy Ajjetoadsa ‘payras [[WS aae sayoru AuRPY “peap ayy Jo sayse ayy ploy 0} pasn aram ‘squIOoRIeD ULLLOY IY} UT PuUNOJ dsoyy 9yT] ABA ‘quIOZ sty} Jo s]feM ay} UT soyorU T[eUs aYT, ‘*s1OOp Burdes ayy WorZ ASIA PYSIUL yeyM jo presye Jey YSU ye osye AyO prap ay} Ysnosyy porapurm aA ‘“URpauMUYoYY pue ueNsHIYD Jo PoUaNYUr ayy “uURWMLOY ay} “Yae15) ayy ‘uRaeqeN aTVeU at} Jo 9oUaNYUI ay} SuIOvs} Gsed ay} Jo spury ULUNY Aq aUOp YIOM ay} pur sade ay} YSnosyy urer puke purm Aq auojspues os ay} UO 9UOP YOM ay} SuLLeydioap ‘surns yuarIs ay} Jo syyWIAE] ay3 YSNoIyY pasapurm a AQ ALIO GQVAG AHL NI AWOL «ALOONOADId,, VIO AVGOL SNIVWA3Y paievay aq 0} JOU PUP jO] payo}aIM ¥ aIe ‘SqUIO} JY} JO SIOOP IY} WLOIZ UTeJUNOUT JY} O}ZUT uodo yey} s}yneA Yoriq-youd ay} durddnos0 saatyeu Aue ‘TaAaMOY ‘MON ‘“SIOIP[OS paulie fo seipoq ade] YIM SUINI 9yy yoroidde 0} Aressa09u Uaaq sey H sivaA U9} 94} UTY}IM [HUQ ‘seAneu prim Jo spueq Aq jdao0xa paliasep pouleutai A}19 2} “6gII Ul Yay SIapesNID sy} Joy “Yea ay} fo sfaaAreur oy} Jo auo SI} Ysnoyyye “eQeg Uses savy Avpo} May “SlaMmoy pue ssvis ysduowe ueppry ‘sooxid [eULsiIo0 May} Ul Uleular [Ts wintusosoid ayy Jo suumNyoo ay} JO saseq ay} ynq “Is pue pURS YIM pateAod Uaaq pue Ueet}s JY} OU! Us][eF MOU sey adeys payeaagya ay yf, *s10}e}0ads puvsnoy} aAy a}epourUTOIIR Ajisea pynoo syeas afdind pue par jo sia aAy-AQITYY S} pue ‘suIeyUNOUT s eI}aq JO 9U0 Jo NG Ayoor asny & JO aseq ay} ye UMoY sem aI}eayYydwe sy 7 ALIO SHL GAYSSHO JAONO SLIGNV1d SYSHM AJONATIS GNV NIN Ayird ino jo JuRpuaye uv sea ‘siopesnig ay} jo afAqs oy} ur ssuiddersy asioy pur axsnut URIANJIPeyuR YM ‘puNOIdaI0} ay} Ul UINOpeg ay J, “squIOy asayy JO JUaWIBUIO JRINJDaNYOIe 9y} 03 Arnfur yonur pasned aary ‘spulM 24} 0} posodxe uonenys YRa[q Tey} pur “Way, IAOGR SYOO dy} WOT, JOIVAA = *AlvN}RYS 10} soyoru daap Aq payerrdas saydui9} ainyeiuru 9a14} jo sysisuoo Aroys Jaddn asoym ‘*quioy prpueyds J9yjour si JYSI ay} Je surMO[py “Usuuspsoy sAQRU JO SaqiIy Aq UOsSvasS Aured ay} ut paidnoso MOU— ang pue UMaY-Ysnor ‘siaquivyo SuTZd9UUOD INOJ OUT pra] ‘siaysejid Aq pausope ‘saoduRA}JUA INOJ S}]T “AOQER] JSVA PUR YITRAM YsvA s}Uasaidar Duly U9}}O310J AUIOS JO GquIO} sNopuadnys sty} “aans [edioulid syy Jo adojs ay} Suipray Ajqeqoid ‘AyD ay} pur URat}s BY} SUTYOOTIIAO SuOTRN}S SuIpuRUIWOD FP UT (sjeqideo uviy{UO”d ax1]UN JOU a1v 1 SSOIOR SUTUUNA S}JUBUIBUIO 9Y}) GUO} , PIT1O}S-99IY},, 1O URIYJULIOD IY} SI BAJOq JO |[BM YIIOU JY} Ul apRdEy SuIyL1}s JSOW OY TL, be) Vudlad 40 11VM HLYON AHL AO MG3lA Three Polar Expeditions, 1913-1916 AMERICAN, CROCKER LAND EXPEDITION; CANADIAN, STEFANSSON ARCTIC EXPEDITION; BRITISH, SHACKLETON ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION By HERBERT L. BRIDGMAN Secretary of the Peary Arctic Club Since the JourNnaw for May has been so greatly delayed, it is possible to include late news of the Crocker Land Expedition. Mr. Maurice C. Tanquary reached New York June 20, by way of Copenhagen, after a 1300- mile sledge journey across Melville Bay and through Danish Greenland. When the relief ship “*Cluett” sent last summer to bring back the expedition to New York failed in its purpose, three members of the expedition, Messrs. Maurice C. Tanquary, Fitzhugh Green and Jerome Lee Allen, planned to come out by way of Copen- They left the main party January 20, and began the long journey down the coast of Greenland under They reached Upernivik February 11, and Umanak hagen. the guidance of Mr. Peter Freuchen of Thule, North Star Bay. March 3. Danish settlements where they were received with great cordiality. At the latter place they were fortu- pate in gaining the friendly services of Mr. Knud Balle, high priest of Greenland, who gave his help as guide and interpreter for the further journey. They reached Egedesminde March 21 where they had planned to join the Conditions of travel were so poor, however, it was judged that one Mr. Tanquary was chosen, Messrs. Green and Allen regular annual mail sledge for Holstensborg. of the party might get through safely, but not all three. remaining at Egedesminde to join the next mail party. It now comes out that Mr. Green has been requested by cable from the Crocker Land Committee in New York to act as commander of the new relief ship ““ Danmark,” which has been engaged in south Greenland to bring out the members of the expedition this summer. Therefore he will go back to North Star Bay, where Dr. Hovey or Mr. MacMillan will take command. Thus Mr. Allen is left alone to follow the mail sledge to Holstensborg and take steamer from Copenhagen for New York. Throughout the months of difficulty in the Arctic both the Crocker Land Expedition and the relief party have enjoyed the codperation and support of the Danish people, and especially of the two Danish gentlemen, Mr. Knud Rasmussen and Mr. Peter Freuchen. For the very cordial spirit of this cobperation, and for the very considerable material benefit, the Crocker Land Committee would express profound appreciation.— THe Eprror. “ Tnter the Rome, reduces itself in terms of HE silent,’ of saying, arma leges olden time in the present to “In the greatest war the world has known, polar expeditions re- ceive scant attention.’”’ Three parties, adventurers of science and discovery, 1so- lated — two for three years, the other for two —strive in doubt and mystery, and were it not for the shadow which falls from the East the world would be alert to learn the fate of the absent, and if necessary, to succor them. It is perhaps worth while briefly to review and set forth in connected narrative, the facts, meager and fragmentary, which have at intervals become known concerning these expeditions, in order that when their fate shall finally be determined and the results weighed and measured, we may have a fairly accurate idea of the whole story of each from beginning to end. In the early summer of 1913 the Crocker Land Expedition under Mr. Donald B. MacMillan, supported by the American Museum of Natural History, the American Geographical Society, and the University of Illinois, was gathering its forces on the Atlantic coast — at the same time that Stefansson was making ready at Vancouver for the Canadian advance into the North, and thinly veiled rivalry existed between the two expedi- tions as to which should reach Crocker Land, now known to be non-existent. Leaving the Brooklyn Navy Yard July 2, in the chartered “ Diana,” MacMillan, leader, Ensign Fitzhugh Green, United States Navy, topographer, Messrs. W. Elmer Ekblaw, geologist, Maurice C. Tanquary, naturalist, and Harrison J. Hunt, surgeon, constituted an efficient, well-balanced and well-equipped party. The expedition struck its first bad luck on the rocks of Red Bay, Labrador, com- pelling delay, transhipment to the “Erik,” and arrival at Etah too late to Hard work all win- 201 cross Smith Sound. 292 ter however, for which Mr. MacMillan’s former Peary discipline and acquaint- ance with the Eskimos peculiarly fitted him, permitted a base in Buchanan Bay on the west side of Smith Sound. From there an overland march to Cape Thomas Hubbard — opening the Peary cairns of 1906 at that point — launched the ex- pedition in good form in March 1914, on a straight course for the supposed Crocker Land. Months later, and after much peril, Mr. MacMillan and Ensign Green returned to report that although they had placed themselves upon the exact location, only sea, with no sign of land in any direction, was visible; and that the further work of the expedition must necessarily omit its central objective. Mr. MacMillan had however brought his entire party through the winter in good health, the summer had been profit- ably occupied in scientific research and the arrival of relief in the next season, 1915, was confidently awaited. The three organizations supporting the expedition, therefore, a year ago in July, 1915, dis- patched Curator E. O. Hovey, of the Grenfell Labrador schooner “Cluett”’ to bring g American Museum, in the home the expedition. The “ Cluett’’ however did not return. Midwinter brought news of her disable- ment in Wostenholm Sound and the certainty that both parties, the Crocker Land and its relief, must winter as best they might. Late in May of this year, 1916, the Faroe Islands a cablegram from Dr. Mr. Tanquary forwarded from Hovey telling of disappointment, diff- culty and failure. The members of the party were alive and well, scattered at various stations and in different lines of work; short of both food and transpor- tation facilities, and in imperative need of help from home. Mr. Tanquary, a few days later arrived at Copenhagen and in due course at New York. In the meantime the supporters of the THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL expedition have engaged the “ Danmark,” already in south Greenland, to bring out the men this summer, and Mr. Knud Rasmussen has been requested to carry sufficient food in at once for the months preceding the arrival of the “ Danmark.” This American expedition, whatever may be its final outcome, has fully realized the inexorable conditions of Arctic work, the uncertainty of opposing forces of nature, and certainty that the best-laid plans of work will be greatly modified, if not com- pletely changed; also that the net results, when the history is finally made, will be altogether different from those expected, although perhaps of no less value. Stefansson’s departure, in 1913, was full of promise. Adopted by the Domin- ion of Canada, commissioned by it as its first adequate Arctic explorer, he set out from Vancouver on the Pacific coast. hears not only were freighted with sufficient supplies and equipment but also carried a scientific staff carefully selected, with Karluk”’ and her two auxiliaries each man qualified for his especial de- partment of investigation. Everything, barring the usual minor difficulties, promised well, until, late in the autumn discouraging news came of the separation of the ship from the shore, with Captain Robert A. Bartlett, its navigator, and nearly the whole company on_ board drifting in the pack, while Stefansson with three associates, hunting, was hope- lessly marooned on land. The first winter closed in upon this predicament and not until the following May (1914) did Captain Bartlett bring himself to St. Michael, Alaska, with his tale of the three months’ drift of the “Karluk’’; of her crushing and sinking, late in January, 1914; of the loss of the scientific party and also its supporting party, headed from the ship for Wrangel Island, and of the arrival at this island of the survivors; of his own sledge jour- THREE POLAR EXPEDITIONS ney with an Eskimo over the pack to shore, thence to Emma Harbor, Siberia. Later the Wrangel Islanders, were taken off by the auxiliary schooner “ King and Wing,” the coast guard “ Bear,” and sent to their homes. Then came Mr. B. M. McConnell back to civilization, with word that having wintered on the Alaskan Stefansson, after they had been ma- rooned on shore, he had left Stefansson transferred to coast with with two comrades early in April, about sixty miles north of Martin Point, with sixty days’ provisions and the purpose of making a reconnaissance, if possible, of unknown land to the north. The next winter passed in silence, doubts increasing week by week, almost to despair, until nearly a_ year later Stefansson himself arrived at Herschel on the north coast of the continent, re- porting a most adventurous and_ suc- cessful year. He had journeyed seven hundred miles northward and eastward over the ice,! and had been obliged to 1 Of the severe winter ordeal, perhaps this hitherto unpublished letter to General Thomas H. Hubbard, a staunch friend and liberal patron, whose lamented death occurred before its arrival in New York, may be interesting as a human document: “West Coast oF Banks ISLAND, near Lat. 73° 45’ N. July 1, 1914. Dear GENERAL HUBBARD: I have heard that in dropping a hundred feet to their death men review the sins of a lifetime. We landed here a week ago from a ninety-six day trip across the ice from Alaska, on which (because of accidents near the start) our fuel gave out over forty days before we eventually made land. You will guess that there were times of uncertainty and discomfort, especially when water lanes impeded and contrary currents and winds carried us faster away from land than we could travel toward it, but I hope you will be glad to know that the pleasant memory of your kindness to me in New York when I came home the fall of 1912, was among the most cheering of the mental resources I had to draw upon and that — like the sinner falling to his death — I kept thinking that I had failed perhaps in telling you clearly how much I valued the *‘ vote of confidence’ you gave me. Heaven knows when I shall get a chance to send this out of Banks Isiand, but I hope it will get to you some time to tell you that I at least remember your kindness. We have had much hard luck, but we have finished a trip more difficult than it looks and shall continue to fight misfortune with what courage we have. [Signed] VirnsALMUR STEFANSSON. 293 winter on the western shore of Banks Island, because he did not find there the schooner “ North Star,’ which he had instructed to proceed there and await his return. The following spring he had journeyed over the ice westward and northward. New land was sighted June 18, fourteen miles from camp (N. lati- tude 77° 56’), of which approximately a hundred miles of coast was defined. Afterward he had made an overland summer march across Banks Island, returning in good order with his com- rades to his base. Confronted by what he thought “the unthinkable news” of the loss of his flagship, the “ Karluk,”’ he spent no time in vain regrets, and purchasing the “Polar Bear,’ adapted for his purpose, taking a new stock of supplies and utilizing the fast-waning summer, he set forth again to the un- known North, purposing to winter on Banks Island or Prince Patrick, and then, in the Spring of 1916 to develop to the farthest the possible reaches of the new land mass, intending to return to civilization late in the fall of this year, 1916, or early in the spring of next year. In the meantime the southern land detachment of the expedition, under the direction of Dr. R. M. Anderson, has been working diligently along the Alas- kan coast in the delta of the Mackenzie and eastward toward the Coppermine When Ste- narrative shall be sub- with encouraging results. fansson’s full mitted to the world, it will doubtless be seen that no expedition has been more fruitful in adventure or richer in scien- tific reward. Captain Louis L. Lane, in a new, not-yet-named, 300-ton power schooner, left Seattle early this month, hoping to meet Stefansson two months later at Banks Island, and to bring him and his Arctic sheaves of three years’ ad- venture to home and country. In the Antarctic the record exceeds, 294 if anything, that of the Arctic in interest and Shackleton’s bold and daring project of traversing the great Antarctic land mass was well developed —when the war cloud burst. He ten- dered his services to his country, but “ God- speed”’ on his scientific quest, and his mystery. Britain generously bade him “Endurance,” crossing from London to Buenos Aires, left South Georgia late in the Fall of 1914, for a landing place on Coats Land. ports were that the conditions were more difficult than had been expected and that the “ Endurance’’ would be unable to make her way out of the pack before the following autumn (1915) and that the transcontinental attempt must be Subsequent wireless re- postponed for a year. Meantime the “ Aurora,” Sir Douglas Mawson’s staunch steamship, had left Australia for the familiar British Ross Bay base on the opposite side of the continent, there to await Shackleton’s advent, sending relief parties inland to lay provision depots for the overland party. More than a year passed in silence, until in March, 1916, New Zea- land picked up a wireless message from the Little by little the tragic tale came out, and weeks later, a “ Aurora.” tug dispatched to her relief brought the ship into port. Ten months before, the “ Aurora,” with three landing parties at an unknown distance upon the ice barrier, and another of her own on shore, had been torn from the land by storm, and for ten long months had drifted With twisted like a corkscrew and coal ex- helplessly to and _ fro. rudder hausted, the plight of the ship was pitia- ble, and her ultimate salvation provi- dential. While sufficient food is sup- posed to have been available to support the Ross Bay parties for one season, their until the Australian relief expedition, which will fate cannot be known be dispatched immediately upon the THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL opening of the austral summer, returns. Remarkable as was the tale of the “ Aurora,’ that of the “ Endurance,’’ consort, of Shackleton, the leader, is even more extraordinary and tragic. The “Endurance, ’ struggling bravely, finally sank, taking her and possibly down equipment and nearly all of her A scanty stock, transferred to the ice, enabled the entire party, how- ever, to subsist, until by slow and painful marches they finally reached the limit stores. of the floe, whence in three open boats they committed themselves to the one thousand miles of sea between them and the Falkland Islands. During the peril- ous journey one of the boats was lost, although it is not yet clear whether those on board perished. At last, Elephant Island was made, whence, leaving his party of twenty-two in a make-shift ‘ave in the ice, Shackleton with two comrades pushed overland to the Nor- wegian whaling station on the opposite side of the island. Thence, taken to Port Stanley in the Falklands, he com- municated to the world his tale of work and adventure. Little Uruguay promptly responded by the immediate dispatch of a small government vessel, which, picking up Shackleton at Port Stanley, endeavored to reach the marooned party on Ele- phant Island. -On June 19, however, Shackleton cabled that impassable ice barriers had baffled him and that only a more powerful and specially equipped steamer could hope to effect the rescue, and that in the meantime the party must shift for itself as best it could up- on reduced rations and what penguins and seals it might, perchance, capture, a discouraging not to say desperate out- look; and here, for the moment, the cur- tain falls upon what is certain to prove one of the boldest and most fruitless, except in heroism and fortitude, of any of Britain’s polar adventures. A Garden of Germs MUSEUM. OF LIVING BACTERIA A UNIQUE PUBLIC SERVICE By C.-E. A. WINSLOW Curator of Public Health in the American Museum of Natural History and Professor of Public Health in the Yale Medical School N one of the tower rooms of the American Museum of Natural His- tory is a strange sort of miniature All that the casual visitor would notice in the large concrete botanical garden. closet which forms the inner sanctum of this unique laboratory would be rows upon rows of test tubes in neatly ar- ranged and classified wooden racks. A somewhat closer inspection would show in each tube a sort of jelly. On the slanting surface of the jelly is what looks like a smear of whitish paste in some tubes, while in others the paste is more abundant and yellowish and in still others it looks like a wrinkled mass of moist brown paper. The smear, or the wrinkled mass, in each case is a growth of mi- crobes, millions of them; and the collection is a museum of liv- ing bacteria. It is a far cry from the whale and the dino- saur, repre- sented by their mighty — skele- Germ of anthrax or blood. tons in the ex- hibition halls of the Museum, to the typhoid ba- blood stream. cillus, so tiny **wool-sorter’s disease,” In very susceptible animals enormous multiplication of these bacteria takes place in the blood, and the capillaries often become choked with them. such as man, the bacteria: remain localized in an abcess or carbuncle at the point of infection and do not permeate the that 400,000,000 could be packed into a grain of granulated sugar. Yet the bacteria fall within the field of natural history as truly as whale or dinosaur, redwood tree or elephant. Indeed the inter-relationships between microbes and the higher plants and animals are so many that this group is of peculiar interest. Their activity in changing de- composing organic matter into forms suitable for the food of green plants and in fixing the nitrogen of the air and rendering it available for utilization, lies at the very foundation of all agriculture. Bacteria not only cause manifold dis- eases of plants and animals, but are also the active agents in the decay of foods and other or- ganic com- pounds; while on the other hand they ripen our butter and cheese, make vinegar and lac- tic acid, and aid us in a score of other arts and industries. These est and small- ; ; most in a arop oC . abundant of liv- ing things have In less susceptible animals, s heretofore never been honored with the recog- 295 From photo-micrograph presented to the-depart- ment of public health by Dr. H. C. Ernst 296 nition of museum authorities. Animal's of all sorts can be studied and identified at the American Museum and at the Each contains mil- Four colonies of living bacteria. lions of individuals and has grown from an invisible in oculation of the nutrient jelly. In order, from the top, they are: the pink water bacillus, a typical-look- ing colony, so-called because of the pink pigment it produces when grown on agar jelly; the nitrogen-fixing bacterium, which grows in the soil and assimilates at- mospheric nitrogen to serve as food for higher plants; the ray fungus, which produces a cattle disease to which man is also subject; the yellow coccus, a mi- crobe common in the air, which produces a yellow color when grown in a culture medium THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL park of the New York ZoGlogical Society, higher plants at the New York Botanical Gardens. The discoverer of a new mi- crobe however, has been forced to de- pend for identification upon comparison with written descriptions unless he could obtain what he wanted from the Kral collection at Vienna, which has never been brought back into a complete con- dition since Dr. Kral died several years ago. The need for a permanent stand- ard collection of bacterial types has been urgently felt by all workers in this country; and for the last five years this need has been met by the museum of living bacteria, maintained by the de- partment of public health of the American Museum. Bacteria cannot be dried and put away in trays like bird skins. They are iden- tified, less by their simple structure than by their physiological behavior, by the ferments they produce and the changes set up in the media in which they grow. This collection must be a museum of living specimens and the task involved in bacterial horticulture is no small one. Most bacteria grow on a jelly made up with meat, peptone, and the extract from a Japanese seaweed, agar. Some how- ever, require very special foods, as vari- ously and exactly compounded as those that are prepared in the diet kitchen of a hospital. Some must have egg; some, blood; some, milk; some, salts of special kinds. be cultivated in tubes from which oxygen Some need air while others must has been removed by special chemical means. Some will live for weeks with- out attention, while others must be transferred to a fresh tube of food jelly every three days. A laboratory helper is busy all the time preparing the culture media for these small but exacting plants, while the bacteriologist in charge is quite fully occupied in transferring them at the proper time, and to the proper medium, For identification of a new microbe it is necessary to compare its behavior with that of standard types, hence the need of a collection of standard types. Each pin on the map above represents a university, or normal-school, or board-of-health laboratory which has received cultures for study from the American Museum collection by touching the o!d growth with the tip of a platinum needle and transferring an invisible, but potent, inoculum to a new culture tube. There are now about seven hundred different strains of living bacteria in the Museum collection, representing practi- cally all known types of this diverse group. Bubonic plague has alone been excluded, on account of accidents which have occurred in other laboratories with Typhoid and diphtheria germs, however, are to this peculiarly deadly germ. be found, with those of whooping cough and cholera, meningitis and_ leprosy, influenza and pneumonia, and a dozen The original strain of tubercle bacillus iso- more of such pathogenic forms. lated by Robert Koch is there, with one of the most recently discovered of disease germs, isolated by Plotz and_ believed by him to be the cause of typhus fever. In the collection, also, are the bacteria which cause plant diseases and those which There strains of the Bulgarian bacillus which makes buttermilk and the lactic acid bacteria utilized by the tanner. One germ that infects sugar cane came from Louisiana and another was found fixing nitrogen in the soil of a bean field in the Middle West. The keeping of records incident to the decompose foods. are maintenance of this collection is in itself no light task. For each of the nearly seven hundred types there is a history ‘-ard with a serial number on which every single transfer to a fresh tube is entered, with the date and the initials of the bacteriologist, so that one can tell at a glance exactly what has happened to each strain since it was added to the collection. and original date of isolation of the cul- The previous history, source, ture is of course kept on file, and a cross index by names makes it possible to find 297 862 Salijsnpul pue syre Aueur ul dew Aq Jo asn apeUr st sioqjO JO UOTOR VY} Saseestp svonposd eiJej9eq VUIOG “elJa}9eq Suk jryuapt Jo) Ayjel jo peeysur pesn ueazjo si YOIUM *poo) pinby Surureyuoo saqny JO yoes B SI YYSI eq) VY “yUOI] UL UMOYS pos sseps oy) OF potor)ye e_pesu unulyeyd ayy Jo dy aq) Aq uo) 07 PodsieJsuel) oq 0} UWles B IO] SUIZIEM a]lia]S v1e SJaqy}O pue *eLIe}Oeq JO somNgyNO ULeyUOS YOryM JO uO ‘Aol yUetIyNU JO saqn) sysoddns joy ey] Je Joppoy osIM oy y, “Ydessoyoyd ayy ut read oy} Ve SeT}0q Vy} e}7OU — uUTe]s 9UIOS YIM PasOjOO Usveq SUIABY Jaye puke peylusem ATYSty UsyM A[UO UVES vq UBD BLeJORG voUIS AJesseoeU st adoososorM Ww “op Avy, yey Aq SI ly jo juej,od sour AJ@Atjoo]]}0O9 pue “yuRpunqde wey} Yysmsunstp 07 em AyUO vy} Ue]jJO asneoeq SusMIOedS peep Se poatosoid oq JOUURS BLIeJORG ese. “Yreka vy) UO SsoinyReJo FUL yyoRq JO Uspsres Surat e sey UWinesnyAY UeoWeUry ot], ysoul “ySe]] Burs oY} v18 YOM *(@SBastp YIM UOT}OVUTOO ul peso UsyM Ayjetoodsa , SeqOJOUUT | 1IO , SULIOS |, pee) Bic SWH435D 4O N3AGHVD V DNILVAILING YOS LNAWdINOS A GARDEN OF GERMS 299 A third set of cards is arranged by institutions and at once any desired type. shows which of our types was received from each laboratory and which has been sent out to each, and on what date. When a single microbe is planted in a suitable jelly medium it will grow and divide again and again (under favorable conditions once in twenty minutes), till in a few days or weeks there will be a colony, perhaps half an inch across, a city of millions of descendants of the original germ, and of characteristic form, texture, The living bacteria has made it possible to and color. museum of prepare an unusually interesting set of such bacterial colonies of different types, which is exhibited in a window case in the hall of public health on the third floor of the Museum. In connection with the albums of wall charts and large photographs on public health circulated by the public education department of the Museum in the schools of the city, special sets of bacterial cultures have been prepared, illustrating the growth and development of bacteria and their effect upon the various media in which they multiply. Six of these sets of twenty cultures were in circulation dur- ing the past year and were used by about one thousand children. Sterile culture plates and media are also fur- nished to the teachers in the high schools so that they may themselves demonstrate the growth of bacteria on plates inoculated with water or milk, or infected by exposure to the air or by the touch of a finger. The main object of the bacterial col- lection is however to furnish standard types for the use of teachers and investi- gators in other bacteriological labora- tories throughout the country. It has been the policy of the Museum to dis- tribute subcultures from our strains as widely as possible to all responsible persons and in all cases without charge. Disease germs are, of course, carefully guarded, being sent only to laboratories of known standing so that they may not get into the hands of unauthorized per- sons, while special “teaching sets”’ of typical non-pathogenic forms are sent to the smaller colleges and normal schools for use in class work. Statistics of the Museum of Living Bacteria Number of Institutions sup- Cultures sent types in plied during out during Year collection year year 1911 479 52 615 1912 597 125 1232 1913 637 221 2939 1914 669 314 3218 1915 695 408 3460 The growth of the bacterial collection to a total of six hundred and ninety-five different types, and the development of its distribution to such an extent that in 1915 nearly thirty-five hundred cul- tures were sent out to over four hundred different institutions, is indicated in the table above, and the geographical range of the service is strikingly illustrated in the map reproduced herewith. Every university and health department of importance in the field of bacteriological teaching or research in the United States or Canada depends upon our service at the present time; and cultures have been sent to Cuba, to Austria, to England, and to South Africa. Many of the cultures which go out are used for teaching purposes as is shown by the great increase of demands in September and January. It is difficult to overestimate the value of such a ser- vice! as this to colleges and medical 1'The general appreciation of this service may, per- haps, be suggested by the following quotations from the many letters, which have been received in regard to it, from representative bacteriologists. Doctor Dorset, of the United States Bureau of Animal Industry, writes, “Your Museum is certainly rendering valuable assist- ance to laboratories by furnishing authentic cultures 300 have no facilities for keeping bacterial cultures in condition throughout the year. schools which Even more important however are the facilities which the Museum collec- tion offers to the investigator. Syste- matic bacteriology a decade ago was Ina pre-Linnzan stage; but it has developed rapidly in the United States during re- and with so little red tape to be unwound before they can be secured”; Professor Ravenel, of the University of Wisconsin, “‘The starting of this department is a great help, not only to us, but, I am sure, to all other teachers in the United States”; Professor Lipman, of the New Jersey Agricultural College, ‘Such a station will meet a long-felt want’’; Professor Lyons, of Har- vard, “Permit me to say that I think your selection of fourteen organisms for teaching purposes is most happy and that they have proved invaluable in our classes’’; Professor Rettger, of Yale, “It is a perfect godsend to have an institution like yours furnish one with cultures of all kinds”; Doctor Hill, of the Minnesota State Board of Health, “I think this is a fine thing and should have been done long ago”’; Professor Church- man, of Johns Hopkins, *‘Such a bacteriological station as yours will tremendously ease the burden of research work; it will make certain studies possible which would otherwise be out of the question and it will make it possible for bacteriologists to work with standard cultures and so to obtain more accurate results. I think that all those familiar with the facts hail the establishment of your department as an advance of great importance’’; Professor Sedgwick, of the Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology, “‘I feel sure that you will be glad to know how highly we biologists with bacteriological leanings value and appreciate this generous scientific service on your part.”’ THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL cent years; and scarcely a paper upon bacterial classification can be found in which the types sent out from the American Museum do not play a pri- mary part. The museum of living bacteria does not however, exist solely for the purpose of aiding other investigators. The cura- tor of the department of public health of the American Museum is chairman of the committee on classification of the Society of American Bacteriologists, and in this connection Dr. Kligler and the other assistants have been steadily at work on the systematic relationships of various groups of bacteria (at present, the group to which the typhoid germ belongs). We expect to make a report on a revision of bacterial genera at the New Haven meeting of the Society next fall. It is hoped that by attacking group after group the whole family of the bacteria, which has presented so difficult a problem in the past, may be mapped out and brought together in a work which shall be as fundamental as the contributions of the American Mu- seum to systematic biology in other fields. Decorative Value of American Indian Art By Hs THER A; COST EE With an Introduction by Mr, Walter Scott Perry, Director, School of Fine and Applied Arts, -ratt Institute With illustrations from photographs of china decorated by the author Inrropuction: — The art of the American Indians, exhibited in the very remarkable collection in the American Museum of Natural History, furnishes fundamental elements of design. These primitive craftsmen felt the principles of design intuitively. Religious symbolism furnished an infinitude of motives. Their art was a means of communicating their emotions, and in it they expressed the characteristics of their race. The first impulse was to produce an article for use and that impulse gave expression to an object which was made beautiful by a creative idea. The decoration of a useful object was always made subservient to the purpose, and refinement of line and beauty of form thus developed with elimination of the unessential. The love of the craftsman for his work so permeates the design that it awakens in the student an enthusiastic response, and stimulates the constructive imagination and creative impulse. The American Indians possessed a remarkable appreciation for fine space and mass rela- tion, and as a race were characterized by great refinement of feeling and deep religious convic- tion. The fact that there is a sincerity of purpose underlying every line and motive give their designs a significance that is inspiring in a study of their craft. Beautiful forms common in nature were drawn upon with remarkable skill in selection and adaptation. In fact, nature was the primal source of their art inspiration. Herein les the suggestive thought for the designer of today. Their motives are always simple, direct, spontaneous, and therefore vital. They are imbued with life and movement. Remarkable versatility is shown in the use of the limited amount of material at their command. By working out the designs in the material itself, they preserved the organic structure of the design and displayed wonderful ingenuity in developing their motives in restricted areas. The Indian designs are illustrative of principles that le at the foundation of all design. Repetition, symmetry, rhythm, straight and curved line arrangements, light and dark, space relations, color values, are carefully related and produce patterns of simple beauty and artistic merit. The straight-line pattern was the most commonly used, being especially adapted to borders and forming the decoration on wearing apparel, pottery, utensils, and objects relating directly to their everyday life. To the Indian, stability and strength were qualities that stood for superiority of type, and these elements are characteristic of their art expression. The ele- mental forces — fire, air, and water— were expressed in a well-ordered symbolism. Each beautiful ornament is derived, whether intentionally or unintentionally, from some constant natural form which has made its appeal as a divine creation. valuable lessons in the WALTER Scotr PERRY OMPARATIVELY even among art students, have few As from all primitive art, it is necessary to choose the best, but the simplicity and people, motives to the modern crafts. any adequate realization of the wealth of material which awaits the directness of expression, even where the secker for new ideas in the American Indian collection of the American Mu- seum of Natural History. Too many visitors look upon the Indian exhibits as curious and interesting without appre- ciating the possibilities of adapting the execution is crude, hold many valuable lessons for present-day designers. The Indians drew their inspiration directly from nature, using familiar forms but interpreting them in so simple a fashion that the resulting motive be- 301 302 came a true art expression. The favorite mode of decoration was the border, which appears in great variety. Most of the surface coverings, except those of the Alaskan tribes, are really a combination or repetition of borders. These designs are mostly arranged in straight lines, the weaving of beads, fiber, or grass, making this style of ornament necessary. The Iroquois sewed the beads on to the material and so could use the scroll in their designs. In all these Indian de- signs the units are well planned, well spaced, and wonderfully accurate in execution. Sometimes a single motive was used as . al ey Me, M Mi Mi | BH The Indian made every object for use but always Put into its construction original ideas of decoration in both design and color. This folding raw-hide bag made by the Hidatsa-Mandan, is decorated with a design of straight and curved lines, and in shades of green, orange, black, brown and blue THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL decoration, many of these being very beautiful in shape and each symbolic of a natural form. In a few cases a num- ber of units, usually differing from one another, were scattered irregularly over a surface, but so far as I have observed, the Indians did not use a repeating pattern as in our own fabrics and wall papers. The Alaskan tribes covered the whole surface with motives set closely together, but these were irregular in shape so did not follow any definite rules of surface design. The Pueblo pottery and baskets are often fairly well covered with decoration, but the design is more in the form of a rosette or wide border. The rosette was much used, both as a decorative motive by itself and elabo- rated to cover a surface. The painted skin robe in the Dakota collection is a wonderful example of the rosette form. The proportion of the different sections of the design is subtle, and shows an appreciation of rhythm and symmetry. The color also is especially fine in this example. The decorative rosettes of beads or colored quills are of interest from the skillful arrangement in them of lines and spaces. In pointing out practical steps toward utilizing the Indian exhibits, it will be easier to consider the several classes of craftsmen and the especial needs of each. First, the needleworker: For cross stitch embroidery or crocheting, there are hundreds of designs that can be copied without any change except the choosing of colors suitable for the work. The woven bead patterns are the simplest to copy. All the Eastern and Plains tribes have fine examples. For more elaborate work in a different style the bead pat- terns in flower motives will be found effective, and are suggestive of Persian brocade patterns, but simpler in line. The straight line animal forms of the Design reproduced from that on Hidatsa~-Mandan skin bag (see preceding page), in rich and contrasting although subdued coloring. The simplicity and directness in Indian design hold many valuable lessons for present- day designers, and painted skin bags and robes provide unusually inspiring motives for modern work, especially perhaps for the worker in leather and various fabrics. in Indian decoration for the student of modern design Sauk and Fox would be fascinating for nursery linen, and are similar in charac- ter to the well-known Coptic embroid- eries. To the worker in appliqué, or The American Museum offers a vast wealth of material “ec glorified patchwork,” the silk appliqué of the Menominee Indians, although rather crude in execution, will be most suggestive. The embroidery of the Hopi 303 Sugar bowl decorated with motive found on a beaded belt made by the Sarsi Indians. Much of Indian design uses only the straight line which was best adapted to work in weaving with beads, fiber and grass and Zuni tribes is very different from the usual work of today, but with its well- planned motives, its simplicity of treat- ment, and its interesting stitches, it 1s an inspiration to the earnest student. For the worker in leather, or other fabrics to which ornament is applied, the bead decorations will give many ideas for design but the quality of line may need to be modified to suit the medium of expression. The painted skin bags and robes will be most in- spiring for this work. The simplicity of the motives and the interesting method of application will be a revelation to the student unfamiliar with Indian art. The effect of the foundation showing through the rather thin color gives a transparency An embroidered blanket of the Hopi Indians furnished the match box design, and that of the pepper pot came from a large two-handled water vessel of the Pima tribe. The reproductions unfortunately do not show the colors of either object or design, which play so strong a part in the whole artistic result 304 DECORATIVE VALUE OF AMERICAN INDIAN ART that is far more artistic than the hard solid color applied to so much of our modern The effect is more like block printing, although there fabries. much is no evidence that the Indians were familiar with that process. The black is a peculiarly attractive tone, “rusty”’ describing it as nearly as words can. It has a much softer effect than our com- mercial black and is well worth copying. The white is a dull gray white which is beautiful to look at but most difficult to duplicate. two colors harmonizes the variety of bright colors used in Indian designs. The patterns shown in the Indian weaving, whatever the material, are wonderfully suggestive to the designer of textiles. There is not the variety of motive found in the Persian and Italian textiles but there are strength, simplicity, and fine proportion. The texture of the fabric itself, especially the best of the Navajo blankets, makes a humiliating contrast with the flimsy weaves of our The preponderance of these The design represented on the cup and saucer was taken from a beaded bag of the Plains-Cree. is full of suggestions for the modern craftsman, whether he be a needleworker, worker in leather, in metal, in kera- mics or pottery, or a designer of textiles 305 This design of black spikes upon a bright yellow ground was obtained from a Pawnee skin coat, deco- rated with quill bands on the shoulders and down the front Some of the coarser weaves shown in the bags of the Wood- land tribes, would be well adapted to materials for bungalow furnishings. The modern looms. woven bead bands give many suggestions Indian art 306 for patterns which may be borrowed entire, and could be used for rugs, or even for dress trimmings. For the worker in metals, the decora- This elaborate all-over design on a tall candlestick was originated by the Tlingit paddle. Indians for a painted In the adaptation of Indian design to mod- ern art, suitability to the new material and medium and to the size, shape and use of the article’ must be considered THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL tive rosettes will be especially helpful. The craftsman must consider the limita- tions of his medium, but many of the rosettes offer beautiful shapes for jewelry. The well-spaced lines of the motive insure an interesting design without further ornament, which is not always The at- tempt to cover poor design by adding jewels, which in themselves are always beautiful, is a pitiful display of ineff- clency. true of commercial jewelry. The Indian pottery is often crude in execution, but the shapes are wonderfully well conceived. The sim- plicity of form is well worth studying, and for the worker who models his own shapes there are many _ suggestions. There are comparatively few examples with handles, but the pieces, especially the bowls, are well proportioned and show a subtle feeling for curvature. For the keramic worker there are absolutely possibilities. For the potter there are suggestions both for decoration. The use of natural clay with the decoration in soft dull colors might open up a new field. The pottery workers have developed wonderful glazes and colors, but a careful study of the Pueblo pottery will reveal a beauty in the simpler method. The decorations are often remarkably well planned and the fret ornament of the Utah tribes is as beautiful as the Greek, The Zuni designs are more in accord with modern lines of thought, and show a limitless shapes and although not as good in technique. freedom of handling that is refreshing with of the over- The In- dian motives lend themselves especially well to tiles for walls, floors, or mantels. compared some decorated commercial pottery. Some of the woven patterns could be reproduced for floor tiles with artistic effect. . In selecting designs for any craft, a few general principles must be followed, Very large china tray, with design in red and blue adapted from the decoration on a painted robe of buffalo hide made by the Dakota Indians. The rosette was much used by the Indian, showing unconscious appreciation of rhythm and symmetry in design, and is one of the many instances where he took his motive direct from nature which may be classified as follows: First, the artistic value of the original example; second, the suitability of the design to the material and medium to be used; third, the suitability of the design to the size, shape, and use of the article to be decorated; and fourth, the addition of the personal element in the adaptation of the design. If these principles are rigidly followed the Museum exhibits will prove of in- estimable value, and will open the way for the development of a truly American art expression. In adapting Indian motives the primi- tive spirit must be retained or the result will be a disappointment; but a rever- sion to the simplicity and free expression of Indian art is what modern craftsmen most need to counteract the tendency to over decoration, mechanical technique, and lack of individuality. 307 808 peMossog useq Ajqeqoid sey pue OFeqouuTAA oY) UL se suvodde UoL}e1099p Jo a]A4s oUTeS OY} JOA “JUOIJ UL UABES OU Q1OJo1OY YIM ved ouo url soddn oy} pue ojos oJeIedoS OpIyMeI B OABY ‘SUISBODOU OYederY ‘s10y}IO OM] OY], “UES B SOPIyY UOLJBIOVOp YUOIZ OY} PUB odoId oUO UT o[OSs pue do} epeur st joy oy} 78 UISeODOUT OSeqouUTA, OY, “AAJUNOD BY} JOAO OqtIy 07 OqtI WOIy poyesdrUT'sojA]S snoreA oy} MOY speeded deux ev YIM Apnjs pue ‘pastrop usoyed repnorjased oy} ur AyjSoap esoae UOT)RJODep puke USISOp oy} MOY SMOYS JIqIYXe oy} Jo Apnjs yY (‘swoputod JO NOqieo Jo oUTOY oY} UL ATUO PUNO] st UIseODOUE Oy ,) “SetayaNos usoysou WoOIy SueMTOeds vd} poapuny PBsIoAVS SMOYS JIGIYXo MoU oY} PUR ‘ppIOM oy ar UOLyNyNSUT Aue JO UOT}O[JOO UTseoDOUL JsoFuey OY) Sey WUNOSN|A, UROLIOUry oY, SNVIGNI OHVdVYV GNV OSVEANNIM SHL SO SNISVOOOW * A ¢ | <4 = 4 tie Moccasin Exhibit in the American Museum By CLARK WISSLER SPECIAL moccasin exhibit has been placed in the center of the Eastern Woodland Indian hall of the Museum. Two points are shown by it: the principal moccasin patterns and their distribution, and also the rela- tion between the style of decoration and the structure, or cut. This is not offered as an exhaustive treatment of the sub- ject, but as an introductory guide to the study of footwear in general as shown in all parts of this and the adjoining halls. As far as we know, this Museum has the most extensive moccasin collection in the world. From many tribes we have in our storage collections large series presenting all the varieties of pattern and decoration. From these many hundred examples, type specimens were selected for our exhibition halls, where they give an adequate exposition of the primitive skin shoe. The regular Museum visitor will find 2 oaks ; E ‘ E é The true moccasin is usually made from a single these moccasins an interesting subject piece as shown in this undecorated baby’s moccasin of for study. As the collections in our halls soft deerskin. This moccasin was cut after the pattern S shown at left below. The most skillful maker cannot show, the true moccasin is almost con- avoid a somewhat unsightly puckering at the sides of fined to Canada and the upper two-thirds — the seam of the United States. In Mexico and southward into South America, it does Siberia and even in the European Lap- not occur so far as our data go. In _ land, we find a similar skin shoe or boot, One-piece moccasin patterns. The flaps of the left-hand moccasin are additions to the pattern, and in the right-hand one the seam is carried over the toe to avoid puckers. Decorations on the front of the moccasin were evidently originally designed by the Indians to cover the seam 309 OTe 81 VOUBP 8 UBUT O}IYM | ay} ‘e1oO1Ne ay} JOJ [oquIAs 8,JoO;yoRlA ay} St UIseoo0W Sy} UO USIsop 94} UL “(JJe] JB UlseooOOUT) SJOqYsiou sey JO e[AJS OY. JO UOTeYIUNT UT YouRd podeys-(-) peleio99p e& uO Saryjnd jo ayqnoay 944 07 OF Koyy qoX ‘qaosur podeys-() Om YM snyy “(ZTE esed uo yYst1 Ve Us19}}ed Joye) doy vostd-ou0 YJOouIS pues vos o}eIedoS B YIM uTseooOUr vB SABY “SOqII] OSoq] JO YINOS ‘sueIpuy JooyyoeT_ ey, “UlseooOU e[pprUr oY} UL UMOYS SB YOPOPeOIG JO JOATOA YIM JIOSUT SITY] SUIIOAOD JO WO]SND BY} PaMo]O] oaAvey SuebIpuy 94} SAep opes)